Back to Previous

How a Virtual Office in NYC Helps Companies in Transition

The company lifecycle can be as hard to predict as the weather. In a sense, every company is in a state of transition to some extent as the market is always in flux. There are certain times in a company’s life which qualify as “in between” more than others: a downsizing, starting up a new enterprise or operation, or even making a foray into a new market geographically. Many companies use virtual offices in NYC as a valuable tool to make these rocky and unpredictable times go smoother. During these times, the service provided by virtual office staff at coworking centers in NYC plays an important role in making sure transitions go smoothly.

Virtual Offices Support NYC Companies in Transition

When a virtual office client visits Corporate Suites in NYC, for example, the office concierge automatically gives him or her a tour and an information packet with the company’s name, phone codes assigned to the company, copy codes, and how to program the phone.

Please meet our concierge professional John, who heads up the front desk concierge at our 2 Park Avenue office center. Below he is featured presenting a client of ours with an introductory tour. Corporate Suites’ service philosophy is that each and every touch point should offer clients support as if it were coming from an extended member of the company. We view this as an important part of our commitment to our clients’ growth.

Private Tour of a Virtual Office Provider in NYC

Although many virtual office clients are strictly in it for the use of virtual business address and remote answering service, they are provided information about with all the essentials upfront. Why is this done? Corporate Suites recognizes that companies in the midst of change are often confronted by immediate needs that emerge on a moment’s notice. For example, if a virtual office client in a NYC suburb gets a sudden call from an investor who wants to put $50MM into her hedge fund, she’s going to need an impressive place to hold the meeting. It has to be scheduled promptly and without appearance of disorganization. To maximize growth, a company must capitalize on opportunities each and every single time, and having to scramble for resources is not ideal in moments like these.

Concierge Style Branding for Meetings

Higher activity levels are a sign that things are happening and that a company is on the move. Having an elegant, serviced meeting space that will reflect positively upon your company’s image is a great way to get from Point A to Point B. As the saying goes, a touch of class never hurts!

A virtual office client of Corporate Suites in NYC is treated the same as a private office client. Virtual office clients are given a choice of any of the meeting rooms in our eight locations. Some of our most elegant meeting spaces at 2 Park Avenue and 1180 Avenue of the Americas are displayed below.

2 Park Avenue Conference Room

2 Park Avenue Meeting Room

1180 Avenue of the Americas Conference Room

1180 Avenue of the Americas Meeting Room

Upon arrival, a client’s guests are asked if they would like water and shown to the conference room if the client is unavailable. For late arriving guests, our concierge team won’t just knock on the door; we ask you beforehand how you’d like your guest announced. Some clients prefer texting or intercom notification of new arrivals.

Corporate Suites’ staff ensures a quiet meeting environment by upholding a minimal noise policy throughout our offices. If and when a situation arises where one client is disrupting the work of others, our concierge staff is quick to address the issue. Theses policies apply to private office space clients as well as virtual office clients in all our NYC centers.

Phone Answering and Local Virtual Office NYC Area Code

Realizing that most work happens remotely for companies in the modern working world, Corporate Suites understands the critical importance of the telephone plays in the businesses of our virtual office clients with a Gold or Platinum Package, both of which include phone service. Business image matters, and providing these Gold and Platinum Package Virtual Office clients with “212” area code phone number has cache value for the brand.

For our Platinum Package Virtual Office clients, the front desk concierge staff answers the phone in the client’s name once it rings through. Calls are screened for solicitations as well. Our concierge service ensures that Platinum clients have the administrative back up and support they need so that they can run their business as if they had a dedicated receptionist to support only their needs.

Making the Switch from Virtual to Private Office

Skeptical that service matters for virtual office clients? Please read below the review of one Corporate Suites named Barry. As clear from his words, the level of support and professionalism that Corporate Suites provided has contributed to his success. As an indirect result, Barry was able to develop his business and move a step up on the ladder and helped him along in his transition.

An internet marketer can’t just work from home – it’s distracting and not very professional, particularly if you have an address that’s in the backwoods of New Jersey!  I had a virtual office with Corporate Suites, and after using the virtual office services to meet with new clients I switched to a full-time office space at this location.

It’s great – the receptionist, Barbara, is extremely friendly and handles all my mail and packages. The internet is fast, the meeting rooms are spacious with nice furniture, and my office fits my team and is a great place to work. It’s a great location too – right near Grand Central and Bryant Park and 5 minutes from Times Square — so it’s exceptionally easy to get to regardless if you’re coming from Metro North, LIRR, NJ or Brooklyn/Queens. (Barry D. , 2013)

It’s not hard to find examples of what has made Corporate Suites’ virtual office clients in their NYC centers transition to full private office clients over time. Look no further than our front desk. As Center Manager John delivers an important piece of mail to a 2 Park Avenue client, it’s clear that no task is too large or small for our concierge staff to handle. We’ve seen over time that our smile empowers clients to progress, and this is critical for any company in transition.

Mailing Address virtual office in nyc

Virtual Office Options for the NYC Growing Business

Every client is different and no transition process is the same for any two companies. This is why Corporate Suites offers three levels of Virtual Office packages. Please visit our portal to review and choose from a range of options. You may opt for the Silver package, which includes only basic amenities, while Platinum incorporates a phone number, live call answering, and several hours of private and meeting room space. Email to arrange your private tour.


D., Barry. (2013, January 16). An internet marketer can’t just work from home – it’s distracting and not very professional, particularly if you have an address that’s in the backwoods of New Jersey! I have a virtual office with Corporate Suites, and after using the virtual office services to meet with new clients I switched to a full-time office space at this location [Yelp post]. Retrieved on May 14, 2017 from

When Does Renting Furnished Office Space in NYC make Financial Sense?

It’s a common misperception that shared office space is only for startup companies. Some say that going into furnished office space only makes sense in NYC if the company has less than 20 people but not for companies any larger than that. The reality is that there’s no hard and fast rule.

How to Find Out if Furnished Office Space in NYC is Right For Your Company

For some small to medium sized businesses, renting furnished office space makes financial sense while for others it would be a bad business decision. Factors such as workforce instability, growth rate, appetite for financial risk, and technology requirements should be taken into account. Read this blog to determine if furnished office space in NYC is for you.

Consider Your Growth Factors

There’s a saying that small companies are small for a reason. The following growth challenges are typical of those faced by small and midsize businesses, and are easily overcome by being in furnished office space in NYC.


Let’s take the case of a 10 person company in Manhattan. For a slow growth company, every penny in the budget matters. As real estate is one of the largest expenses on the income statement, there’s the opportunity to save on overhead by being in one of the many NYC furnished office space centers available. The company could save money by not paying the full share of rent for communal areas such as kitchen, lobby, and meeting room space which are probably not utilized to their fullest 100% of the time.


Having a receptionist is a big plus for a growing company’s sales. According to industry sources, “One third of those going to voicemail hang up and most that leave messages still call another company afterwards” (Conversational, 2015). When the first to market wins the buyer most of the time, clearly the lack of a receptionist is a huge obstacles for any organization who wants to grow its sales. Many furnished office space facilities in NYC offer their clients the use of a shared receptionist which can also create tremendous cost savings. In addition to paying one less salary, you avoid worrying about other HR-related obligations.

Business Image

Moreover, furnished office space has benefits for a NYC company’s image. By the time most small companies get done paying the rent , utility bills and employee salaries, the office look and feel is the last thing on their minds. Maintenance costs can creep up pretty quickly. When office furniture gets worn down or the bathroom isn’t as fresh as it should be, it’s the first thing that people notice. Suboptimal quality sends a message about the quality of the enterprise who lives there. Furnished office space, especially in expensive locations such as NYC, can make a difference in the brand. An elegant, modern office can present make a small company appear efficient, sleek, and on the cutting edge of innovation rather than shabby and penny pinching.


Class A office space for is hard to come by and usually only affordable for the top echelon of small companies in NYC. The average 10 person company won’t be able to reap the benefits of an office building with high security, close location to public transportation, and overall cache image. Corporate Suites, for example, offers eight Class A business centers in NYC for clients to choose from.

The rate of growth can be a decisive factor. A rapidly growing 10 person company may actually be better off on its own. When a company grows to more than 15 people, the cost efficiencies of being in a furnished office space in NYC may lessen. For companies of 50 or more, dedicated office space is worth the cost most of the time.

Think About Workforce Instability

Let’s examine the case of a large insurance company with a NYC office and an active agent recruiting program. If the company recruits 20 new employees every month, trains them, and then puts them through a rigorous program that only 1-2 people survive over the course of 6 months, it’s safe to say that you’re going to see some empty desks. The grueling insurance agent quota engenders a high layoff rate. Renting space to accommodate 240 employees when in reality you only end up using 40-50 seats is a quite waste of money to say the least. Moreover, it can be a detriment to employee morale to see empty desks everywhere you turn. This image of solitude can make a daunting task even harder psychologically for the survivors.

Now let’s say that the company decides to up its recruiting efforts and increase the pool of agents. Now they need even more desks for an uncertain amount of time, and to boot they’ll need space for the recruiters and trainers who are part of the ramp up effort. Now they’re in another conundrum.

What is the situation is rosier than imagined? If the insurance company gets a good batch of recruits, they could potentially retain 10 employees per month. If this happens a few months in a row, now you’ve got 20-30 extra people that you don’t have space for. Given the highly sensitive nature of financial data, allowing the agents to share desks would invoke compliance violations. It’s not just desk space. They’ll need more meeting rooms, better broadband, and more café space where people can eat lunch. Opening another office is time consuming and a risky proposition as growth can fluctuate as the agents continue to be under the quota system. There’s no way of knowing if this trend will continue or fizzle out. Predicting the weather would be easier.

This aforementioned example illuminates how for companies of all sizes with unstable workforces, whether large or small, furnished office space in NYC can provide the flexibility to solve this problem.

Assess Financial Risks

There are some pretty big financial risks to leasing office space if you’re a small company. Signing a long term lease is a heavy obligation for companies with unstable income. Let’s say that you opt not to take on the burden of a long term lease and choose to pursue options such as subletting.  This makes your business vulnerable to the financial condition of the lessor. If they go out of business, you’re suddenly out on the street. Other financial risks are present because of the lack of clout with the landlord. When building issues arise, you are subject to the willingness of the lessor to help you, and may have to foot the bill on your own. In other words, a sublease provides zero control of the office space which can lead to aggravation and cost.

Instead of subleasing, entering into your own temporary leasing arrangement with one of the many furnished office space providers in NYC affords you control over your own destiny.

Consider Technology Requirements

Technology is often the last business investment that a small company makes. While the movement to cloud computing has allowed many small companies to slash their infrastructure costs, there still exists a need for IT support, even in a server-less environment. For example, mounting cybersecurity risks and the growth of hacking warrants the need for dedicated IT resources. Even in a mobile office environment, workstations, networks, and devices need maintenance. The costs are substantial for small and midsize businesses. According to AMR Research, for such businesses over 6% of revenue goes to IT needs. (as cited in Jaworski, 2014)

Furnished office space in NYC is great for companies who lack the means to maintain an inhouse staff. A furnished office space comes wired and ready with phone equipment and a technology support staff to attend to what you don’t get paid to worry about – making sure the infrastructure runs smoothly.  In most business centers, conference room technology, server infrastructure, and IT storage facilities are far better what a small company would be able to provide on its own.

Elegant, Discrete, and Secure Private Offices

Corporate Suites offers private offices in a shared environment that are elegant, discrete, and secure. Our flexible private office packages will accommodate your SMB’s business growth as it ebbs and flows, and you’ll love our concierge office team, responsive IT staff , and choice of eight locations across Manhattan. Email today to set up your private tour.


Conversational. (2015, January 23). Should Small Businesses Hire a Virtual Receptionist? [Web log post] Retrieved from

Jaworski, Beth. (2014, May 31). The 3 Costs of IT. [Web log post] Retrieved on May 1, 2017 from

Does Coworking in NYC Have to Mean the End of Office Formality?

With remote workforce trends and casual dress becoming the norm, there’s been a paradigm shift in American business culture ushering in the age of the office free-for-all. Has the civilized working world become lost forever? This blog explores whether coworking in NYC has to happen with an informal look and feel, if there truly still exists a need for shared office space that is discrete, formal, and elegant, and the merits of the latter.

Privacy, Anybody?

We’ve commented before on the power of private office discretion and how most facilities providing coworking in NYC are not equipped to uphold privacy. Additionally, one should consider the benefits of being in a low noise environment for reasons of of focus and concentration.

Coworking in NYC Can Bring Formality Advantages

Despite what many may think, formal settings do not necessarily discourage teamwork and effective communication. It is a misperception that open office environments so typical of coworking in NYC foster a greater ability to collaborate.  In fact, what formal office cultures manage to do very well is to make boundary lines clear. When they are crossed, it can develop into awkward social situations that are not that easy for a workforce to recover from.

Elegance Extinction

While style is unique to each, elegance can be a wonderful attribute in a company’s branding. In a business world rapidly evolving into the office free for all, elegance is becoming rarer by the minute. It can and will set you apart. The characteristic of being understated, pristine, and of a high quality ilk can do wonders – both for a company’s internal morale and also for its external brand, all of which have direct impact on performance and reputation. These are two critical drivers of the bottom line.

With eight Class A locations across the town, your company will love Corporate Suites‘ discrete, formal, and elegant approach to coworking in NYC. Our white glove concierge service will elevate your company’s image and performance to the next level. Please email for your private tour.

Office Suites in NYC That Represent an Image of Discretion

It may seem that “anything goes” in the trendy new world of furnished office space in NYC, but shared office space doesn’t have to mean data leakage. Misappropriated information is a dangerous problem for a business to have, and can result in anything from annoyed customers to fines, fees, loss of licensing, and lawsuits. Here are three ways that Corporate Suites helps its customers keep their private information secure in our formal, discrete, and elegant office suites in NYC.

Soundproof Office Suites in NYC

How can an accountant work from an office space with glass walls? Not only is there the risk of someone viewing what’s on your computer screen, your clients also may resent having to meet with you in what is essentially a public place. Corporate Suites offers soundproof walls so that your conversations won’t be heard by anyone whose ears they aren’t meant for.

Interoffice Privacy

Employees within a company can even be a source of data breach. So that our clients can be assured that the sensitive information will only be shared with parts of the company that should be privy to it, we have an onsite staff that can construct partitioning walls promptly. There’s no need to hire an outside contractor which can result in delays. Having inhouse personnel dedicated to such services is one of the ways that we deliver high touch services to the discerning businesses within our office suites in NYC.

Meeting Rooms That You Can Actually Use

Have you ever been in a situation where you just couldn’t find a place to hold a discrete conversation? Not all office suites in NYC are the same in this regard. Corporate Suites has a higher proportion of meeting rooms to clients than most office space providers.

If privacy matters to you, email for a personal tour of any of our eight formal, discrete, and elegant business center locations.

How to Make a Virtual Office in NYC into a Goldmine

While they are probably last on the list of a business’s favorite assets, here are four ways to leverage a virtual office in NYC to improve your company’s profitability.


The biggest asset to any business is relationships. Being in a communal office space provides the opportunity to meet other professionals and form partnerships. Many operators will host events where coworking members can meet and collaborate. That’s money in the bank for those who chose to take advantage of the opportunity.

>>Visit our Facebook page to see and hear about recent networking events such as Spring Craft Day, St. Patrick’s Day Celebration, and a delicious Auntie Anne’s Pretzel Day!

Live answering service

As far as technology has come, we all still want to hear a human voice on the other end of the line when there’s something valuable at stake. Many virtual offices in NYC provide the benefit of a professional call answering service to greet callers and handle their inquiries in a personalized way. This boost the brand and image. Phone answering services may even set you apart from the competition if you do it right.

>>Ask about our virtual answering services


Nowadays the office lifestyle is, well, nomadic to say the least. With more and more work happening remotely, flexibility is king. Many virtual offices in NYC have multiple locations across the city that their clients can choose from, regardless of what their virtual business address says. This flexibility is a tremendous asset as it permits a company to accommodate the evolving needs of prospects, clients, and even its staff.

>>Ask about our virtual mailing address, virtual mailbox, and mail forwarding services

Liability Relief

Well, this one isn’t as much an asset as it is a removal of liability. Every accountant knows that having a long term liability on the balance sheet restricts the financial freedom of a company and its cash flow. Signing a temporary or short term lease agreement frees up capital to flow to its most efficient use and can enhance the performance of a company’s assets.

>>Ask about our temporary office package

Ready to seek what your virtual office options are? You’re bound to strike gold if you can leverage the benefits of a virtual office in NYC to their fullest potential. To help our virtual office in NYC clients fully maximize their assets, Corporate Suites provides each one with a virtual mailing address, virtual mailbox, and mail forwarding services. In addition, you’ll love our live answering service and networking events hosted by our community manager. For those of you who prefer platinum or silver to gold, we offer three different levels of virtual office packages to suite your needs. Email to start today!

5 Deal Blowing Misperceptions About Meeting Space in NYC

It takes this much to blow a deal with a buyer. If you’re a startup, established company in expansion mode, or a sales professional, here’s a tough love look into the top incorrectly founded beliefs about meeting space in NYC and how they can kill a deal faster than light speed.

Common Fallacies About Meeting Space in NYC

Myths About Meeting Space in NYC

Sales success can often be stalled by these popular misconceptions of meeting space in NYC.

#1 – Accessibility

It’s easy to get it when you need it. Don’t assume that meeting space in NYC grows on trees. Especially if you’re booking in a pinch, don’t be surprised if you find low availability and a long waiting list because your teammates got there first.

#2 – Functional Technology

They all have videoconferencing. You would hope and imagine that in the business capital of the world, conference rooms would come equipped with collaborative technology. Often it’s not the case. Before booking, be sure to ask about this to avoid coming up short when it counts.

#3 – Rigidity

You have to meet in your own building. This tiny little assumption is something big enough to lose a deal over. If you’re a seller of services, don’t make the buyer travel to meet you in your own office space. If they don’t have a place to meet, rent a meeting space in NYC from a virtual office company or business center closer to where they are. Most workspace companies sell space by the hour at reasonable rates It’s these minute details that show the buyer your attitude is one of service and that their needs come before your own.

#4- Immunity from Hijacking

You’ll end up getting the spot you reserved. It’s a sad fact of life but we’re all human beings and meetings do run over. Nothing looks worse than a potential investor or buyer of your services sidelined in the lobby because somebody else hijacked your meeting time.

#5 – Uniformity

They’re all the same. Aside from the location, location, location tidbit in nugget #3, several factors influence the experience that your prospective client has, all of which contribute just as much to the presentation as your PowerPoint does. First of all, think about what the building looks like when your prospect enters. The edifice says something about your image and contributes to your brand. How does the office staff treat your guests? You want each and every personal interaction to make the buyer feel welcomed and surrounded by positive energy. Is the office space loud and distracting or a quiet peaceful place where top notch professionals do their work? All of these are important to take into account before you pull out the Visa to book the room.

Top Provider of Meeting Space in NYC

Corporate Suites is a powerful force behind and an extension of any salesperson’s pitch. With videoconferencing equipped meeting space in NYC, we offer hourly rates that are agreeable to most businesses. Availability and conference room pirating aren’t an issue as we have an ample supply of rooms in each of our eight locations across the city. Our staff is warm, welcoming, and professional and we’ll make sure that your guests are treated like the million dollar deal that they are to you, each and every single time.

If you’re ready for a conference room that will help you close the deal, email

Trump to Cut NAFTA? For the sake of Commercial Work Space in NYC, Let’s Hope Not!

It’s the question of the day, one so powerful it’s succeeded in distracting attention from even our beloved Kardashians. What is the future of our city under President Trump? This article takes a look at the first three months of the year under the new regime and how it has impacted commercial work space in NYC. We’ll also try to read the tea leaves and predict what the rest of the year will behold.

While it is too early to tell how the trend will play out in the long term, President Trump has already started to liberate the financial sector from growth arresting regulations imposed under Obama. It is likely that Trump Administration easing of regulation will benefit the financial sector. President Trump aims to do away with acts such as Dodd-Frank, which would boost industries such as banking and investment management. As New York City is a buzzing financial hub, it may be logical to envision an expanded need for commercial work space in NYC stemming from financial company demand.

The city close to Trump’s heart has captured a place high on the pecking order when it comes to infrastructure expansion, which would be a positive for many burgeoning NYC neighborhoods and a jackpot for commercial work space in NYC. This would impact several trending areas such as Midtown South where new companies who want to be a part of cool, hip work culture are flocking. President Trump supports the Gateway Program, which would construct a new tunnel between New York and New Jersey to improve passenger volume for Amtrak and NJ Transit trains (Kirby, 2017). This would be a boon for the city, as would President Trump’s support of the latter phases of the Second Avenue Subway Line project (Kirby, 2017). Whether or not all this comes to fruition, however, remains to be seen as the billion dollar price tag means he’s not getting away with this one without a fight!

President Trump’s protectionist stance and the restriction of free trade would most definitely be a negative for the NYC economy and commercial work space in NYC. The city, home to a myriad of multinational firms whose livelihood depend heavily on foreign relations, would indubitably bear a heavy burden under protectionism. For the city’s sake, let’s hope there’s enough opposition to make this one succumb to gridlock. While President Trump so far has made moves that seem to bode well for New York City, a radical reduction of free trade would tip the balance in the other direction.

As of quarter one 2017, economic indicators remain positive and economic growth robust. Things are looking so rosy, in fact, that we may just be in the beginning on an interest rate tightening cycle. So far so good, but let’s hope lawmakers don’t allow Trump to give NAFTA the hatchet! For inquiries about the future of commercial work space in NYC, please email


Kirby, Jen. (2017, January 25.) Trump’s List of Infrastructure Projects Features a Couple of Biggies in New York City. New York Media. Retrieved from

Raise Your Hand if You Value Silence: Noise Annoyance in Shared Workspace in NYC

There are many different options for seekers of shared workspace in NYC. They range from open communal settings which tend to be on the informal side to the quiet, private workspaces that more keep-to-themselves people tend to prefer.  While every company must choose an environment that matches its personality, the value of silence should not be overlooked in either case. Let’s examine the impact that a lack of peace and quiet has on professional performance.

We’d all agree that nothing breaks your concentration like loud, abrupt noises such a horn honking or a plane flying overhead. But what about low level background noise, the sounds that human beings make unintentionally? One workplace health study found that tenants in open plan offices (defined as having more than six people) had 62% more sick days. (Pejtersen et al., 2011) It’s clear why. As human beings we are programmed to be easily distracted by the noise that other human beings make. Have you ever had a coworker who sneezed so loudly that it was more like a shout? Or how about those lunchtime sounds (crunching, slurping) – how easily can you ignore those?  Annoying sounds in an open office environment could be anything from blasting music to the unavoidable startling advertising pop-up noises that arise from a coworking office mate’s computer. Noise annoyance has a big impact on work performance, even if you don’t realize it at the time.

But the worst offender is, believe it or not, the human voice. As open office environments are common nowadays, it’s not unlikely to be exposed to other people’s conversations. This could be hard to tune out depending on how juicy the subject (aka eavesdropping). It’s nearly impossible for most people to follow a conversation while concentrating on another task.

Private offices allow for better focus, and aside from that, they assist with risk management. By segregating one company from another, they prevent accidental misappropriation of confidential information, which commonly happens in shared workspace in NYC.

Had enough of loud coworking neighbors? We’ve got a “no noise pollution” policy in our quiet, professional shared workspace in NYC where you won’t be disturbed. Choose from eight Class A buildings in Manhattan by emailing


Pejtersen, JH, Feveile H, Christensen KB, Burr H. (2011). Sickness absence associated with shared and open-plan offices – a national cross sectional questionnaire survey. Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment, & Health, 37(5), 376-382. doi:10.5271/sjweh.3167

3 Tips to Find the Best Office Rental in NYC

The world of New York City commercial real estate is one of the most competitive marketplaces out there, so tough that it’s not uncommon for companies to renew their lease just to avoid having to venture forth onto this battlefield.  But done skillfully and with the correct strategy, it can be mastered – just like any game. Here are three tips you should know to get the best office rental in NYC for your company.

Office Rental in NYC

Get The Real Story

In order to formulate a strategy, you’ve got to get your head in the game. Know the market you’re dealing with. Ask the landlord if you can speak directly to current tenants to find out the real story about office rental in NYC. And don’t just talk to tenants of the particular floor, talk to tenants of all floors in that building, and even other tenants in the vicinity. This is especially critical if you are signing a long-term lease. You don’t want to find out that the building has spotty Internet three days into your 10 year contract, or that there’s noisy crowds gathering outside every summer Friday afternoon.

It is suggested to reference the company’s Facebook page, Yelp and Google reviews, and even their company page on LinkedIn. You will for sure find out what people are griping about. Remember that we live in the age of social learning, and testimonials about people’s consumer experiences are never a secret if you want to do the digging.

Keep Timing in Mind

The season when you rent may impact your success finding the best office rental in NYC at any given timey.  From the end of November to mid January and the summer months tend to be slow times when demand for office property is low, and pricing concessions may be possible as a result.

It is recommended to allow at least half a year lead time for the whole transition, start to finish.  Not only will you need to find and close on your space, but you’ll also need to arrange for all the accoutrements that come with it, such as furniture, IT equipment, etc.

As a last word about timing, it’s wise to consider the duration of lease you are willing to sign.  Longer leases typically have more potential for concessions, but timing it this way may not work for companies who expect large changes in the amount of staff members they’ll need to house.

Come Prepared to Fight the Battle

Although the landlord typically has the upper hand in any office rental in NYC, consider that tenants have much more flexibility than ever before. Before you enter into a negotiation, ask yourself how much flexibility your company is going to need in the future. You may anticipate needing additional space in the future due to growth of staff. If this is the case, you’d want to be mindful of the penalty fees that may exist for terminating a lease early and the provisions for subletting. Lastly, you’d want to consider contingency planning. What your options are in the case of a power outage or office flood? Will the company have other places you can go, or would you have to seek out temporary office space until the problem is resolved?

For nearly two decades, Corporate Suites has served the needs of those companies seeking an office rental in NYC who have a need for flexibility. We give you the best of both worlds: you can take your pick of eight spectacular Class A shared office spaces in Manhattan, and at the same time you won’t have to be locked into a long term lease. Our workspaces are furnished and serviced. We take care of everything from the IT support to the office furniture so that you can focus on running your business. Our offices are available in most locations without the six month lead time, and you won’t have to lock horns with any landlord in a heated negotiation.

Corporate Suites understands that as your company’s needs evolve, your office space needs do too. As such we provide virtual offices, meeting rooms, and training rooms to accommodate whatever needs may arise as your business grows. For more information, email

3 Reasons Why You’ll Love the New 2 Park Avenue

New York real estate is always changing and every turn brings a new twist to the world of commercial space for rent in NYC. Here is what’s new with 2 Park Avenue, a crown jewel of real estate located between 33nd and 33rd streets on the cusp of Midtown South.

Increases Your Brand Value

Every commercial building has a face. As the first impression it makes on your visitors, your building’s lobby plays a key role in your image. You may even go so far as to say that the lobby contributes to your company’s brand. 2 Park Avenue has recently renovated its entryway to feature sleek revolving doors, gilded metal detailing, state of the art turnstiles, and high-speed elevators.  The lobby’s glowing ambiance is sure to impress all who visit you, making you glad you chose this commercial space for rent in NYC.

Trendy Commercial Space for Rent in NYC

The 2 Park Avenue client roster has evolved as well, with decidedly hip designer retail company Gilt Group and high fashion brand Kate Spade locating their principal offices in the building. International non-profit organization American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) has found a home here as well. The prestigious law, financial, and insurance companies are now joined by their trendy creative counterparts looking to take advantage of this conveniently located commercial space for rent in NYC.

Midtown South Renaissance

This building’s evolution is part of the Midtown South Renaissance.  TAMI (technology, advertising, media, and information) tenants accounted for over half of the office deals in the area last year. (Bisnow, 2016) Out of all the commercial space for rent in NYC, well-known brands such as Facebook, Google, and Sony have chosen to relocate to this area. (Bisnow, 2016). These famous names will attract retailers wishing to cater to this population, likely driving up the cost per square foot of real estate. It looks like Midtown South is on the uptrend – better get in on the action now!

For more information on commercial space for rent in NYC, email


Mazzara, Benjamin. (2016, October 3). No One’s Sure What Midtown South Is, But It’s Revitalizing. Bisnow. Retrieved from

You Say Sixth Avenue, We Say Avenue of the Americas

The avenue famous for being known by two names, Sixth Avenue in New York City is truly an enigma.  This article will chronicle the origin of its dual nomenclature, walk you through its intriguing history, and spotlight its most charming location, 1180 Avenue of the Americas, a jewel of commercial real estate which houses some of the most sought after office space for rent in NYC.

Schizophrenic Naming

To begin with, why is Sixth Avenue also called Avenue of the Americas?  In Old New York, the lampposts on Sixth Avenue were adorned with medallions displaying the national seals of the Western Hemisphere countries, aka “The Americas.” (Gonzalez, 2008) Unfortunately, this historical factoid is little known to the New York City population of today as most signs have been removed or worn down from wear and tear.

The upper Manhattan segment of this avenue was originally named Lenox Avenue after collector James Lenox, and once again renamed Malcolm X Boulevard – yet another case of dual nomenclature! (Forgotten, 2016)

An Intriguing Twist

To say that Sixth Avenue is a New York City enigma is an understatement. Sixth Avenue extends above Central Park into Upper Manhattan, yet it also reaches further south than any other avenue. (Forgotten, 2016)

If you’ve ever heard anything “through the grapevine,” you’ll be fascinated to learn that this avenue’s Old Grapevine Tavern was the inspiration for this song and hence the modern day catchphrase. (Forgotten, 2016) Well, what can we say? As New Yorkers, we pride ourselves on being the first to know the buzz.

Highly Desired Office Space for Rent in NYC

A Jewel of Commercial Real Estate

1180 Avenue of the Americas, a bustling commercial center, is home to a prestigious client roster. Not surprising, as this location houses some of the most centrally-located office space for rent in NYC. This jewel of architecture suffers from no lack of charisma.  The stunningly lustrous Romero Britto mural in the lobby adds vibrant energy to the air as you enter.

This stunning Romero Britto Mural at 1180 Avenue of the Americas makes it a top office space for rent in NYC.

Visitors love being welcomed into the lobby of 1180 Avenue of the Americas by this stunning Romero Britto mural.

Most of all, you’ll always be styled en vogue as there is a Dress Barn conveniently located in the building. But it’s not all for show. This Class A building is equipped with 24/7 security and located within walking distance of all major New York City transportation hubs, including Penn Station, Port Authority and Grand Central.

Prime Location

Corporate Suites’ 1180 Avenue of the Americas business center is truly a prime location for any type of business.  Its convenient access to 47th-50th Street Rockefeller Center (B, D, F, M) and 49th Street (N, Q, R) subway stations makes it some of the most sought after office space for rent in NYC.

Your day will be flooded with natural light and provide exceptional views of Midtown Manhattan that will brighten the day for any of your guests. Enjoy the spacious lobby, sunlit kitchen with lounge, two copy centers, elegant meeting rooms, and a large training room for up to 30 guests. You’ll have your pick of the litter of office space for rent in NYC, from smaller spaces to large corner office suites. These spaces are furnished and come equipped with high-speed internet and telephone services, and Corporate Suites‘ professionally trained staff will be available to assist you.

Ready to be illuminated by some of the best office space for rent in NYC? For a personal tour, tweet to @corpsuitesnyc or contact us.


Forgotten New York. (2012) DEEP SIXTH: a walk up Avenue of the Americas. [Blog post] Retrieved from

Gonzalez, David. (2008, July 4) “Few Emblems of Americas Remain on Their Avenue.” The New York Times.  Retrieved from

5 Images of NYC Financial District Artwork That Will Inspire You

While most people think of the stock market when they hear about the NYC Financial District, the country’s third largest business zone has much more in store. Get ready to be awed and inspired by the following five most breathtaking pieces of NYC Financial District architecture and artwork.

Balloon Flower (Red)

This glossy red balloon by Jeff Koons energizes the air amidst a backdrop of ubiquitous bleak concrete.

Jeff Koons Balloon Flower (Red)

What it Symbolizes: NYC Resilience and Strength

This piece floated into the area surrounding 7 World Trade Center to celebrate the first building’s construction after the tragedy of 9/11. (“A Red Jeff Koons,” 2011) It was New York’s way of declaring a victory of resilience and broadcasted to the world that, like the Phoenix rising from the ashes, we refuse to play the victim.

Red Cube

Balanced on one side, this stunning red cube makes a stunning presence in the plaza in front of the HSBC building.

Red Cube Statue

What it Symbolizes: The Genius of Entrepreneurship

The piece inspires movement. Its diagonal slant suggests an element of innovation and creativity in an almost precarious way. (“Red Cube,” n.d.) The cube captures New York’s entrepreneurial genius and ability to take a simple concept such as elementary geometry and twist it ever so slightly to create something amazing.

The Oculus Structure

Connecting the New Jersey Path train and the MTA, the construction of this transportation hub required an amount of steel equivalent to over 800 school buses. (“World Trade,” n.d.)

Oculus Transportation Hub New York City

What it Symbolizes: NYC Energy and Pulse

Grand Central, Penn Station, Port Authority, and the Oculus all convey the same message. NYC is the place to be and the center of the universe.  When we do it, we do it big.

Group of the Four Trees

This black and white sculpture of intertwined pine trees, planted in front of Chase Plaza, attempts to bring Wall Street a bit closer to its organic side. (“Group of Four Trees”, n.d.)


What it Symbolizes: Dynamic Unity

New York is a melting pot in a myriad of ways. This piece reminds us that even in the cold, hard world of business, at the end of the day we are all human beings.  The trees of varying heights not only manage to achieve cohesive unity with each other but also somehow harmonize with the edgy buildings that surround it.

Freedom Tower (One World Trade Center)

Constructed at the site of one of the worst crimes of humanity that New York has ever known, this skyscraper is the rebuilt apex of the World Trade Center.

One World Trade Center

What it Symbolizes: The Triumph of Democracy

Just as the Statue of Liberty signaled to the world that we are a nation of acceptance and tolerance, this structure vibrantly proclaims that from every mountainside (or fruit stand, deli, or bodega, in our case), in our town freedom will always ring.

Inspiring Business Communities

As a top coworking space in the NYC Financial District, Corporate Suites22 Cortland Street is located at the heart of this inspiring business community. If you are looking to rent office space in downtown Manhattan, tweet to @corpsuitesnyc to arrange your personal tour.


“A Red Jeff Koons is Brightening Up the Financial District.” (2011, December 11). Retrieved from

“Group of Four Trees, 1969-72.” (n.d.) Retrieved from

“Red Cube, 1968.” (n.d.)  Retrieved from

“World Trade Center Transportation Hub.” (n.d.)  Retrieved from

Shared Office Space in NYC: A Classroom for the Courtroom

While you may have been able to get by in the past with just your bar certification, the learning game is changing.  The advent of social sharing technologies such as Whatsapp and Facebook Messenger are rapidly changing the way that new ideas are communicated in the business world. Learning is undergoing an epic shift from the classroom to the courtroom, and law firms in shared office space in NYC are uniquely positioned to benefit the most.Shared Office Space Center of Learning

Typically proponents of traditional methods, many law firms don’t fully recognize the social learning shift that has come upon us. Now when your paralegal wants to hear about the newest strategies for conducting a deposition, she consults with a threaded conservation in a LinkedIn discussion group.  When your receptionist wants to learn how to work your new dictation machine, he watches a YouTube video by a consumer.  This is what psychologists call the 70-20-10 learning model, in which 20% of enlightenment comes from peer to peer interactions (“The 70:20:10 Model,” 2016).

Attorneys in shared office space in NYC can benefit the most from this trend because they are right at the center of a community of learning. Through networking events in a shared workspace, businesses can share knowledge peer to peer.  A shared office space in NYC may even go as far to offer message boards or apps which enable members to communicate just in time.  This benefits law companies of all types, whether the solo practitioner looking for a private meeting space to take a deposition, the multinational law firm starting a New York satellite office, or the midsize law practice looking to beef up its business continuity plan with a virtual office.

Corporate Suites is a provider of shared office space in NYC services to the legal community for nearly two decades.  Lawyers, please weigh in below and offer your verdict as to how you see the social learning model working in your firm’s favor in a shared office space in NYC setting.  Or, if you’d like to share comments with us directly, please tweet to @corpsuitesnyc.


“The 70:20:10 Model for Learning and Development.” (2016). Training Industry, Inc. Retrieved on February 7th, 2017 from

Coworking Space in NYC: What’s the Verdict, Lawyers?

With self-employment on the rise, many big law attorneys dream about striking out on their own. However, the challenge of going from having every resource at your fingertips to “bring your own everything” can prove too daunting.  If you’re a lawyer itching to break into entrepreneurship, a legal coworking space in NYC may deliver much more than you plea bargained for.

Here’s the good news briefing, lawyers. Law is not an asset-intensive profession like airlines or manufacturing. It is asset-light, requiring only basic office, computer, and telecommunication supplies.  You could run a law practice out of your home, but in a highly competitive market like NYC it would detract from your professional credibility.  For tax and compliance reasons, blending home and office can complicate matters as well. Lastly, working from home creates distraction from elements such as your refrigerator.


If you think that coworking space in NYC is just a desk and phone, you haven’t reached the final verdict yet.  Housing your law practice in shared office space creates social opportunities that are invaluable to someone starting a law firm.  Corporate Suites, for example, encourages clients to follow behavioral guidelines that promote privacy, confidentiality, and a work environment where employees won’t be distracted. Said Hayim Grant, President,

“Corporate Suites was founded for serious, conservative-minded professionals who seek a like-minded community.”

Coworking space in NYC benefits law firm start-ups by providing the opportunity to gain new clients by facilitating a referral network.  Most lawyers are prohibited from cold calling directly to consumers, and advertising is heavily regulated. Being able to improve your word of mouth prospecting is invaluable. Coworking space in NYC is ideal for lawyers because the more people see you, the more they trust you.  You’re likely to meet other lawyers within the community who can be knowledge resources. Lastly, you never know when you’ll need a service like transcription or a paralegal, and the center manager can play matchmaker and connect you with someone from the coworking community to get a rapid response.

It’s clear that coworking space in NYC offers great potential to be that business partner every aspiring legal entrepreneur dreams of. For more information about how to join a community that knows how to inspire business excellence, contact

These 5 Facts Make 22 Cortlandt Street The Top Hedge Fund Coworking Space in NYC

It isn’t just about banking anymore. Over the past several years, New York’s Financial District has evolved into one of the hottest choices for coworking space in NYC. Even native New Yorkers may not be aware of these little known facts about 22 Cortlandt Street and its surrounding environs.

#1 Fact: The Century 21 store at 22 Cortlandt Street was brought to worldwide fame as the often featured spot for for Sex and the City character Carrie Bradshaw’s shopping sprees. (Dolor, 2011)

high heel


Why this matters:  Lower Manhattan was typically a place where people would work, not live. Companies select 22 Cortlandt Street when seeking coworking space in NYC that will help them strike a work-life balance while living closer to the office.  You can have it all!

#2 Fact: The Financial District of New York City ranks number three on the list of biggest business districts in the US – only behind Midtown Manhattan and the Chicago Loop.
Why this matters: If you’re look for a top coworking space in NYC, why not go where the action is happening? As the old adage goes, if you want to be successful, surround yourself with successful people!

waiting for train

#3 Fact: With over 15 WiFi zones, there’s more access to free Internet in lower Manhattan than anywhere else in New York. (Sheftell, 2012)

Why this matters: With the digital transformation, business is running off the mobile phone more than ever before. As a hedge fund manager, you have to keep up with the stock market every second, even when you’re outside the bounds of your coworking space in NYC. This is fundamental to your success in a fast paced industry such as finance. You don’t want to be the hedge fund manager who missed the big trade while waiting for the R train.

#4 Fact: There are more than 130 pieces of outdoor artwork in lower Manhattan. (Sheftell, 2012) Why this matters: Art is inspirational and visually pleasing images can take the edge off a stressful day trading a choppy market.


#5 Fact: Cortlandt Street Station will re-open in 2018 (Associated Press, NBC New York, 2015). Destroyed by the falling towers, this MTA station is slated to make a comeback next year.
Why this matters: Completely resurrecting our damaged transportation system will signify an end to the tragedy of 9/11, facilitate logistics within the area, and throttle the Financial District to a new age of esteem and prosperity.

In reality, there are more than just five reasons to choose Corporate Suites’ 22 Cortlandt Street as the location for your hedge fund office.  Adorned with multi-function copiers, three conference rooms for up to 15 people, high speed wireless internet access, and a friendly reception with office staff who are attentive to every need, 22 Cortlandt Street is the inspiring business community that your hedge fund is looking for.  Contact the team at Corporate Suites to learn more about the top hedge fund coworking space in NYC!


Dolor, Krissy. (2011, September 13). 7 NYC Spots Made Famous By Sex & The City. CBS Local Media, CBS New York.  Retrieved from

Sheftell, Jason. (2012, September 7) Why the Financial District is one of New York’s best places to live. Retrieved from

Associated Press/NBC New York. (2015, February 23) NYC Subway Station Destroyed on 9/11 to Reopen in 2018. NBCUniversal Media. Retrieved on January 30, 2017 from

Level the Playing Field With a Virtual Address in NYC


Let’s face it: image matters. For financial firms such as hedge funds, Registered Investment Advisor (RIA) firms, and investment management companies, gaining the respect of the ultrawealthy individuals and institutions is heavily influenced by branding.  While commonly underestimated, the appearance of having an office in a fancy, upscale building in ritzy Manhattan makes a bold statement about your success. And nowadays, companies have found a way to reap the benefit of this luscious image whether or not services are actually delivered from that location!  A virtual address in NYC levels the playing field between the emerging company and the establish enterprise, and is a critical tool to be used by any financial firm who truly wants to impress those high net worth investors.

With the digital workforce transformation, the physical depth of a company isn’t that easy to discern anymore.  According to, between 20 and 25% of the workforce teleworks on some level. (, 2016) Welcome to the age of the “invisible worker”, a time when a significant amount of meetings occur through videoconferencing apps such as Skype, Google Plus, or Gotomeeting.  To quote Hayim Grant of Corporate Suites, one of Manhattan’s most established shared office space companies and a provider of virtual offices in NYC:

Our clients find that most of the time, nobody is even aware of the fact that they’re using a virtual address in NYC. Most people don’t look past the Manhattan zip code.

Ah, the merits of virtual reality.  And by the way, in the quickly-becoming-rare instance when there is a face to face meeting, speed is everything. Having a centrally located office can mean the difference between getting the meeting or not.  One of the biggest perks, Grant says, of their 275 Madison Avenue center is its close proximity to Grand Central Terminal.

For Corporates Suites’ clients, many of whom include NYC’s top hedge funds, RIA firms, and investment management companies, having a virtual address in NYC plays a critical role in their brand.  Corporate Suites’ locations include some of Manhattan’s most luxurious, including 641 Lexington Avenue, a stone’s throw away from world class landmarks such as the Lipstick Building, Citigroup Center, and Sutton Place, and 22 Cortlandt Street, at the heart of Manhattan’s premier financial district.

On top of the virtual address in NYC, those utilizing many of Corporate Suites’ membership packages also benefit from having a 212 number. Nothing says, “I’ve made it” more than having somebody answer your phone, and Corporate Suites’ reception call answering service conveys precisely that sense of prestige.

A virtual address in NYC can enable an emerging company to elevate its brand and gain access to the higher quality clients that are more discerning, the ones that won’t even take your call unless certain boxes are checked. To hear more about a Corporate Suites virtual address in NYC, contact us.


Lister, Kate.  (2016, January). Latest Telecommuting Statistics. Retrieved on January 19, 2017 from

Hedge Fund Manager to Investor: Sorry Our Power Went Out



Raise your hand if you look forward to writing a letter like this to your investors.

Dear Mr. and Mrs. Multi-Millionaire,

We are sorry to inform you that last week due to unforeseeable weather conditions we were prohibited from accessing our office in Midtown.  For a period of five (5) days we were unable to operate effectively in the management of your investment account.  As we were not able to trade in your portfolio, there has been some fluctuation due to adverse market movements that we will discuss with you at a later time.

We deeply apologize for this disruption in service and hope you will be joining us at our company’s annual golf outing in Greenwich this summer.


Hedge Fund Manager

Better to be safe than to have to say “sorry about that” to multimillionaire investors.

While many hedge funds think they have it all figured out, Hurricane Sandy spurred such an industry wake up call that business continuity has been on radar screen of the SEC ever since. (Securities and Exchange Commission, 2016). The standard plan for employees to work from their home or other Wi-fi equipped remote locations (e.g., Starbucks or the New York Public Library) comes with a litany of landmines. What happens if the rest of the hedge fund world is planning to camp out in the Marriot Hotel lobby?  Could put a pinch on available desk space.  And what about extended disruptions – how long can the back-up generator in your basement really last?  If your office is situated 20 minutes from the so-called recovery site, is it really providing geographic diversification or will both locations go down with the power grid.

The best solution for companies with a serious need for reliability is to take the virtual office NYC pill.  Shared office space companies such as Corporate Suites have become a critical part of financial companies’ disaster recovery arrangements.  For a nominal monthly fee, you’ll have access to furnished office space and meeting space on demand so you won’t have to worry about a power outage or snowstorm putting your business out on the street.  The live answering service will ensure no breaks in communication with your clients.  You’ll have a virtual business address so you can continue receiving mail, important packages, and client letters when your primary office is inaccessible. As Corporate Suites caters to many financial companies, precautions are taken to protect the confidentiality of your and your clients’ data.  All of these benefits, and more, are available to wise hedge fund managers who choose to avoid disaster by evoking the power of virtual office NYC.

Lawsuits, loss of reputation, and the end of client relationships from a service disruption are something that no hedge fund should manager should have to lose sleep over. To learn more about how virtual office NYC contingency planning can work for you, contact us at 888.848.6960.


Securities and Exchange Commission, (2016, June 28).  17 CFR Part 275v, Release No. IA-4439; File No. S 7-13-16, RIN 3235-AL62, Adviser Business Continuity and Transition Plans. Retrieved from



Is the Coworking NYC Trend Too Risky for Financial Firms?


As heavily regulated entities by FINRA and the SEC, it is incumbent upon financial firms to maintain high client confidentiality.  Being a part of the Coworking NYC trend presents the opportunity for many such companies who desire Class A real estate and a more competitive location than they would get on their own. Is it too much of a risk to take? If you’re curious about jumping on the Coworking NYC bandwagon, here are the risks and benefits you should consider.

According to Symantec’s 2016 Internet Security Threat Report, one out of every 40 small businesses are likely to suffer a cyberattack. (as cited in Sophy, 2016). Typically financial companies such as investment managers, RIA firms, and hedge funds are acutely targeted because hackers know they possess sensitive information such as investment account statements, banking statements, social security numbers, and credit card information for their clients.  Some Coworking NYC locations will offer access to Wi-Fi, but it may not be protected.  This is particularly risky for companies using file sharing because suffering a cyberattack may bring the entire company down.

In addition to cyber risks, there are physical dangers that go along with Coworking NYC.  Equipment may be stolen or lost and there are virtually no limits to what a hacker can retrieve from even a device whose information has been erased. Unless it’s shredded to a fine consistency, they can get information off the hard drive. Client financial information may inadvertently fall into the hands of an unauthorized person due to the communal nature inherent to Coworking NYC.  To heighten this risk, standard errors and omissions insurance policies may or may not cover such data breaches.

Does that mean that financial companies should shun Coworking NYC altogether? Not so, says Corporate Suites, a longstanding proponent of Coworking NYC. The shared office space provider has hosted an extensive list of financial firms in its Manhattan workspaces over the last decade. Their clients, many of the top financial names on the street, choose from a selection of eight Class A Manhattan locations which augment their luxury brands.

How does Corporate Suites protect its financial clients from attacks? As data security is a concern that worries many of their clients, the company provides a secure VLAN to each client for their data network (with firewalls) as well as secure 24/7 air conditioned server rooms.  Further, each client has a locked private and sound insulated office space.

Now that you’ve heard both sides of the story, would you take the risk? Is a financial firm really throwing caution to the wind by participating in the Coworking NYC movement? Offer us your opinion below.


Sophy, Joshua. (2016, April 28) 43 Percent of Cyber Attacks Target Small Businesses. Retrieved from

Flexible Work Spaces: What They Are and Why You Need One

Did you know that nearly 30 million Americans now work from home at least one day a week? That number is expected to steadily rise, with Odesk, an online marketing for hiring remote workers, predicting that by 2020, 1 in 3 people will actually be hired to work online from anywhere they want! With these stats, it’s clear to see that flexible work spaces are becoming a staple among the nation’s most successful companies.

A Guide to Flexible Work Space Terminology

The flexible work space industry has a wide range of terms and definitions. Some of the most common terms tossed out among those interested in a flexible work space are:

  1. Collaborative Workspace — Collaborative workspaces are different than a traditional office layout in that they generally refer to a space that multiple companies or individuals share while maintaining their separate endeavours.

  2. Co-Working — A co-working space is a type of collaborative workspace and is often available on a pay-as-you-go basis. Known by their community-style approach, co-working spaces encourage members to interact  and support one another. Most co-working spaces provide Wi-Fi, communal lounge areas, desks, furniture, etc. This type of set-up is ideal for independent or work-from-home professionals, start-ups looking for a steady work space, those needing a break from the isolation of working from home, and those seeking inspiration or support from like-minded entrepreneurs.

  3. Hot-Desk — Hot-desks are spaces typically located in a shared environment that are available by the hour or day. Hot-desking is typically a drop-in environment that does not have the communal vibe associated with co-working. If you’re constantly on the move but need the occasional place to land, hot-desking is a great idea.

  4. Touchdown Space — A touchdown space is any workspace, whether shared or private, that is used on a drop-in basis. Typically available by the hour or day, touchdown spaces can be located in a coworking space, a business lounge, a commercial building. You may also hear them referred to as “third place” locations. 

Reasons A Flexible Work Space is Smart for Talent Acquisition

Organizations seeking to acquire the best talent are learning that the days of beige carpet and grey cubicles are quickly becoming extinct. The mundane walls, carpet, and cubicle scene breeds mediocrity, dampens creativity, and slows productivity — none of which a thriving business is after.

In order to acquire the best talent, a company needs to be willing to work with that talent to customize their jobs, making people feel valued and improving their performance. Part of this customization includes working with employees to be flexible and collaborative with their hours and location. The benefits of collaborating with employees for their workplace flexibility include:

  1. Buy-in — Working with employees on their flexible work space is an easy way to treat them with trust and respect. Now, instead of working for you, they are working with you because they know that the opportunity to work from the location of their choosing places a serious commitment to the organization in their hands. This builds a great amount of buy-in and a positive workplace culture.

  2. Higher Morale — Plenty of research studies show that organizations that allow employees to have a flexible work space have less employee turnover, less employee absences, and higher level of engagement and productivity. Happy employees breed better results.

  3. Broader Talent Pool — If an organization’s talent is no longer limited to who can be in the office, the pool of talent broadens. No longer is the search limited to who can work in a certain zip code during certain hours of the day — in fact, a flexible work space allows companies to search the world over for the best talent for their job. By using social networks, intranets, teleconferencing, and more the possibilities are endless.

  4. Value Added — An employee with a well-rounded life brings value to any job. By spending less time confined in an office, employees are a better work-life balance, giving them more opportunities to find inspiration, collaboration, and joy in their work and daily lives.

  5. Smart Strategy — Telecommuting helps businesses save costs on supplies, real estate, and utilities. It also encourages the best talent in the pool to look at working for the company, as a company that allows flexible work spaces for its employees tend to have more empathetic, energetic, and happier employees.

Must-Haves for Flexible Work Spaces

Not all flexible workspaces are created equally! Going to work at a local coffee shop is considered having a flexible work space, but the chances of being incredibly productive there are slim to none. Some of the best flexible work spaces out there have these traits in common:

  1. Hoteling-style Seating — An article published by the Washington Post in 2013 highlighted office spaces with the millennial generation in mind. One of the key points of that article was the concept of “hoteling,” where employees sign up for a workspace as needed. This allows employees to work in a traditional office for part of the week if necessary, while giving them freedom to work from a flexible location other days. By offering employees a variety of workspace options, companies can better optimize their work environment.

  2. Collaboration Technology — For employees to work remotely, the right technology needs to be available. Video-telephony technology lets employees sit down for a meeting together no matter their location and makes collaboration amongst employees a breeze.

  3. Flexible Power and Connectivity — While this seems like a given, plenty of flexible workspace options often overlook the importance of having flexible power and connectivity options. The freedom to move around a room without worrying about cords and connectivity allows workers to get their jobs done no matter where they are in the room and doesn’t have them fighting over that one corner outlet in the flexible work space.

  4. Collaborative Work Areas — Collaborative work areas take on a variety of forms, from purposefully positioned chairs to an open conference room, the most important thing is to provide an environment where people can comfortably get together and share ideas and resources.

If you are looking for flexible work space, Corporate Suites would love to help you in your search. We offer inspiring business environments, alternative office spaces, co-working business centers, conference rooms, and everything in between. Whether you’re a business looking for a temporary office solution, or an individual looking for the perfect landing space, Corporate Suites has the solution for you — call us today — (888) 848-6960.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

Case Study on Basecamp: A Totally Virtual Company

Businesses are going 100% virtual, and regular offices with their nine-to-five hours are being left behind in favor of online workplaces. Thanks to sites like Basecamp, a virtual office space, better work is being done with greater collaboration and none of the roadblocks traditional office culture brings. In fact, Basecamp is a shining example of a modern company; it’s not only helping other businesses go digital, it operates solely online.

base camp

How is Basecamp making the totally-virtual model work?

1.    If Everything’s Virtual, Everything is Documented

When you’re working with several people or a project takes a long time, some details slip between the cracks. Verbal agreements or a conversation that was forgotten leads to misunderstandings or forgotten information. Even if it doesn’t drastically harm the project, it still slows down productivity, since fixing a problem or adding a detail as an afterthought takes time. Basecamp, however, allows remote workers to communicate through writing and keeps everything well-documented for future review.

Erskine Design’s Jamie Pittock said that Basecamp is a favorite of his company for creating Project Backlogs, so that they can keep track of details such as “tasks, ideas, requirements, feature requests, websites to look at, something a client’s said; anything at all.” This makes it easy to review before the project is submitted to clients, avoiding the need to revise work and guaranteeing that the first submission is the best.

2.    Last Minute Changes Are Seen By All – To-Do Lists Don’t Get Cluttered

The bigger the team, the more complicated to-do lists become. Who should pick up what slack; how many people should work on one task; has anyone finished theirs yet; who is waiting for updates; was that already finished and someone forgot to mark it? Not knowing what comes next is a huge hit to productivity, but repeating tasks or getting muddled on whose job is whose can lead to poor quality results and missed deadlines. In a regular office, this is usually left up to memory, and not everyone gets informed. Working remotely with a virtual office, that’s not the case.

Erskine Design said that with Basecamp, “empty to-do lists are automatically moved to the completed lists sidebar,” and tasks can be listed without being assigned, so everyone knows what’s coming without the order of priority being muddled. “[The tasks] aren’t actionable yet, so you don’t want them to appear in anyone’s global to-dos yet.”

3.    Clients Can Have a Look Into the Work Process

When your business is hired for a project, the client waits until after the work is done to see the result, right? Not with Basecamp. It’s unique in letting a client peek through the glass at your work while your team tackles the project, so they can witness firsthand the roadblocks, progress, and workings style your company offers. This gives them peace of mind with immediate updates, and also gives them faith in the quality of work you actually do, since they’ve seen it for themselves. In a regular office, clients wouldn’t be able to peek over your shoulder; remotely? They can access it anywhere at any time.

Animation company Switch Video said, “Having all communications about client projects in a central place keeps our team on track and our clients informed. Basecamp goes a long way in helping us meet our three promises: 1) We will set reasonable timelines and meet them. 2) We will keep you informed. 3) We will complete all aspects of the job.”

4.    Everyone Has Access to the Communication Channel

Making sure that each individual client or team member is kept updated can lead to gaps in communication as well as misunderstandings. Basecamp keeps all messages on a certain project in one place, so you can view immediately what is being said and when you’re being talked to. Even if it’s not relevant to you, having access to updates keeps each teammate informed on new ideas being brainstormed, while each client can see the progress being made.

Switch Video’s Andrew Angus said, “In Basecamp, we can send general project-related messages to clients or team members anytime, and they’ll all be together in one place. Instead of replying with a new message (as you would in email), you post a comment to the original message, which keeps everything neatly together in one stream. Or we can even send comments right from the task list as we’re working through the project.”

5.    It’s an Office and a Project Board – Without the Expense

For a business that’s entirely virtual, having a collection of project boards isn’t going to cut it – you need that and all the digital desks, conference rooms, archives, and more a traditional office would offer. Basecamp makes that possible, with the ability to create and manage individual projects, but also create virtual rooms for the rest of your business to use – all without the price tag of renting a physical office.

According to event planning company Outstanding Occasions, “[Basecamp] acts as our complete virtual office … We have a Main Office (which includes our document templates for our company and wedding pro packages and pricing), Mentorship file (where we keep all of our internal documents for the mentorship program), Business Book Library (where the Outstanding team members share their business book reviews of the business books that we all have read), Owners File (where we keep internal documents for Jennifer and I only), and then we create a new project for each new client that we get (but again, we use it internally only and do not share it with our clients.)”

6.    There’s No Adjustment Time for a Working Environment

There’s nothing worse than having a project management program that no one knows or understands, or a company culture that’s hard to adjust to. It hugely cuts into the workflow when new employees or clients have to spend time getting familiar with the program. Basecamp, however, so popular that few need to become versed in it, and since it’s a straightforward program, even if new employees or clients don’t quite click with the team, quality work can still be done.

According to Don Schenck, owner of Xceeda Inc., his company encounters more clients that work with Basecamp already than clients that don’t, and it significantly speeds up the working process. The easy controls and informative tutorial makes it simple to get familiar quickly without the need for refresher courses if you leave for a while.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

5 Reasons Companies Are Allowing Employees to Work Remote

Working remotely isn’t just the dream of the average joe anymore. Some of the highest level companies around are opting out of offices and into handing their employee a laptop and free reign over their work-site. You’d think this would leave room for disorder, but on the contrary, workers and companies alike are doing better than ever.

working remotely nyc

Here are five reasons why:

1.    Fewer Costs

-       Say Goodbye to Offices

The first drop in a company’s expenses is the most obvious; if all the employees are working remotely, what’s the point of having office space? That’s money saved on rent and utilities. Even more-so, buying all of the equipment is a thing of the past. There’s no need for several computers; office-chair races are sadly gone, but that’s bye-bye cubicles and desks; and that fax machine that just keeps breaking? No need to buy a new one or have it repaired – they can sell all their current equipment and even make money.

-       No Commuting Costs

You may think this is an employee’s problem, but how much a worker commutes also affects the company’s bottom line. The expense and time factors into how much workers expected to be paid and how many benefits they need. However, when working remotely, there’s little need for commuting, so payrolls can be adjusted to reflect this.

2.    Better Work

-       Better Work-Life Balance

It’s hard to keep your head in the game and give your all to a job if there’s trouble at home. Even if life is smooth sailing, working those dedicated hours makes employees feel they’re taking away from their family or being unavailable for friends. They spend less time on work to keep their personal life balanced, or their personal life is out of whack and that affects the quality of their work. Working remotely, however, gives them a chance to hang out with friends during breaks, have lunch or dinner with their family even if they’re working overtime, and create an actual balance in their lives, so they can give their best during business hours.

-       Your Own Hours Mean Your Own Working Style

The nine-to-five grind may work for many, but not for everyone. An employee that works best at night or who loves early mornings can be delivering sub-par work by sticking to the predetermined hours an office demands, but working remotely means managing their own hours. Employees can sleep in and feel energized for work, or stay up late and hit that workload when they’re in their prime, so companies are getting the best out of their workers.

-       Focused and Productive Hours

If there’s nothing to do at the office, that leaves employees to kill time. Working remotely gives them a chance to manage their own time instead, so if there’s nothing to do, they can switch to personal-life mode and enjoy friends, family, or hobbies, which makes them more energized when they do sit down to work. On top of that, when there are tasks to accomplish, they know they’re not waiting out the clock but actually giving their best, providing focus to be the most productive.

3.    Larger Talent Pool

-       The World’s Best Workers Don’t All Live in One City

There are a lot of talented people out there, and not all of them are willing to commute several cities over or upend their life with a move to dedicate those talents to your business. By making remote working a part of a company, businesses are opening themselves up to finding the best people for the job, not just the nearest people.

-       Some People Only Work Remote

With so many benefits to working remotely, there are some professionals who refuse to do anything else. For companies that reject remote work, that means they’re looking at a hugely reduced hiring pool with only the available people to choose from, not the best. However, businesses that embrace it are accessing the widest range of the most skilled people.

4.    Flexibility for Emergencies

-       An Emergency Doesn’t Mean an Hour Drive

When a surprise emergency arrives, companies need their top people working on it. If that means the top people need to get dressed, get in a car, drive their long or short commute to the office, handle it, and then drive all the way back, they’ll find employees a lot less compliant. This especially applies if it’s the weekend or well after work hours. However, working remotely allows them to simply grab their computer and handle the issue wherever they are, taking away the strain and making it more feasible to donate their services in a jam.

-       They’re Grateful for the Benefit, and Will Give Back

Even more-so, if employees are allowed to enjoy the benefits of working remotely, they’ll be more willing to help out when companies need it. They’ve been given greater comfort and ease, so if their boss needs a little extra work here and there, why not give back?

5.    Employee Retention

-       Fewer Family Problems

Eight hours a day at an office is a huge strain when your personal life is unraveling, but working remotely provides the flexibility to handle work and handle life individually, without one taking from the other. So when life becomes too much, workers can put down their laptop and take a breather, instead of being trapped in work-clothes, in an office, surrounded by people they may not like, far away from the trouble at hand, which may eventually make them give up. Working remotely puts them in a manageable environment that allows them to keep on trucking when times get tough.

-       Coworker Clashes? No Problem

No matter how positive a company culture is, there are always those employees who rub each other wrong. In fact, the number one reason most workers quit their jobs is because they hate their manager or colleague. With remote work, that’s not a problem. A few minute Skype meeting or an email chain is plenty of distance to keep irritation to a minimum, allowing them to do their jobs without the temptation to find work elsewhere and escape an uncomfortable situation.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

8 Reasons Why A Virtual Address is Better than a P.O. Box

New businesses, startups, and even major corporations are finding that a physical office just isn’t necessary. Digital offices are cost effective and produce better work. But there’s still one problem. What is your address going to be?

virtual address nyc

Whether it’s for receiving mail or legal purposes, businesses need a physical address, and that’s the one thing the internet can’t give us. The simple solution is opening a P.O. Box and calling it a day, but on the contrary – what you need is a virtual address. It can save you money, keep your business safer, and even boost your success as a whole.


1.    It Looks More Professional

A P.O. Box will make your business look uncommitted or low-budget, since that’s the kind of mailing address you would choose for your personal life, not for your highly successful business. That’s a bad message to send partners or clients. However, a virtual address gives the impression of a physical office, which shows enough success to afford it and enough commitment to your business to make that kind of investment.

2.    You’re Not Tied Down By a Physical Locale

If you travel often, being tied down to a single mailbox in a certain location means you have to either stay put or accept that packages are being sent back. Even more, if your employees work remotely, you’re signing up for trouble making sure everyone has copies of the right letters or access to mail addressed to them. With a virtual address, all your letters will be scanned and forwarded to your email, where you can share them digitally with others or request that they be physically sent to your personal address.

3.    You Can Choose the Most Impressive Address, Not the Most Available

Image is everything. Even if your business is the best of the bunch, having an address that places it in the bad side of town will give clients the impression that you deserve to be in the bad side of town. A ritzy address, on the other hand, shows status and success in a glance. With a virtual address, you can rent just the mailing address without the extra cost of the office, making it possible for even a small business to afford that shiny and impressive location to advertise on business cards or websites.

4.    It’s Like Having a Mailing Assistant

Running a successful business isn’t about being everywhere at once – it’s about making sure the right people are on the right jobs, saving you time. Virtual addresses have automated systems and sometimes workers themselves in charge of sorting through mail, scanning and sending them to receivers, and even corresponding with clients personally. By having this assistant on the job, instead of handling that mundane task yourself, you can stay focused on more important matters while they scan full letters and forward them to you, manage packages, and get rid of junk mail.

5.    You Get the Benefits of an Office Without the Cost

No matter how virtual your business is, there are times where every entrepreneur needs to sit down with clients to talk numbers or review plans. While inviting a client or business partner to your home or a café does save time and money, it doesn’t scream professionalism. A virtual address, however, has commodities that a P.O. Box just doesn’t, such as conference rooms or office space to rent last-minute. That high-end locale you originally chose the address for now pays off, since you can use its meeting rooms to impress clients with great equipment and city-views without a price tag that would break a small business budget.

6.    You Have More Privacy

P.O. Boxes are much more private than a street address, but it still doesn’t take much for a curious someone or a weird client to track you down. When you’re having a party, a well-earned day off, or just don’t have to meet with clients outside of an appointment, having someone show up at your door is more than a little unsettling. A virtual address keeps your privacy more secure, with no chance of someone finding your personal address without permission. Furthermore, if you have an assistant, they can inform you that a client wishes to meet in person so you can arrange for an appointment ahead of time.

7.    Google Can Better Advertise You

Reviewing sites like Yelp need an address to advertise you, and Google itself takes more kindly to websites that boast of a physical address than those that don’t. However, P.O. Boxes don’t cut it – that shows customers a post office, not an office or a storefront, and search engines will brush right over it. A virtual office gives you a literal street address to paste on your website or these reviewing sites. The more popular the locale is, the higher it will take you up in the recommendations. Even if a customer doesn’t plan on visiting your office, when they Google the best businesses of your kind, the closer you are to them, the greater your chances of being suggested to them.

8.    No Time to Pick Up Mail? No Problem

If traveling plans have you all over the place or a crunch at work is keeping you indoors 24/7, you may not have the chance to pop down to your P.O. Box and pick up the mail. If you forget about it altogether, you have urgent letters being ignored or packages getting sent back. That’s not only a headache to sort out, but if that package had some important equipment you needed immediately, you’re just out of luck, and legal documents don’t take kindly to being ignored. A virtual address, however, leaves someone else in charge of making sure your packages are signed for and you’re notified when mail shows up. A simple email alert will keep you updated and a small price will make sure you actually receive your mail as it arrives, without oversights.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

5 Reasons Companies Are Allowing Employees to Work Remote

Working remotely isn’t just the dream of the average joe anymore. Some of the highest level companies around are opting out of offices and into handing their employee a laptop and free reign over their work-site. You’d think this would leave room for disorder, but on the contrary, workers and companies alike are doing better than ever.

visual of a remote team

Here are five reasons why:

1.    Fewer Costs

-       Say Goodbye to Offices

The first drop in a company’s expenses is the most obvious; if all the employees are working remotely, what’s the point of having office space? That’s money saved on rent and utilities. Even more-so, buying all of the equipment is a thing of the past. There’s no need for several computers; office-chair races are sadly gone, but that’s bye-bye cubicles and desks; and that fax machine that just keeps breaking? No need to buy a new one or have it repaired – they can sell all their current equipment and even make money.

-       No Commuting Costs

You may think this is an employee’s problem, but how much a worker commutes also affects the company’s bottom line. The expense and time factors into how much workers expected to be paid and how many benefits they need. However, when working remotely, there’s little need for commuting, so payrolls can be adjusted to reflect this.

2.    Better Work

-       Better Work-Life Balance

It’s hard to keep your head in the game and give your all to a job if there’s trouble at home. Even if life is smooth sailing, working those dedicated hours makes employees feel they’re taking away from their family or being unavailable for friends. They spend less time on work to keep their personal life balanced, or their personal life is out of whack and that affects the quality of their work. Working remotely, however, gives them a chance to hang out with friends during breaks, have lunch or dinner with their family even if they’re working overtime, and create an actual balance in their lives, so they can give their best during business hours.

-       Your Own Hours Mean Your Own Working Style

The nine-to-five grind may work for many, but not for everyone. An employee that works best at night or who loves early mornings can be delivering sub-par work by sticking to the predetermined hours an office demands, but working remotely means managing their own hours. Employees can sleep in and feel energized for work, or stay up late and hit that workload when they’re in their prime, so companies are getting the best out of their workers.

-       Focused and Productive Hours

If there’s nothing to do at the office, that leaves employees to kill time. Working remotely gives them a chance to manage their own time instead, so if there’s nothing to do, they can switch to personal-life mode and enjoy friends, family, or hobbies, which makes them more energized when they do sit down to work. On top of that, when there are tasks to accomplish, they know they’re not waiting out the clock but actually giving their best, providing focus to be the most productive.

3.    Larger Talent Pool

-       The World’s Best Workers Don’t All Live in One City

There are a lot of talented people out there, and not all of them are willing to commute several cities over or upend their life with a move to dedicate those talents to your business. By making remote working a part of a company, businesses are opening themselves up to finding the best people for the job, not just the nearest people.

-       Some People Only Work Remote

With so many benefits to working remotely, there are some professionals who refuse to do anything else. For companies that reject remote work, that means they’re looking at a hugely reduced hiring pool with only the available people to choose from, not the best. However, businesses that embrace it are accessing the widest range of the most skilled people.

4.    Flexibility for Emergencies

-       An Emergency Doesn’t Mean an Hour Drive

When a surprise emergency arrives, companies need their top people working on it. If that means the top people need to get dressed, get in a car, drive their long or short commute to the office, handle it, and then drive all the way back, they’ll find employees a lot less compliant. This especially applies if it’s the weekend or well after work hours. However, working remotely allows them to simply grab their computer and handle the issue wherever they are, taking away the strain and making it more feasible to donate their services in a jam.

-       They’re Grateful for the Benefit, and Will Give Back

Even more-so, if employees are allowed to enjoy the benefits of working remotely, they’ll be more willing to help out when companies need it. They’ve been given greater comfort and ease, so if their boss needs a little extra work here and there, why not give back?

5.    Employee Retention

-       Fewer Family Problems

Eight hours a day at an office is a huge strain when your personal life is unraveling, but working remotely provides the flexibility to handle work and handle life individually, without one taking from the other. So when life becomes too much, workers can put down their laptop and take a breather, instead of being trapped in work-clothes, in an office, surrounded by people they may not like, far away from the trouble at hand, which may eventually make them give up. Working remotely puts them in a manageable environment that allows them to keep on trucking when times get tough.

-       Coworker Clashes? No Problem

No matter how positive a company culture is, there are always those employees who rub each other wrong. In fact, the number one reason most workers quit their jobs is because they hate their manager or colleague. With remote work, that’s not a problem. A few minute Skype meeting or an email chain is plenty of distance to keep irritation to a minimum, allowing them to do their jobs without the temptation to find work elsewhere and escape an uncomfortable situation.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

8 Caffeine Free Alternatives to Jump Start Your Day

Quitting caffeine is a healthy decision in the long run, but one thing you’re not thinking of first thing in the morning while you’re still bleary and tired is the long run. What you want to do is jump-start your day and find some energy, and caffeine is the quick solution.

caffeine free alternatives

But it’s not the only quick solution – and not even the most effective. You can get your day going and actually watch out for your health by taking advantage of these eight caffeine-free alternatives:

1. Forget the Coffee; Start Your Day With Juice

Tea is a favored option for a lot of people, but even green tea still has some caffeine in it. A softer choice, but still a compromise. Instead, take a page from your younger self’s book and get a glass of orange juice for the morning; or whip yourself up a smoothie packed with apples, strawberries, or bananas. They’re full of rich vitamins that give your body the pick-me-up it needs, and it’s much more filling than coffee, which can eat at your gut and encourage you to eat too early in the morning, messing up your mealtimes for the day.

2. Treat Yourself – Hop on the Internet in the Morning

Specifically, pull up some funny animal fails or an adorable loop of puppies doing something cute when you first blink yourself awake. Not only does it give your mind something to concentrate on besides your busy day, which makes you want to go back to sleep, but animal videos in particular are universally entertaining. This soft form of entertainment encourages the release of the hormone oxytocin, associated with lighter moods and greater focus.

3. Don’t Forget to Stretch

Working out first thing in the morning gets your blood pumping and releases endorphins that make the body feel stronger, more pleasant, and more awake – but if you the kind who doesn’t feel like going for a run when you’ve only just convinced yourself to get out of bed at all, don’t worry. Simply standing up and doing a few easy stretches will get the blood and the chemicals flowing. Raising your hands up towards the ceiling, keeping your back straight, and then bending down to touch your feet before rising up again is a simple move that will unwind your muscles from their dormant state all night. Repeating this ten or twenty times only takes a few seconds, is great for your posture, and keeps you alert without the caffeine.

4. Grab a Snack if You Can’t Get Breakfast

Our grandma was right; having a healthy balanced breakfast in the morning is good for you. But if you prefer your breakfast in a box or don’t have the time to cook some eggs before leaving for work, something smaller will do. Giving your stomach something to work on will get your digestive system in gear, give your body some fuel to work as the hours go by, and most importantly, jump-start your brain into action without caffeine as the main choice. Grabbing an apple, granola bar, or even a donut – though your grandma would frown at that – is a great way to get the burst of energy that keeps you from calling in sick and sleeping in.

5. Go For a Walk Down the Street

Taking a few moments to walk down the street gives you all the benefits of stretching and then a little extra. As you get your entire body moving, your breathing level will elevate slightly, your blood will pump faster, and better yet, the great outdoors – even city-bound – will get to work making you more alert. Fresh air, sunlight, and even the activity of cars, passing pedestrians, or a flock of birds gives your mind something to pay attention to, booting up all the signals caffeine would have to force-start.

6. Listen to Something Catchy

Time to get down to some Risky Business. Flip on some tunes or turn on your favorite playlist when you get out of bed in the morning, even if you let it whisper through your headphones as you brush your teeth or scroll through your social media. The catchier the tune, the better, since it’ll give your brain something interesting to focus on, encouraging it to fight through that one-track-mind haze of early mornings and instead engage its multi-tasking skills. Better yet, the pleasing sound of music will give you something to look forward to as you get up, and distract you from greater obligations waiting to come, allowing you to actually enjoy your mornings as more than just a routine.

7. Have a Conversation

If you’re kicking a coffee habit, then the last thing you want to do first thing in the morning with no caffeine is talk to someone. But speaking actually triggers all the parts of your brain needed to make you more alert; there’s a reason thinking out loud is good for you. Plus, in a two-way conversation, the movement of your mouth, the extra energy your eyes take to read body language, and the extra work your brain has to do to process what the other person says is a gentle but effective way to boot up all your internal systems and get you ready for the day. If you keep the topic positive, it will even improve your outlook, and therefore productivity, for all the coming hours.

8. Drink Cold Water

If you don’t like juice or don’t have any on hand, your best option is to find a very, very cold glass of water and get to chugging. The sharp change of temperature will snap your body alert, and the added hydration will give your mind the fuel it needs to become sharper and more focused. In fact, studies have shown that a cold shower is also great for you, but while you may be ultra-awake once the freezing water hits, who wants to do that first thing in the morning?

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

4 Ways Telecommuting Can Save Time (and Money)

Telecommuting is a business practice that more and more companies of ranging sizes are adopting. Though, sure, it makes your employees more comfortable, but does it actually save time? Will giving employees that level of freedom actually save you time, and even save money?

a person telecommuting

The answer is yes, and here are four reasons why taking on the practice can improve your business as a whole.

1. Higher Productivity

Saving time is more about putting that time to better use, and telecommuting kicks productivity into high gear.

- Employees Work More Hours

Studies have shown that employees who telecommute are almost twice as likely to work extra hours during the week, and the work they deliver is at a higher quality. At home, they have the ability to tailor their working environment, structure their days to their own tastes, and avoid that irritating colleague that would normally keep them distracted during business hours. With this kind of flexibility, they can tailor their hours to be more productive and not dread every minute that leads up to quitting time – encouraging them to do more for you.

- Fewer Sick Days

In the same way it makes employees work longer, telecommuting also takes away the temptation to not work at all. If they have a headache or just want to sit at home in their PJs, they don’t have to call in sick to avoid a day at the office. This office has all those comforts they want. Additionally, the stress of work and the risk of catching germs from colleagues is hugely reduced even if a worker only goes to the office part-time, drastically cutting down the risk of needing that off day because they’re actually sick.

- You Get a Bigger Talent Pool

Some professionals chose to work exclusively via telecommuting, and some extremely talented people may be off the radar because of distance alone unless you’re willing to let working remotely become a part of your business. By bringing in these previously off-limits workers, you’re benefitting from their experience and work ethic that could boost the level and quality of work being accomplished.

2. Less Overhead

By allowing your employees to take their phone and laptop home, you can watch your budget grow more than you even imagined seeing it.

- Utilities

When your employees are only at the office a few days a week, there’s no need to keep on the lights and the AC for the entire week. The cost-savings of cutting just a few days’ worth of utilities from your budget will make a dramatic difference in your yearly expenses, and if you decide to let only a few of your employees telecommute, the expenses of powering all the equipment will be cut substantially.

- Office Space and Equipment

If your employees only come to the office part time, only half of them come in at all, or you decide to digitalize your company altogether, that is a wealth of office space and equipment such as desks, chairs, and computers that are no longer necessary. Why pay a rent that houses fifteen employees if you can schedule only four or five at a time to work in the space? Why buy fifteen computers if only a handful will do, or you can have your telecommuting workers bring their own?

3. Smaller Payroll

With the amount of benefits you’re offering them in return for working at home, your employees most likely won’t even mind the change in their payroll. Working in their PJs instead of office clothes is a good trade-off.

- Fewer Expenses for Them

You have to account for the cost of living when paying your employees, and when they work in an office, that includes gas, lunches, mileage on their car, the amount of time it takes them to arrive… the list becomes more detailed the more complicated the job is. But with telecommuting, these expenses are no longer relevant. Since these costs are cut for them, you can cut them for you as well, shrinking their payroll to reflect the amount of expenses they incur.

- Freedom to Handle Their Work Schedule

Office culture dictates that an employee has to be at their desk for a certain amount of hours, even if they’re only accomplishing something for a few of those hours. By working from home, your employee has the ability to manage their schedule in a way that fits their life but also allows them to get the most work done. So they may be able to do the same amount of work in four hours as they were being paid to in eight; paying them to work part time is a significant cut to the expenses of their wage, and you’re receiving the same amount of work.

4. Employee Retention

Training an employee and dealing with a lull in productivity as they learn to fill the position is a huge hit to your budget and deeply cuts into your productivity. With telecommuting, employees are more likely to stay with your business, ensuring you don’t need to hire a replacement.

- Allows a Better Work-Life Balance

Employees who telecommute report having a better work-life balance, as they can spend more time with their families, take breaks as needed to care for their diet, health, and relationships, and the stress of getting up every day, donning the uniform, and going to the office is eliminated. Why would they want to leave, when their lives are better here?

- You’re Offering Them an Added Benefit

It’s only natural for a worker to want the best they can find. More and more businesses are adopting telecommuting, but not all do. Being a business that offers the benefits and wages you do makes you an appealing option to stay with, but the added bonus of being able to work from home is an advantage another option may not have. You’re offering them something unique, making you the best choice of the batch.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

How to Apply the 80/20 Rule to Any Business

Did you know that 80% of your sales are made by only 20% of your customers? Furthermore, only 20% of your employees are doing 80% of the valuable work, and of the 80% of your time spent, only 20% of is actually productive. Where did the rest of your time, work, and customers go? Why only 20%?

80/20 rule graphic

It was wasted, and you don’t need to waste it.

Just over a century ago, Italian economist Vilfredo Pareto observed that 80% of the land in Italy was owned by only 20% of the citizens, and that meant that only 20% of the people held 80% of the wealth. Also called the Pareto Principle, the 80/20 rule doesn’t just apply to Italian landowners – it’s been proven to apply to businesses and even everyday life.

If you’re doing well now, imagine how much better you could be by honing your 20% and ridding yourself of the extra waste. If you’re not doing so well, imagine how you could turn that around.

How can you determine where your 20% lies, and how can you hone it for any business?

 1. Get Data Analytics on Your Side

The 80/20 law is all about numbers, so it makes sense that you’d need numbers to put it into action. Most modern businesses work almost exclusively online, and if they don’t, they at least have an online presence. What your website or social media presence is gifting you is trackable insights. Take advantage of Google Analytics or softwares and dig into the heart of your website, so you can find your 20%.

Which articles gain the most traffic? Which products are clicked on most often but not bought? Which advertisements gain the most leads? These results are telling you what your 20% is. Now you can see the style of content and products your customers are really interested in, and gain even further insights into who your ideal audience really is. Sure, a decent portion of your audience is middle aged women – but is it the younger women who comprise your 20% most active? Focus on them.

2. Find the 20% Within Your 20%

As mathematicians dug into the heart of the 80/20 concept, they found something that’s valuable to businesses; within your ideal 20% is another 20%. If you have twenty customers who buy the most from you, then there will be four of them who buy everything from you. If twenty of them are young women, then four of them will be young women at a certain age or from a certain region. Keep this in mind as you dig through your analytics, and see who these magic 20% within 20% are. Make them the focus of your business, drawing in more of their kind and boosting your success exponentially.

3. Know That Activity Doesn’t Mean Productivity

If you see someone who works eight hours a day, does overtime, and still communicates with employees, colleagues, and clients when they’re at home in their off time, you’ll imagine them as a highly successful and productive person. But the exact opposite is true. If you need sixteen hours a day to accomplish what you need, then you haven’t found your 20%. It’s not about how busy you are, it’s about what’s actually being accomplished – and if your 20% is being accomplished above all.

When you find there just aren’t enough hours in the day, look at what you can refine from your schedule. Would adding something to your FAQ prevent reoccurring customer calls? Those extra hours spent replying to emails in the morning could be better spent working on a project, or collaborating with a partner, or closing a deal – the things that make a real difference.

4. The Hierarchy of Business Exists For a Reason – Don’t Forgo It

When your business was just starting up, you had your fingers in every pie; nothing went out without first coming to your desk. But as a business grows and more employees are taken on, a hierarchy is formed and no hierarchy works if the ruler is constantly coming down to help in the stables.

You may love customer service and value it as the most important part of your business, but when you spend your time taking calls, you’re not spending time closing deals, making the right connections, making plans for forecasted trends, or scheduling a project for the right time. It’s tempting, because you want to make it perfect and you may even be able to do a better job than the person you hired. But it’s impossible to be everywhere at once, and hiring the employee was for the good of your 80/20 ratio – don’t invalidate it by taking a step backwards. Do your job, and let them do theirs.

5. Outsource the Little Things – Get the Right People on the Right Jobs

Outsourcing is a perfect way for you to keep your 80/20 ratio balanced – but only if you do it right. You may think that outsourcing your IT department or marketing team is an excellent way to free up your time for other projects or to put it in more capable hands; you’re saving time, aren’t you?

On the contrary, the most vital and difficult portions of your business are the very portions you need to be involved in. No one will see the same vision or make the same choices as you, and even if they do, it will take a lot of time and a lot of failure to train them to this point. In the meantime, you’ll have falls in productivity and you’ll spend more of your time trying to manage them rather than accomplishing work, shooting your 80/20 in the foot. Instead, save the outsourcing for things that are less important, and are either too easy to mess up or won’t have significant results if they don’t turn out just as you planned. Decide what the main pillars of your business are, and give the rest to other hands.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

5 Traits of A Successful Entrepreneur

While hard work can get you everywhere, some people are just born for the task of becoming a successful entrepreneur. They show signs of it as children, it affects portions of their life even outside business, and some find themselves with a startup they may never have meant to create – it just happened.

This is because they have the built-in traits an entrepreneur needs to make it to the big time. Do you have them?

steve jobs close up

1.    They’re Patient

If you ask most entrepreneurs what their level of success was when they first started out, you’ll mostly likely be answered with, “What success?” Businesses rarely return a profit in the first year and most are expected to fail within the first five years, purely because of financial collapse. Everyone likes immediate results, and when they don’t come, many give up.

But great entrepreneurs endure the longer hours, the less help, and the zero profit right up until that moment it turns into success. Why? Because they have patience. Resisting the urge to admit defeat when visiting relatives found out how much they make at Thanksgiving dinner, exercising positivity when a contract fell through, and accepting that no money would be made at first took patience. Their ability to see what a success their business would be rather than what it was, and waiting it out, pushed them through those hard, penniless years where only the shady customers came and no one knew their name. And it continues to push them through the ups and downs of business.

2.    They’re Step-by-Step Minded

You want to have a successful business within four years. That’s a goal, but that’s not a roadmap – and great entrepreneurs know not only how to set goals, but to chart out the path step-by-step to reach it. Rather than looking into the sunset hoping their intended progress comes galloping out after them on a mighty steed, successful entrepreneurs sit down and decide what their first step towards reaching it is. What qualifies as success? How much profit do they need to return? How can they make themselves better known to the target audience? Who is the right person for handling this other task? How does that fit into profits? How many hours will be needed? What vendors should be contacted?

The sign of an entrepreneur is simple; when they say “that’s a great idea for a business!” there’s a pen and paper in hand shortly afterwards. These documented steps them make it easy to convince others, chart out their workflow, and manage others, because nothing is left to chance.

3.    They’re Passionate

The difference between a blue collar worker and an owner of a business is simple: one is passionate about their work and the other is simply clocking in. An entrepreneur’s passion and commitment is what allows them to put in the extra time others would slack on, make those scary leaps that would be better left alone by others, and keep going when the going gets tough.

When Steve Jobs was fired from Apple, he didn’t stop working in the same industry and go cry on his severance package; he might have for a while – who wouldn’t – but his next step was to build a second company in the same niche. He was passionate enough about the work to continue the work even elsewhere, and committed to seeing out his talent to the end. After a few years, Apple actually bought out his second business and hired him back as the captain of the i-products ship, where he brought the company out of bankruptcy and into profits – because he was passionate about his work, and took its fail or success personally.

4.    They’re Creative

Your profit levels are stagnating; your audience engagement is starting to take an unexpected dip down. There’s a problem, but what is it? A would-be entrepreneur takes this as the time to panic, or as the time to look at what other businesses are doing so they can mimic it. But a great entrepreneur would begin brainstorming and come up with the next best thing.

Even if you have a big dream or a good work ethic, it doesn’t necessarily make you a successful entrepreneur. There’s a reason some are CEOs and some are low-level employees, and that reason is creativity. Employees know how to follow instructions, entrepreneurs know how to make up the most unique instructions. The ever changing market demands adaptability, unique roadblocks call for creative problem-solving, and a range of competition calls for a perspective that isn’t going to see what everyone else is doing, but instead look for what they’re not doing.

The creator of McDonalds bought the original restaurant from its owners, the McDonald brothers; what made him a success and them small time was how he improved upon their fast-service concept and presented it to the market like no other restaurants had. McDonalds continues to stay on top because of how they adapt to fit the new age, with newer technology, more friendly marketing, and most of all, a creative approach to fast food.

5.    They Know How to Approach People

The successful entrepreneurs are often boisterous and extroverted, able to sit down with anyone and pitch an idea so convincing that it gains them customers, investors, and partners. People want to work with someone who is passionate, and nothing shows more passion than being a showman – but that’s not the end-all-be-all.

Even for entrepreneurs on the shy side, the key to their success is knowing the right times to speak up, the right things to say, and to who. By realizing when to put on their charm, when to be more reserved, and when to be straight-forward, great entrepreneurs are able to cultivate the right relationships and put forth the best image. Some investors admire a blunt intelligence, others a gentle passion, and others that out-there persona. But not all of them do, so it’s important to know who to be for who.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

4 Reasons Location is Critical for your Business

When figuring out where to open the doors of your business, there are plenty of things to consider, as location can be a truly important factor in growing your company and reaching for success. Do not be fooled into grabbing the cheap storefront just because the monthly rent is affordable. If the location keeps customers away, that cheap location could hurt your business by costing you significant sums in lost revenue.

gps marker

The location of your business should help you in three ways – customer acquisition, establishing your brand, and maximizing profit. First, your business should be located in a place that allows for easy access. Second, your business’s location should contribute to your customers’ experience. Last, taking into the consideration the previous two points, getting the best location at the lowest price will contribute to the bottom line in a positive way. Let’s dive a little deeper into why and how location contributes to these factors.

Brand value

Think of it this way: spending 500 dollars on a dress from a shop on 5th Avenue could be normal but buying the same dress in a bohemian neighborhood known for artisan crafts and shirts made from hemp would be odd. Different parts of a city have their own cultures and bring about different customer experience – businesses in Times Square and the Bronx will likely offer unique buyer experiences.

First, you need to clearly define your brand. What do you want people to think of when they see your logo or someone mentions they bought a product from you? Do they think of something young and hip, older and elegant, feminine, strong, energetic, mysterious, sexy, or blue-collar? After considering this, what is your price range? If you are a cake shop, are you going for high-end customers that are going to pay thousands for a wedding cake or are you advertising to parents looking for mid-range treats for kids’ birthday parties? Once you have defined some of the adjectives associated with your brand as well as whether you want to be seen as a luxury or economical option, you can start thinking about what neighborhood and street your business will fit into.

When people visit different neighborhoods, they have different expectations of the kinds of products and services they will find. It is always important to meet your customer where they already are. Do not ask them to go out of their way for your product or service. Think of where customers would usually go to try to find your product or related products and see if that location makes sense for your business.

In addition to considering a physical office space, keep in mind that if you intend to acquire customers online and serve them virtually, cut costs and put your business wherever is best for you. If your business is online, maybe having an office where it is convenient for partners and investors to meet would make more sense. Do you mostly work from home designing web pages but need to meet face-to-face with a client or two once a week? Do not bother with a storefront downtown. Get a membership or rent an office by the hour in a coworking space to save money while still having access to a professional environment where you can hold meetings.

Foot traffic

If you are located in a city that has a lot of foot traffic, take advantage of this. Make sure you are located where your target audience is walking around. Get in front of them by, again, meeting them where they already are. This is especially important if you are a newer brand or not well-known.

If someone wants to find a Nike store, they will just search for the closest one on Google and go there. However, if you make shoes for urban street fashion but you are a new brand, people will not actively search for you. If you have a store located in the right place for your target audience, people walking by your storefront may notice your product and stop in or look you up online later.

Businesses that rely on impulse shoppers especially need to take advantage of the benefits of being located somewhere where they get a lot of foot traffic. You may be walking down the street on your way to a meeting and, because you see a coffee shop, you get to thinking that an Americano sounds nice so you stop in.

If you have a product or service that does not sell directly to individual customers, you may not need to take foot traffic into consideration. For example, if you provide a B2B service, you are not really looking for the average person walking down the street.

Easy to find

While businesses located on small side streets may pay cheaper rent, they are also less visible and easier to miss. No one likes walking in circles trying to find your office. If people cannot get to your business and they need to meet with you to talk about a contract or they are trying to buy a product from you, you may lose an interested client before they even get through your door.

If you are on a tight budget and you cannot afford to rent a space on the main street, make sure that your location is still convenient to get to. If your customer simply has to turn off the main street and walk for one block (and you are the kind of business that has customers actively seeking them out like that), that is okay. If you send customers turning right and left and right and down an alley, you have already negatively affected their experience with your business. Keep the experience a positive one by opening your doors somewhere convenient for your customer.

Grow with the neighborhood

This could be especially useful for new businesses that are cash-strapped. If you have a product or service that can survive a changing neighborhood, getting a spot in an up-and-coming neighborhood to be ahead of the curve could be to your advantage.

For example, Seattle is currently a booming city. The International District, just east of the famous Pike Place Market, had become rundown and full of homeless shelters and boarded up storefronts. Now, it is in a transitionary period where new, hip clothing stores, coffee shops and coworking spaces have opened their doors alongside old family-owned restaurants, print shops and convenience stores. The place is full of old and new businesses with homeless shelters and signs of gentrification all in the same place. Rent is also much cheaper in this neighborhood than in the city center just down the street.

It is always important to know your business and figure out what it needs to grow and prosper. Do not let location be a hindrance on your business if you can help it. In fact, if you can, leverage your location to add to your business’s ability to generate profit.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

Coworking Spaces vs. Coffee Shops. Which is Best for Productivity?

Coffee shops and coworking spaces can both be great places to talk business with a client or get some work done. The question is, which one is better? The answer all depends on what kind of work you are trying to get done and what environment is best. Below are some pros and cons of both for you to consider.

salem coffee shop

Coffee shops – pros

Good coffee and treats This is pretty obvious. At a coffee shop, you can probably get good coffee. You can probably also snack on bagel or doughnut as well. You are working hard. Why not reward yourself?

Free Wi-Fi Most coffee shops have free Wi-Fi so it is easy to take care of e-mails, do research online, etc. For the price of a coffee, you can hangout and use the internet. This is beneficial if you do not have internet at home or if you are more productive when you get out of the house to get work done.

Casual – Coffee shops are usually relaxed settings. If you work best in a casual setting with music and people chatting or reading the paper, this may be your vibe. Also, if you have clients that appreciate a more informal meeting space, a coffee shop might be the right spot.

They’re everywhere – If you are in a major U.S. city, you probably do not have to walk very far to find one. This can be convenient as it probably does not really matter where you are in the city, you can still get work done.

Coffee shops – cons 

Noisy – If you need to focus, this might not be the optimal environment. You never know if a toddler is going to be at the table next to you banging spoons on the table or if a pair of really loud talkers are going to start a conversation nearby. And what is the point of choosing this environment to work if you have to bring headphones to block out all the disturbances?

Distracting – Whether you really dislike the distractions, like those mentioned above, or maybe you are a dog person and you cannot resist petting the Beagle that just walked in the door, a distraction is a distraction. When other people in the space are not there to work, it can be difficult to keep your mind on work and be productive.

Limited ‘desk’ space – Have you ever sat in a coffee shop with a laptop, some paper documents, a latte and a scone? Do you end up shuffling everything around the small table? Worse yet, have you tried talking to someone about a project while you both have your laptops and coffee on the table? It is not ideal.

Unreliable Wi-Fi – While you can access the internet for free with a food or drink purchase, providing great Wi-Fi is not the core of the business. Sometimes the internet is not so great when there are twenty different devices connecting to it so you may sit down and then find out that you are not getting online or each page takes three minutes to load.

Must buy something – A coffee shop is a business. It makes money off of food and drink sales. This means you will be buying food or a drink every time you go here to work. Additionally, if you plan to stick around for a number of hours, many people feel pressured to buy something else after an hours or two. This can get pricey.

Coworking spaces – pros

Work environment – It is generally easier to focus and get work done when other people around you are doing the same. Think of it like a gym membership. You could do pushups and sit-ups in your living room and buy some weights to workout at home but you will probably end up sitting on the sofa watching TV. We buy gym memberships because when we go to the gym, everyone else there is working out, which pressures us to do the same, and the place has been set up to be conducive to that activity. A coworking space is a good place to work because everyone else there is working and the place is purposefully set up to be conducive to work. Additionally, unlike a coffee shop, feel free to stick around for hours. You have paid to use the space so get your money’s worth.

Designated meeting spaces – If you need to meet with someone or a group, coworking spaces generally have meeting rooms you can use. This means you can go to a quiet area with plenty of space to set up multiple laptops, a projector, etc.

Reliable infrastructure – The purpose of this business is to make sure you have a great space to get work done. Reliable internet, printers, power outlets, and other things that make working easier are maintained and in working condition.

Casual or formal – You can meet with someone or work in the coworking space alongside everyone else in a communal, fairly laid-back area or there may be office spaces you can rent that give you your own formal office.

There’s still coffee (and a fridge) – Coworking spaces generally offer free coffee and tea with your membership and have a fridge. This is great for people who want to pack a lunch and save their cash on eating out and spending a few bucks a day on coffee.

Business network – Coworking spaces are often home to cohesive business networks. In these spaces you can meet all kinds of professionals who are happy to contribute to their community when possible. Sometimes that means there is a marketing expert who is happy to share a few free tips with you or a freelance bookkeeper that you know and trust who would be happy to offer their services.

Coworking spaces – cons

Must commit to a membership – Most coworking spaces want you to sign up for a monthly membership for you to be able to work there. Depending on your budget and how willing you are to commit to that, this may or may not be a deal breaker.

Limited locations – While coffee shops are located all over the city, if you get a membership with a coworking space, you are limited to one or a handful of available locations. Depending on your lifestyle and work needs, this may or may not be a fit. Having said that, more and more networks of coworking spaces are popping up so you can get a membership that applies to five different location and they may be in the same city or in various major cities across different continents.

It is clear that coworking spaces generally have more pros than cons as compared to coffee shops. However, you know your own work needs best. After considering your options, the most important thing is that you make sure you are working in places that are conducive to your success.


CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

8 Ways to Manage Clients When Working Remotely

A big part of client relations is in building rapport so clients come back to you again and again. When you build that rapport, you often build loyalty. That is the glue that makes a client feel like they are betraying a trusted friend if they hire your competitor for a project.

client meeting

If you have a trusted hair stylist that you have been going to for years, think about this. If you get your hair cut and colored elsewhere and then come back to your original stylist, she may innocently ask you where you had your hair done but there’s this guilt that tightens in your chest as you explain you were out of town and touching up your highlights really couldn’t wait. This lady has made you look fantastic for years, knows the names of your kids and your dog and somehow she has this magic power over your toddler and can keep him occupied and calm while doing your new do. Notice the paid service was only a fraction of that relationship.

Now, the question arises – how can you establish and maintain client relations when you work remotely? How can you make your client feel loyal to your business when all you are is e-mails and invoices? The answer is that you can’t. You have to make yourself human through virtual means and frequently connect with your client to establish rapport and make sure you are providing the best service or product possible. Here are some tips for doing that.

Meet in person if possible

Do you acquire clients through your web page and communicate with them online? If you have clients in the same city as you, grab a coffee with them. If this feels unnecessary or like overkill, host an event for your clients like a coffee hour or try to acquire some of your customers through networking events where you can actually shake people’s hands and get to know them. In-person communication is the easiest way to get to know people and build rapport. It puts a face to the brand. Think of it this way: it’s easier to switch from Dropbox to Google Drive, two faceless brands, than it is to give up your pleasant morning chats with Tom, the friendly barista, to go to the new coffee shop that just opened closer to your office.

Engage on a personal level

Even if you cannot meet clients in person, find ways to connect with them. Are you building a web page for a dog groomer? Send her a picture of you and your dirt-caked pup along with a joking plea for help. If you send an e-mail to a client, don’t be afraid to wish them a good weekend and say you will be at the lake fishing and can’t wait to get to their project full-force on Monday. Of course, the kind of engagement is appropriate all depends on your brand and the tone you want to communicate but don’t be afraid to be you.

Check in frequently

Communicating online can create some small hurdles to truly understanding each other. You miss social cues, the internet or phone connection might make you miss a word or two, or your client might miss a question you asked in an e-mail. Do not overdo it but if you have a question, ask it and give your client the opportunity to ask you questions as well.

Request feedback

When you show a client a product or they see the results of a completed service while standing right next to you, you can gauge their satisfaction. If they love it, great. If they do not look fully satisfied, you can ask right then if there is an issue and try to resolve it. When you mail or e-mail a product or service, you miss out on seeing the client’s reaction. Make sure you get the client to tell you if they are happy with the final result or if they would like something changed this time or next time. If you are providing a service like designing a brochure, it can be helpful to send drafts and ask the client to make comments on what they like the most and least and if they see any errors. This will improve your ability to address your customer’s wants and needs before sending the final version.

Utilize videoconferencing when possible

It is easy to miss social cues like a frown, a hesitation, a look of delight, or wandering attention when using written or voice communication. Videoconferencing is the closest you can get to in-person communication when you are working remotely. This is also a way to show your personality to the client and establish rapport. It gives you a chance to say something funny or notice a customer’s excitement or lack of enthusiasm and engage with them accordingly. It also helps set the tone for written communication, which can be a minefield of misunderstandings where your client is left to interpret the tone in which you intended to convey your message. Have you ever read something in an e-mail and wondered if the person was joking or serious? In a videoconference, it is easier to distinguish between the two. It is also easier to guess the person’s tone in written communication after having spoken to them through videoconferencing and gotten a feel for their personality and communication style.

Use text-based chat programs

Using a text-based chat program where it is easy to write back and forth is better than e-mail when you need a quick response and intend to continue the exchange. It can also be more convenient if you are working with a client and do not need a continuous conversation, as is expected from a video or voice chat, but want to be able to ask quick questions. Imagine you are a software developer and a piece of a larger project has been outsourced to you. You might need information from your client throughout the day to make sure what you are doing matches with the rest of the project. Periodically chatting throughout the day might be necessary but if one of you is in an office setting, voice chat might serve as an interruption to colleagues.

Only use e-mail when necessary

E-mail is great for sending contracts, a long update, or when you need to document someone agreeing to a plan. It is not great for short exchanges or communicating personality.

Use collaborative tools

Do you want your client to see the layout of the brochure you are making for them but you are not comfortable with sending the current version? Make sure you are communicating on Skype, Google Hangouts or another program that allows you to share your screen. Are you doing an outsourced piece of a larger software development project? If your client uses an agile method, try to use the same platforms your client uses to show where you are at in the project and share it with them.

Communicating with your client remotely has its challenges but doing what you can to build rapport and optimize communication can pay off in customer loyalty and an increased ability to provide the best product or service possible.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

5 Reasons Why Companies Are Going Remote

Not all that long ago, if you wanted to hire a new staff member, your talent pool consisted of professionals located in your city or those willing to relocate to your city. You may even have had to pay to relocate a new staff member. You also had to have office space for them. While for many companies, that is still the norm, others have embraced the opportunities that remote communication offers. Today, many software development teams, recruitment agencies, SaaS startups, and even sales teams work remotely. Here are five benefits to embracing remote offices and teams.

remote worker 1

Access to talent

Recruiting talent has always been a challenging endeavor – going through applications, narrowing down the list of possible candidates, carrying out interviews, selecting the right person and making an offer hoping the candidate takes it. From there, you have to worry about if the person is truly a fit. Will they really be able to carry out the tasks you need them to do? Will they get along well with team members? Will they stick around? The key to finding and retaining great talent is, first off, having a great list of potential candidates to choose from to find that likely great fit. In a proximal office setting, the talent pool is limited as the applicant must be able to get to your office.

Today, a software development team might consist of team members located in Cape Town, South Africa and Bangalore, India. Better yet, the company that is running the show may be located in Seattle, Washington. It could even be that the team is made up of software developers who work part-time from home in Seattle and do not want to come to an office every day. Currently, Seattle has more demand than supply in the realm of software developers so companies have to be flexible when they hire and offer an opportunity that works for the employee.

Also, a lot of these companies only need developers for a one-time project and uprooting a developer to move to Seattle for six months isn’t too easy or cost effective. Luckily, with the ability to work remotely, businesses in Seattle can hire people based in their home office down the street or in Mumbai.

Cut salary costs

The goal of any business is to make a profit. Even if you are a company that values environmental preservation and supporting local farmers, your business still exists to return a profit to its owners. Allowing people to work remotely, for many, is a perk; and while people work to bring home a paycheck, salary is not the only incentive that people consider. If you find the right candidate who really values flexibility in their schedule and wants to be able to work from home or from a hotel room in Rio de Janeiro, they just might take a lower salary to allow for their lifestyle. People also take into account that, when working remotely, rush-hour commutes are cut out of the equation, thus they are being paid for less hours dedicated to work.

Additionally, in this increasingly global marketplace, companies are hiring across borders. If you need a personal assistant to respond to frequent email requests, update your calendar and take phone calls, you can pay someone in the United States $30,000 per year or you can pay someone in the Philippines a fraction of that salary to be your virtual personal assistant to carry out all of the same functions.

Cut overhead costs

Renting office space, paying the electric bill, and setting up and maintaining a quality internet connection for your business is expensive. If you are in New York or San Francisco, then it is really, really expensive. When your workers work from home or are responsible for finding their own place to work, your business gets to cut all of those abovementioned costs out of the budget.

Again, the reason a business exists as a for-profit enterprise, regardless of the non-monetary impact your business has, is to bring in more money and spend less money to turn a profit. When you are able to cut down on overhead costs, your bottom line gets a little bigger.

Another big plus when it comes to not having a fixed office location is cutting some of your business’s risk by not needing to sign long-term leases. Especially if you are a startup, you do not know the future of your business so you probably do not want to sign a lease that will force you to pay rent for the next few years or deal with subletting or begging the landlord to make a deal and cut you loose.

Increased time flexibility

Sure, even working remotely you have to get teams to meet at certain times via videoconference. However, outside of those meeting times, you and your staff can have quite a bit of freedom in terms of schedule.

For example, imagine your team has a 2pm deadline on Wednesday and you meet virtually each day at 10am to touch bases with everyone. Everyone in the team has the freedom within those limitations. That means you and your team members can work early in the morning, late at night, or work a few hours here and there around activities that arise in your and your team members’ personal lives.

Increased location flexibility

If your company works with remote workers, this allows you to recruit people within your own city or across the world. This also means that your workers have the freedom to not only live in any city while working with your company but also they can travel and work. If someone on your team lives in Austin, Texas but they decide they want to go work from a guesthouse in Chiang Mai, Thailand for a month or two, as long as they have access to a secure internet connection, they can do that.

Why time and location flexibility matter

A big expense in any business with employees is recruitment and retention. When people do not stay with the company, that means a lot of new employees coming in. New employees need extra attention and training and their work needs revision. This costs a lot of time and money. Finding the magic formula to keep employees around is really great for the bottom line. It is also great for establishing a sense of team. When the team sticks around and people spend years working together, they establish trust and team cohesion. These are also factors that have been shown to contribute to virtual team performance.

Luckily, Gen X and Gen Y, which represent a large portion of the working population, love freedom. They love flexibility in their schedules and the ability to travel around or work from home. These two generations are marked by a love for independence and a remote work environment allows for that.

Do your employees mostly work on the computers to complete tasks or could they? If your business wants to save money and access and retain the best talent, working remotely might be worth considering.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

The Top 10 Places to Grab Coffee in Manhattan

Starbucks branded itself as “the third place” – it is not home and it is not work but it is a place where you can feel at home with friends or sit down with your laptop and work. But let’s be honest. This is not unique to the global coffee chain. In fact, as Americans become more conscious of the economics of supporting local businesses, even in Seattle – the home of Starbucks, plenty of people opt for the locally-owned neighborhood coffee house to meet with friends or get some work done while getting their daily caffeine fix. Here are ten great coffee shops in Manhattan that you should check out the next time you want an hour out of the office or want to take a client to coffee.



Address: 10-93 Jackson Ave.

What happens when you mix espresso with art, science and cool? You get Sweetleaf. As a customer, we want a great space with great coffee. You’ll get that here. You also might get a lesson on how to measure total dissolved solids or how the extraction processes works, as shown through software the baristas use. This place uses top-of-the-line technology and techniques to make sure your cappuccino measures up. The store is also great quirky place to hang out as it is housed in a 19th century building with imported Parisian antiques.

Pushcart Coffee

Address: 401 W. 25th  

Have an order of community building with your coffee. At Pushcart Coffee, customers, venders, baristas and the neighborhood the store is located in are all important and Pushcart does what it can to bring people together. They source locally and rent out their space to make the store as not just a coffee house but also a community gathering space. Pushcart is also serious about quality and they invite customers to cuppings and their roastery to learn about the process from bean to cup. 

Culture Espresso

Address: 72 W. 38th St.

When you go for coffee, do you double up on your vices and go for caffeine and sugar? If you answered ‘yes’ to that, this is your places. Culture Espresso understands that the coffee process starts long before the customer gets to the counter and this is why the owners are obsessed with finding the right beans and roasters. Their current beans are roasted by Heart Coffee Roasters out of Portland, OR. As for the sweets, the cookies are to die for. Also, it can’t go without mentioning that this is a stunning space marked by paintings, a beautiful chandelier and a full-length hardwood table for communal or big group seating. This place is the perfect combination of comfort, elegance, and yum.

Third Rail Coffee

Address: 240 Sullivan St.

With its minimalist style, Third Rail Coffee is simple yet a great place to have a cup of coffee and chat with a friend or get some work done. Additionally, this is not just a place to have a great cup of coffee from the traditional espresso menu, you can also get all the stuff you need to grind and brew your own at home. We also cannot forget that Third Rail Coffee is an exclusive seller of dairy-free, soy-free, gluten-free Outlaw granola bars.

Intelligentsia Coffee – Highline Hotel

Address: 180 10th Ave.  

At Intelligentsia Coffee at Highline Hotel, sustainability matters and so does taste. Intelligentsia embraces the idea of moving coffee straight from farmers to roasters cutting out all the middle men and making sure farmers get a fair cut. They also go beyond the espresso menu and serve a number of types of great tea.

Ninth Street Espresso

Address: 700 E. 9th St. AND Lombardy Hotel, 109 E. 56th St.

Ninth Street Espresso opened its doors fifteen years ago in 2001 with the goal of making the best quality coffee possible. Period. The serious coffee houses stay away from all of the flavored syrups and extras but this one takes it to a new level with only four coffee items on the menu – brewed coffee, iced coffee, espresso, and espresso with milk. They keep the menu small but they perfect every item on it without the bells and whistles.

Box Kite Coffee

Address: 115 St. Marks Pl.  

Box Kite Coffee’s secret to success is variety. This coffee shop does not stick to beans from a single location or to a single roaster. They strive to offer customers a chance to try coffee done different ways and with beans from around the world. Additionally, the variety does not end at the coffee. Box Kite also offers a full breakfast/lunch menu and a dinner menu with boozier options. If you feel like busting out of the traditional coffee house and trying some new things, including coffee-inspired cocktails in the evening, this may be your place.

12 Corners

Address: 155 E. Broadway

Do you like coffee but roll your eyes at the purists who scoff at the idea of an ice pumpkin pie latte? 12 Corners is your place. Order up your mocha latte or your green tea latte and enjoy. The baristas at this one even get a little more creative than other nearby coffee houses with the foam designs. This place just has a nice neighborhood coffee shop vibe. Not many frill, just friendly and laid back. 

Irving Farm Coffee Roasters

Address: 225 W. 79th St.

Irving Farm Coffee Roasters are serious. Not only do they have coffee houses all over the city, but they have a space where they offer beginner and advanced courses for everything related to coffee. They even have jam sessions there where baristas can get creative in a customer-free zone. You know what that means? Really good baristas that know how to make really good coffee. They also serve some light food options like sandwiches and fresh baked biscuits in case you need a break in between testing the baristas’ talent. They also have beer on tap and a selection of wines.

Frisson Espresso

Address: w 10036 W. 47th St.

Frisson Espresso is your simple, cozy, neighborhood coffee house. Do you want to be wowed with swans, leaves, and hearts in your latte foam? Do you want to get away from the tourist track and just kick back? Check out Frisson with a book and a friend and enjoy a break in your day.

Though these are fantastic coffee spots, this is by no means a complete list. One of the great things about New York, and Manhattan in particular, is the number of fantastic coffee shops you can come across that embrace both customer service and quality. Whether you want to meet with friends, work, get a pick-me-up, read the paper or just people watch, arguably one of the best pastimes in New York, coffee houses are the place.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

Why Regular Blogging is a Great Marketing Strategy for ANY Business

Marketing is a necessary but sometimes very costly aspect of acquiring and keeping customers. Paying for ad space in publications and on web pages, organizing costly events, or giving away branded swag at events can all add up. That being said, there are ways to advertise your product or service without breaking the bank and one of those ways is blogging. But why blogging? It is a way to establish and nurture relationships with clients while building or nurturing your brand value. Here are a few ways blogging does this.


Establish and maintain your brand

A business, that blogs does more than simply talk about its product or service. It creates conversations while putting opinions and ideas out there in the industry. A good blog is your chance to shape your brand while making your business an authority on whatever it specializes in. If a consumer reads your blog or shares an infographic from your blog that you have posted on social media, that individual is learning about your credibility. If you know what you are talking about and your blog teaches a consumer something, inspires them to think, or sparks their interest, they are more likely to trust your brand because they see that behind the product or service is know-how.

Think of it this way. Do you sell fashion accessories that are handmade with recycled material by local artisans? While you may create ads that show necklaces and earrings, blog posts for such a business could be about supporting local artisans, environmental sustainability, fashion, the downside of purchasing imported products, celebrities who support eco-friendly fashion, etc. By writing about these subjects, you begin to define your brand. Your business goes from one that sells necklaces to one that supports local economy, embraces environmental sustainability, and knows the latest fashion trends.

A blog can also tell the story of you, why you started your business, or about the artisans that make the necklaces. When someone asks your customer where they bought that necklace and your customer can tell the story of a local artisan or your personal story, that is much more powerful than just stating the name of your business. For example, when people think of Facebook, the story a Harvard dropout who may or may not have stolen a 350-billion-dollar idea, or the story of Mark Zuckerberg, is a memorable one.

Create and nurture a relationship with your web audience

According to Business Insider, 20 percent of the time we spend online is on social media. Why not meet customers where they are? Writing blog posts and putting them up on Twitter, Facebook, Pinterest, etc. means that customers can engage with your business in a convenient way.

As you establish your brand through content that informs or creates conversation relevant to your business, individuals who are interested in such will have the opportunity to comment on, ‘like’, ask questions about, share, or simply read your content. A random business someone passes on their way to work is completely different from one that makes them think and writes back to their comments and inquiries in a Twitter thread.

Plus, as soon as a customer enters a store, there is a pressure to buy. They are walking into a showroom with salespeople ready to help them make purchasing decisions. Online, the social pressure is less present and customers can engage comfortably. When they are ready to buy, by already having engaged with your brand, your brand will at least be a contender that comes to mind while they are making a decision.

Fuel SEO

Search engine optimization, or SEO, is a fancy way of saying strategically getting your business to come up on Google Search. If people do not know and love your brand yet, they will not search for it when they need your product. Instead, they will look up search terms related to your product like reviews and relevant advice. This is your chance. If you have a blog full of articles helping potential customers understand the area and what they need, and you use the right key search terms in your posts, potential customers are going to land on your blog.

For example, when a customer decides they want to buy a new sprinkler, they may look up what sprinkler is best for a small yard, as they try to avoid soaking the neighbor’s yard and passersby. If you sell sprinklers and other gardening and landscaping products and you give advice on what sprinklers are best for different kinds of lawns, this person who is ready to buy will be learning from you and will be exposed to your brand. Without coming across the blog through a search engine, the customer may only come across your product if another advice article or review recommends your product or if the potential customer is perusing the Home Depot’s web page. Blogging is, again, a way to meet your customer where they are, like searching for sprinklers on Google, rather than expecting them to know where to find you.

Drive traffic to your web page

As you post infographics and articles on social media or, better yet, as people cite your blog in their own posts, people will follow your blog back to your products and services. It is not wise to just write posts about how your product is the solution to every problem with loads of links, but subtle references or links that encourage your customer to learn more on your site move potential customers closer to learning about your specific products and closer to purchasing. Additionally, sometimes people who like what a blogger has to say digs deeper to learn more about the blogger and their business without even needing the links and encouragement. Getting them through the front door (or to your homepage) is a mission. Blogging is an opportunity to get them there.

It’s free

This is pretty basic but important. Blogging has benefits like helping to establish your brand and create and nurture customer ties but there are other methods to do that. However, this one is free if you are writing for your own business. If you are writing the blog for your business, yes, it will cost you time, but you are not forking over large sums to set up a booth at an expo or pay workers to stand for days in a mall interacting with anyone they can flag down.

Chances are that you are in your business because you care about and have knowledge related to what you are selling and blogging is a way to help educate customers and share your passion and interest with them. Do not be afraid to meet them where they already are and be a voice in the conversations in which they are participating and a search result when they are seeking advice.


CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

5 Online Tools Every Remote Worker Needs to Use

Working remotely can be really great for creating flexibility in our schedules or for creating teams of skilled individuals that are located in separate states or countries. However, with distance comes challenges. When you sit in an office with your coworkers, communication is pretty simple. You can often times just get up and walk to their desk for a face-to-face conversation or show them something you are working on when they walk by. You can also catch the intricacies related to morale by observing mood and body language of those around you. Sure, even when we are in the same office we might send a message in a chatroom or a file to someone via e-mail who is only a few yards away but if there is any confusion among team members, we have the ability to get out of our chair and sit down one-on-one to connect and help each other understand a concept or process or step in where someone needs extra help. When we work remotely, sitting across the table from someone is not possible but there are tools to make communication easier.

remote worker

1. Google Drive

There are now plenty of programs out there that allow us to share files and collaborate on documents but what is probably most commonly used is Google Drive. It is simple, free, and well known so less tutorials are necessary and less mishaps occur.

Basically, if you can do it using Microsoft Office Word, Excel, or Powerpoint you can do it on Google Docs, Google Sheets, or Google Slides. As long as you have an internet connection, your file will be saved as you edit it so you do not have to worry about losing your work. The program also lets you work on a shared document with your teammates and tracks the changes that have been made, by who and at what time. This means that you do not have to have fifteen versions of the same document floating around in people’s inboxes and there is transparency with regard to who has done what with the document.

2. Stay Focused

We are all guilty of it. We sit down to work and then remember we need to check our e-mail, are tempted to check Facebook, or decide to wander over to our favorite news site.  According to Business Insider, 20 percent of our time spent online is spent on social media. When we were kids, we had parents to monitor the amount of time we spent in front of the TV or playing videogames. Think of StayFocusd as your mom or dad turning off the TV and hiding the Play Station controllers. We might have folded our arms and given our parents the death glare for this but we got our homework done.

If you are working remotely from home or simply spending a lot more time on your computer because you need to communicate virtually with your colleagues, this tool can help you be more efficient with time spent in front of your computer screen. On StayFocusd, you can limit your use of certain web pages in a number of different ways. You can block a page for a certain amount of time starting immediately, schedule the times you want the sites blocked, or you can have the program block the sites after you have spent a certain amount of time on them.

3. Google Hangouts

Do you want to have a video conference, share files, send text-based messages and share screens? Google Hangouts is a great platform for it. There are a lot of programs out there that do the same but Google Hangouts is easy and Google is well known and trusted. Plus, you can sync it with Google Calendar and when you send a calendar invite, you can send a Google Hangouts link automatically with the invite.

One of the most convenient things about Hangouts is that you do not have to download anything. Unlike Skype and many other messenger or video conferencing programs, Hangouts is accessible through your browser. That means you do not have to make sure your colleagues already have the program or waste time when your colleague gets online to talk to you and realizes they have to register for something and download it. There are enough little interruptions in our work. Why use programs that may create more if we can avoid it?

4. 15Five

Working remotely has added flexibility to employees’ lives and made it possible to access talent in all different locations. You could be sitting in your home office getting work done for your company that is a 20-minute drive away or you could be in Lisbon working with team members that are in Montreal and Cape Town. There is no doubt that working remotely has its benefits but a big downside is that we are social beings that communicate best face-to-face.

In a proximal setting, you can see someone’s facial expressions and body language in real time, lean in toward your coworker and point to something important on the paper in front of you for emphasis, and randomly walk by a coworker’s desk and ask how their weekend was. With technology, there are pauses in videos, internet connection issues, limited awareness of surroundings, and less unplanned social interaction. Losing some of the humanness of working with people in remote teams can lead to issues in employee morale and performance.

15Five requires employees to spend 15 minutes per week answering questions about their work and their feelings about their work and work environment followed by managers spending 5 minutes per week reviewing and responding to this feedback. It is simple and quick but provides pertinent information that allows managers to know if there are any morale issues. 15Five cannot boost morale on its own but what gets measured gets managed and this program can help with that first step.

5. Trello

When we work remotely, it can be easy to lose track of who is doing what and how much progress they have made. Trello makes it simple to keep up. If you are familiar with the agile method for software development, Trello is easy to understand. You can organize all potential tasks or ideas, those to be done, those in the process of being done and those that have been completed. The key here is for workers to keep their Trello Boards updated so everyone can see where they are at.

With technology comes more convenient tools for working effectively, including the ability to work on all kinds of projects from almost any location. The key to this is understanding the pros and cons of working in a proximal setting versus working in a virtual setting and then finding ways to maximize the remote working experience. When we work remotely, we distance ourselves from others both by putting physical space between us and our colleagues but also by making it more difficult to establish and maintain morale and be aware of what is going on in our colleagues’ environments. With the right tools, we can make working remotely a productive, positive experience.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

4 Reasons Stand-up Meetings are More Efficient

If eight people are in a meeting for an hour, that is eight work hours being used up. That is a full day of work for an individual worker. Meetings can be very important for getting a message across or for collaborating with peers but maximum efficiency is important so those eight hours are valuable ones. One way to make meetings more efficient is a very simple change: get rid of the chairs. When there are no chairs, people feel a sense of urgency to finish up because no one wants to stand all day and people collaborate more as they can more easily change their position in the room if they cannot see the person talking or are asked to get into pairs or groups.  Here are four reasons stand-up meetings boost efficiency.


1. Reduce Time Spent in Meetings

According to a Forbes article, replacing a sit-down meeting with a stand-up meeting can reduce the duration of the meeting by 25 percent. People want to sit down and so there is a sense of urgency to finish the meeting. This means some of the fluff gets cut away as people get to the point. Not to mention, a quick and productive meeting is probably much more fulfilling to participants than one that drags on longer than necessary.

At my last job, I recall my boss trying to start meetings talking at length about the weekend or bringing up a work topic that few felt particularly passionate about and then trying to pry opinions out of each and every one of us. We all knew the meeting would be long and many people tried not to engage for fear of making it longer. In the end, we usually came away with few conclusions or actions to be taken. However, if I passed the boss in the hall and we chatted about a project, it was never more than a five-minute conversation and I probably walked away with about half the conclusions and actionable items of a ninety-minute group meeting. We got to the point and went about our business.

2. Health Benefits of Getting Out of Your Chair

Have you heard the new buzz phrase that standing is the new smoking? I cannot even count how many times I have already heard it. I know what you are thinking – you exercise so no worries, right? Wrong. The Mayo Clinic wants you to get out of your chair, stand and move around because it is actually about the time sitting that is hurting you. Apparently, sitting for too many hours throughout the day significantly increases your chances of cardiovascular disease, heart attack and a number of other health complications that can lead to death even when controlling for fitness levels.

This means that the more you get out of your chair at work, the healthier you will be and we do not need Jillian Michaels to tell us that healthy people are more productive. It is pretty obvious. When you feel good, you can focus, think, engage, and get done what needs to get done a lot easier. Standing in place of sitting also gives people more energy and helps them to focus on the task at hand.

3. Improved Group Productivity

Part of productivity during meetings is the fact that people want to get things done when they are standing so they can get back to sitting, as was mentioned earlier, but there is more. When everyone is sitting at a table during a meeting, it is much easier to quietly send an e-mail, check your calendar, or text someone. Standing commands attention and thus everyone is more aware of other people’s actions. It is much more difficult to disengage from the meeting and do something on your laptop or on your phone. It is also more natural to listen and respond to people as standing stimulates a more attentive environment.

Take this all-too-common example. We have all been eating lunch or dinner with someone when suddenly they pull their phone out. What happens to the conversation? Suddenly it either pauses, becomes more one-sided, or maybe you yourself even disengage as well and pull out your phone. An engaging interaction of two people sharing ideas, thoughts, feelings, and stories has quickly been altered. In a sit-down meeting, people stealthily sending e-mails may look like they are taking notes when really they are not even listening or involved in the brainstorming that is going on. To be truthful, taking notes can be more difficult during a stand-up meeting as there may be no table or people may not be used to typing while standing or handwriting notes but more engaged participants may be a fair trade off.

4. Increase Collaboration

When you enter a room full of chairs and sit down, you have done more than just sit down. You have claimed your space probably for the remainder of the meeting. This means you will engage with only the things you see from your viewpoint and probably interact more with those seated near you unless a facilitator asks people to get up and move around the room. However, in a stand-up meeting, the absence of a chair means you do not have a physical indicator of your space and thus this becomes more fluid. If you are standing and cannot see something the person speaking is holding up, you are already standing and can easily move to somewhere where you can see what is going on and continue to be more engaged. Additionally, if you move around the room for whatever reason, you are less disruptive as you are not the person standing up and walking around in a room full of seated individuals.

What does this mean for collaboration? When the group is encouraged to discuss a topic with a partner or find a group for an activity, the environment is more conducive to moving around the room and interacting with more people rather than just those who are sitting near you. Also, as previously mentioned, people are more engaged and likely to interact with the group with standing as standing commands attention. Power dynamics within the group may also change and increase inclusivity as a sit-down meeting still may involve a leader standing up at a whiteboard thus creating further power distance between the group and its leader.

When we work together, share ideas and put various approaches to a problem on the table through collaboration, we are more likely to reach quality solutions quickly.

The general response to receiving a calendar invite to that Monday morning meeting is a collective groan because no one wants to sit for hours talking at length about topics and ending up with few results. Getting rid of chairs will not necessarily make meetings the highlight of your day but it will make them faster and more engaging. It will also reduce the amount of time you and your team spend sitting in chairs. If you work in a typical office, there really is not much down side to trying it out.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

The 3 Social Platforms your Business Needs to Leverage

With the number of social media sites in use today, it can be a bit daunting for a business to figure out just what platforms to use to promote their business. The best platforms for your business may depend on the type of business you have though there are three that can be useful for any business.

social media platforms

If you do not want to spend tons of time figuring out each site, make sure you know your way around these three and then make a social media strategy that works for you.


When Pinterest started out, it seemed that people were only using it to find ways to make cute costumes for their kids or décor options for their living room. Today, Pinterest is a powerhouse when it comes to getting traffic to your web page. Whether you want to really manage a Pinterest account or whether you simply want your business to show up in pins, make sure you are taking advantage of this site, which now has over 100 million active users.

First, a quick explanation. Users can go through images that are pinned to Pinterest. Boards, or themed collections of images, can also be posted. Anything from fashionable haircuts, to workout routines, to how-to guides on just about anything are posted on this site. How you get traffic to your site is by having things from your site pinned to Pinterest so when users click on them they end up at your URL. This can happen from you making a business account and pinning things yourself or other users pinning images from your site on their own accounts.  A perk of using Pinterest is that many users go on Pinterest to get ideas for projects, which means they are looking for inspiration on things they will be spending money on. This means that when they end up on your page, they are more likely to be in buyer mode.

Tips for Pinterest:

-       Pinterest is all about images. If you want to leverage this site, you better have appealing images of your product, infographics relevant to your products or services or something else like a how-to guide that is relevant to your business.

-       It is also worthwhile to note that 85 percent of Pinterest users are female so if you are specifically targeting one gender, take this into consideration.

-       When you make a board on Pinterest, err on the side of specificity. Instead of “recipes”, put “no-cook vegetarian recipes” so it is easily searchable and gets re-pinned often.

-       Take advantage of Pinterest analytics to see what is working and what is not.

Note: you can link your Pinterest account to your Facebook and Twitter accounts so you can conveniently post Pinterest posts on multiple platforms.


Facebook is great for businesses as it creates a space to both advertise your business as well as create an online storefront so people can actually buy your product right on Facebook. It also has over one billion users. As Facebook is widely known, a description probably is not necessary. However, some tips on how to use the platform may be helpful.

- Post interesting material for your potential customers to get them to engage with your brand as opposed to only posting product images and advertisements. This is the social media version of building rapport before pitching a product or keeping a customer around after a sale.

- Use a lot of images paired with clear, concise text where text is necessary. Users scan their newsfeeds as opposed to reading in detail what each post says so grab their attention effectively with a visual and they may choose to click on the post for more info.

- Time posts correctly. Find out when your target audience is most likely to be online. If your customers are mostly in Beijing and post something at 2pm in New York, then you are posting something at 2am for your customers. Posts pop back up in newsfeeds as they get ‘likes’ and comments so make sure you post when you are likely to get maximum exposure to keep your post visible.

- Have a blog on your web page that Facebook posts link back to when the post is not relevant to something already available on your business’s web page.

- Engage with Facebook users. Make sure you respond to messages and comments. Pose questions in your posts that encourage users to communicate with you. Again, this is the process of building rapport.

- Take advantage of the option to sponsor posts for maximum exposure to your target audience.


Think of YouTube as an opportunity to either talk to your potential customer or put a video advertisement in front of them. Videos are more engaging and personal than text when done correctly. Also, we all have different communication preferences so for those that prefer visual and auditory material, make videos.

For the same reason that you would choose to be a keynote speaker at a conference that is relevant to your business, you can make videos for YouTube to educate your potential customer. Social media should not be all about throwing advertisements and products in your customers’ faces. It is also about building a relationship. If you are a coffee chain, talk to your customers about the process of roasting the perfect coffee bean or about the importance of fair trade. Maybe post a video of how your baristas make awesome designs atop lattes and cappuccinos that trump all other baristas’ artistic endeavors.

Additionally, really effective TV ads with catchy one-liners or scenes captivate or entertain and make us remember brands. Finish these: “Like a good neighbor…” and “I don’t wanna grow up, I’m a ….”. These same videos can show up on YouTube and consumers are 64 percent more likely to buy a product for which they have seen a video. In today’s society, a lot of people are engaging with more video ads and shows online than on their TV and online users love videos.  You can also put ads on YouTube that show up before other videos.

Tips for YouTube:

- Make short videos. Users are more likely to click on them and watch them from beginning to end.

- Videos do not always need to be fancy but make sure sound and lighting are decent.

- Post the videos on Facebook, your web page and any other online platform that you use to advertise your business.

Mastering the ever-changing world of social media can be difficult. You really do not need to be a guru but do make sure you are using the most important tools effectively. Additionally, if you set up an account for your business on a social media platform, make sure you keep up with it by posting and communicating with followers frequently. This means keeping your social media strategy manageable. This way, customers that search for your business online consistently find current, engaging content.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

4 Reasons your Business Needs an NYC Address

Do you work from home in Jersey? Do you have a Belmont, Alabama address? Do you wish you could be located in a place that screams big brand value for your business but without paying the big price tag associated with that? Renting a virtual office space may be right for you. It is simple. You pay a monthly fee and can get a big city address, phone number and even a live receptionist for a whole lot cheaper than renting an actual office space and paying staff. Not convinced yet? Consider these benefits.

1. The brand value of a successful NYC business

What are big American cities? They are hustle and bustle. They are highly educated business professionals rushing down the street in suits to their next meetings or the coffee cart guy who wakes up at 3am to make sure he is open for the morning rush. They are cities that never sleep. They are cities full of people, dedication, innovation and talent. What do you get when you put those ingredients together? You get highly competitive business markets where only the fastest, cheapest, and best businesses stand a chance.

Imagine owning a coffee shop in NYC. It better have the best coffee, the best ambiance and the best baristas that can make the coolest designs in the cappuccino foam. If you are selling refurbished computers in San Francisco, they better be flying off of the shelf like hotcakes and you better have a healthy number of return customers or you will not be affording your rent this month. In contrast, if you are in a small town, you could be selling a mediocre product or service but because you are the only one offering it your business could be a success. Which image do you want for your brand?

If it is the former but your current address is Jersey City, your customers do not need to know that you are located in NYC’s taunted neighbor sending out orders for your New York fashion brand T-shirts and accessories. Slap an NYC return address on that package and let your customers rest at ease knowing that this product comes from their favorite fashion capital.

2. Prove legitimacy

Beyond brand value, if you are working out of a home office, you might be cutting costs and avoiding commutes, which is great, but businesses located in business districts with real offices and receptionists who pick up the phone and take messages give customers piece of mind.

Do you have customers shipping and receiving packages to and from your business in your residential neighborhood or in your small town? Do their phone calls go to voicemail frequently because you were busy or did not hear your phone? They might be understanding that having a home business or an office in a small town does not reflect on the quality of your service or product or that your business is still at its infancy. The problem is that you do not know how many customers you are missing because they look for and feel more comfortable with a business on Madison Avenue, even when they are located in North Dakota or Dubai and have no intention of stopping in.

Also, if you are located near your virtual office space, you can often also rent a meeting room at the same address to which your mail is sent and this means that when you meet with clients, it is in a professional setting rather than a noisy coffee shop or your living room.

3. Axe office rental costs

At the end of the day, the purpose of any business is to make money. A virtual office is cheap compared to renting actual office space. If your costs are less, your profit is more. It is that simple.

Nationally, in 2013, renting office space costs about $23 per square foot. In New York, it was more than double that at about $50. Virtual office services generally run from $100-$300. If we do the math, for a basic virtual office service, you can pay the same amount you would pay for just over 4 square feet of office space paying the national average or just over 2 square feet of office space in New York City.  For the cost of 2-4 square feet of office space, you can look like a business that pays thousands of dollars a month to put your brand on the entrance of a building.

4. Skip the commute

If you want the benefits of an actual office space for meeting with people, adding value to your brand and legitimizing your business but you do not want the dreaded commute to and from the office, a virtual office is a great resource.

The average American spends 200 hours commuting to and from work. However, that is based on a 45-minute commute. In big cities like Los Angeles and New York, the commute can be closer to 70 minutes on average. If it is possible for your business, stay home. Maybe you can even put that time into more business productivity, which could mean even more profit.

Another added bonus of not having to go into the office is saving on costs. The average American spends over $2500 on their commute to and from work per year. In big, traffic-congested, sprawling cities with the longer commutes, this cost is even higher. Why create unnecessary costs? Do not just put your time to better use by not commuting every day but save money or spend it on things that will lead to more revenue for your business because, unless you have a personal driver, chances are that your drive time is not so productive.

The best part? Your clients will not even know you are at home working at the kitchen table or at a business meeting in Shanghai. With a virtual office, if you live close to it, you can meet clients there when you have a meeting scheduled and otherwise be at home or anywhere. You can have a receptionist answer calls for you and take messages so when you are busy with another customer or traveling, your clients are not talking to your voicemail feeling ignored.

At the end of the day, it is important that you have a business that is both profitable and works with your lifestyle. By utilizing a virtual office service, you can add value to your business by giving it the big city address on a small business budget. You can also save time and money by reclaiming your time and the cash you spend on your commute. If you do not need to meet in person with clients daily at your office and want to have the flexibility to work from anywhere while having a centralized place for your mail and phone calls, consider making your life easier and getting a virtual office space.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.


How to Leverage Networking Events to Increase Brand Exposure

Networking events are not just about repeating introductions five thousand times until you find someone that interests you and your business and then throwing your elevator pitch at them. Those jackpot contacts at networking events come in all job titles and industries because each person has their own professional network and if someone likes you, a referral from them can be gold. So do not write anyone off. You want everyone there to see your brand.

networking events nyc

However, most importantly, networking is about people and if you treat people well, hopefully they will treat you well. Do not just throw your brand in people’s faces.  Find a balance between selling yourself and your business and listening to others with genuine interest even when you do not think they will benefit you or your business in any way. Each person could be a new customer, a new supplier, someone who could connect you to a new customer or supplier, or maybe someone who could become a mentor or just a friend. Welcome any and all professional connections to emerge and treat everyone like a person, not just someone who could write you a check. Remember, there are plenty of ways to put your brand in front of people without being too much of a salesperson.

Business cards

If you show up to a networking event without business cards, people may remember your first name or they may vaguely remember your business but visuals are powerful. You want your card with your name, business and logo in front of them. Not to mention, if someone asks for your contact info. and you do not have your card, do you want your brand to be a jotted down note?

When you meet someone that you just might want to stay in touch with, make sure you always have a business card to give them and try to get one from them. Even if they have no interest in contacting you, chances are they will glance at the card and see your logo and if your business comes up in a conversation they have with someone outside of the event or if someone asks about a service you provide, they might dig it out of their stack of cards and give it to a great contact.

Let your business emerge organically in conversation

Have you ever walked into a department store and had a salesperson walk up and spray perfume on you against your will? That is how it feels to have a person jump in front of you and start pitching their business. Do not let that be the approach to educating people about your business or your brand will be the perfume sprayer everyone dodges.

When you meet someone, be authentic. Be a real human being. Start a conversation. Get to know people. What do they do? What are they passionate about? What are they looking for at this event? Let them ask about your business or bring it up when they mention something related to your business or industry. You are a big part of your brand and when people like you, they are more inclined to like your brand. You are passionate about your business so the topic should come up naturally.

Look for a need

While you are being authentic and trying to learn about other people, you are also looking for a need that your business can satisfy. Are you a web designer? A lot of businesses have in-house web designers or work with freelancers. When you talk to people, ask them about their business. You can even gently steer the conversation in the direction of asking them about their web page and say you like to learn how and where businesses approach their web design needs. If you see they might actually need your services, great. Pitch away. In probing their needs, if you see they have all of their needs met, tell them a bit of what you do and move on to the next topic or next person. Maybe they do not need your services but they might in the future or they might meet someone else at the event that needs your services and, if you were effective at building some rapport, maybe they will direct someone to you.

Can you sponsor the event in any way?

Networking events come with advertisements, newsletters, banners, posters, etc. If you have the cash or a service to be offered to help the event coordinators and this is the kind of event that could really be valuable brand exposure for your business, offer it up. Get your logo put on the marketing material. When you speak to someone at the event and you and your business card are the second or third time they have been exposed to your brand, there is a better chance they will remember you. Also, when your business is at a stage that it is sponsoring events that these folks deem valuable enough to show up at, that in and of itself gives your brand some added value.

Can you speak at the event?

Networking events often have a theme and speakers. Are they asking for speakers at the event? What better exposure can you possibly get than standing up in front of everyone and introducing yourself and your business and showing people what you know? That is the kind of thing that sparks people’s interest and causes them to approach you. It is also a great ice breaker as people are not coming up to you as just some other random person in the room. They have already heard from you and your business and what you talked about will likely be the beginning of the conversation.

Follow up and give a call to action

You can easily walk away from some networking events with anywhere from ten to thirty business cards. After you meet someone, make a little note on their business card so you remember who they are and then, after the event, pick the ones that you thought could be valuable contacts and follow up with them. Adding something unique to your conversation with them is also helpful so it is obvious that you are following up specifically with that individual and not just copying and pasting a general message to a bunch of people.

Lastly, end the e-mail with an invite to coffee (and give a reason for the meeting), ask them to check out your services on your web page, ask for advice, or request they put you in contact with someone they mentioned during your conversation that could be valuable to your business. This gives the person an action to perform. Though there is no guarantee they will do it, they are much more likely to do it if you ask them.

As you are part of your brand, simply following up will help people to remember you but also sending that e-mail with your logo and the URL to your web page along with contact information also means you are able to put your brand in front of that person just one more time. If this is a valuable contact, why not? Even if they do not reply, you were able to engage with them again and get them to think about you and your brand outside of the networking event.

Networking events can be fun and energizing or tiring depending on your personality but they can be really great for your brand if you approach them properly. Before you go to a networking event, strategize a bit. Go over the checklist. Do you have your business cards? What needs can your business address? How can you weave your business and brand into conversation in a natural way? Other than showing up and networking, what other opportunities are out there to put you and your brand in front of people at and before the event? And then, most of all, just remember that you are there to meet people and treat them well and let that be your personal contribution to your brand image.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

5 Exercises You Can Perform at Your Desk

Here at Corporate Suites, we take a balanced approach to working hard while still living a healthy lifestyle. This is why we have a created an infograph that provides office sitting folks with simple and easy to do exercises (without even having to leave your desk!).


5 Exercises You Can Perform at Your Desk

5 Exercises You Can Perform at Your Desk

Corporate Suites

Bored of Working from Home? 6 Benefits of a Coworking Space


Does your routine look something like this: get out of bed, get coffee, sit in front of a computer in your office, move to the living room with your laptop, grab some food from the kitchen, repeat all of this a few times, end your workday and return to sitting in the living room to watch Netflix before heading to bed? If it is, I bet a solitary tear just streamed down your cheek. Do not fret. You are not alone.

coworking space nyc

While working from home either on your own business or working remotely for your employer can allow for more flexibility as well as time and money saved from cutting that commute, it can be rough. It is easy to end up at home day in and day out. Your home becomes your workplace so even when you are off the clock, it is so much easier to fall into a pattern of checking your e-mail or making one more phone call. It is also easy when you are supposed to be working to end up throwing laundry in the washing machine, fixing the leaky pipe, or throwing on an episode of your favorite series during a quick break that turns into three episodes. The division between work and home is a healthy one. If you are tired of working at home but do not want to be in a typical corporate office setting, consider a coworking space.

Coworking spaces are shared offices where members pay a monthly fee to either sit in an open floor plan at whatever table or desk is available or, for a higher fee, can rent an actual office. These places usually have all the basic business infrastructure – Wi-Fi, printers, PCs, a coffee station or kitchen, and meeting rooms equipped with projectors. Here are a few reasons why a coworking space might be right for you.

1. Human interaction

One thing many people who work from home miss is the social aspect of working in-person with others, though they may not miss their cubicle. In a coworking space, you enter the building, greet the receptionist and walk past people from twenty different businesses doing innovative, interesting things before you even sit down. Chances are you chat with these people by the coffee maker and at community events that the coworking space hosts. This develops a sense of community and gets you out of your house, which was starting to feel like solitary confinement.

Additionally, as someone who has been working from home, you either work remotely, own your own business, or are a freelancer. In a coworking space, everyone else generally fits that profile. You will be around the kind of people who have lifestyles similar to yours and who you may enjoy interacting with.

We are social animals. Whether you are an introvert or an extrovert, we crave being around people to some degree. Locking yourself up at home except for the occasional meeting in a coffee shop or trip to the grocery store is not enough for most people.

2. Look like a business

Do you have your own business? Do you usually meet clients in a coffee shop or at your kitchen table? In coworking spaces, you can invite a client or supplier to meet you in one of the conference rooms. While grabbing a coffee with a client might work if you just need to chat and there are no high stakes involved, spreading out papers and looking at a PowerPoint presentation is much easier if you have a large table, a projector and a door that closes so you can focus. You also look more professional having an office someone can meet you at and the right infrastructure like a printer and reliable high-speed internet. What do you do if you have a meeting in your living room and the internet is having issues? If your answer is to panic, that might not be the best place for your business meetings.

3. Get more clients

Word-of-mouth marketing is really important for any business. If you have your own business, working in a coworking space means that more people are exposed to your business and there is more opportunity for word-of-mouth marketing to happen. Whether you provide a B2B or B2C product or service, being around businesses and individual consumers can lead your business to more customers. Even if the people in the coworking space are not your target audience, I bet they know people who belong to your target audience; and when you become a part of the coworking space community, community members help each other out and spread the word about other members’ businesses.

4. Get connected

Are you looking for a new graphic designer? Do you need a little help figuring out how to make Excel do that one thing you learned but now you simply cannot remember how to do it? When you work around other professionals, chances are that if you chat with a few people, someone will give you an answer or point you in the right direction. Also, when you become a part of that community, sometimes you also get discounts or freebies or you trade services with someone rather than dishing out cash for every little service needed.

5. Skills development opportunities

Many coworking spaces also host skills development workshops and as a member you will always know about them. Some coworking spaces even require organizers of such workshops to offer discounted fees for their members. When you are working on your own, it can be good to take refresher courses and make sure you are still up-to-date on different skillsets.

6. Get instant feedback and tips

As you meet people in your coworking space, you will find people who know more than you when it comes to certain aspects of your business or work. Maybe you are sitting next to a social media guru and you are trying to figure out how best to make a Facebook ad. You probably cannot ask the guru to do it for you but you probably can ask them to take a quick look and offer some words of advice.

I bet when you initially started working from home you thought it would be the best gig ever – working while sprawled out on the sofa, phone meetings in your footie pajamas, and endless snacks from the kitchen or even getting to cook healthy lunches every day. The problem is that what you expected it to be – or how awesome you expected those things to be – and the reality did not exactly line up. However, there is no need to worry. There are options out there that do not involve the bleak corporate office setting and coworking spaces are one of them.

Coworking spaces are relaxed spaces full of other people who work independently but also do not want to be stuck at home or in the corporate grind all day every day. Additionally, as coworking spaces cater to people with flexible working lifestyles, they often offer month-to-month options or trial vouchers. Put the footie pajamas back in the drawer and try it out.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.


8 Skills Every Successful Entrepreneur Must Possess

Have you been reading up on what Richard Branson and Elon Musk have to say about turning your idea into a business? Does watching Mr. Wonderful on “Shark Tank” get your entrepreneurial fires burning? Before you dive into the world of risky business – quite literally – do you have what it takes? The following is a list of a few of the skills you must possess in order to be able to effectively head a startup business.


The ability to handle risk

First and foremost, you must recognize that being an entrepreneur is not just about big payouts and innovative ideas. About 80 percent of businesses fail; and that’s not counting the number that perform below the entrepreneur’s billionaire expectations. You will likely struggle with substantial amounts of debt until your business takes off – if it even takes off. With great risk comes great reward – or an equally not-so-great amount of loss.

During such times of uncertainty, will you be able to focus on figuring out your marketing plan, responding to customer complaints and paying what must be paid to produce your product or service; or will you be constantly obsessing over costs and cutting corners until you sacrifice the core of your business?

Stress management

Can you schedule like a boss and get the sleep, exercise and meals you need to keep yourself going while juggling multiple tasks and time with the people you care about? If you can, you will be prepared to keep your mind and body sharp to make sure you are in the right state to be a strong asset to your business.

Your day-to-day will likely include work from the time you wake up and leap to check your inbox to the time you go to bed and Excel sugar plum fairies dance in your head. You will have meetings that cannot wait when you really need to be working on a pitch for a potential investor and your supplier will call you right as you step out for lunch to tell you they arrived early and could you please sign for the delivery now?  And do not forget your girlfriend or boyfriend would like to see you at some point this month in your non-existent free time. Burnout and depression are very real risks of becoming an entrepreneur.  Make sure you are ready to take care of yourself when it gets to be too much.

Communicate effectively

Does it take you five or ten minutes to explain a concept to someone? If it does, you have already lost at getting funding or getting people inspired to learn more about your business. If you cannot define your business or idea to someone in a clear, succinct twenty to thirty seconds, they will stop listening. Additionally, what is your value add for customers? Can you convey it in a way that entices them and leaves them wanting more? If you can do these things, you are on the right track.

Say it a million times with passion

You are going to be asked to pitch your business idea, answer the same questions and respond to the same points of contention again, and again, and again…and again. Have you ever done jumping jacks for five consecutive minutes? Imagine that this is an exercise in keeping the same enthusiasm with each jump. There will be days when you are so tired of hearing yourself say the same thing and want to sigh as you babble out your rehearsed answer. Oops. That could have been your big investment offer you just sighed and babbled at.

Even when your tank is running on fumes, an entrepreneur digs deep and remembers why they are doing what they are doing. When the next person approaches them wanting information on the business, the entrepreneur slaps on a smile and finds something deep within themselves to make sure that person knows this business is being run by someone who wakes up every morning eating and breathing their business with their heart in it.

Listen, and I mean truly listen

You have a lot to learn when you start a business whether it is your first go or your fifth. You are one person. You cannot possibly know everything about your industry, your customer or every venture capitalist and angel investor with whom you will be shaking hands. When someone with insights you may not have opens their mouth, open your ears. A potential customer might be telling you that their issue that your product is supposed to be addressing was not adequately addressed when they tried your offering and this might be the billion-dollar information you need to tweak your product. Another entrepreneur might know an angel investor well to whom you will be pitching next week. Get all of the intel you can get. Now, does this mean every bit of information is gold or even accurate? No, of course not. However, if you think someone may know more than you about something relevant to your business, hear them out and see.

The ability to ask for help

Surely you are an intelligent, skilled individual with great ideas. That does not mean you are a superhuman. If you do not know how to do certain tasks that matters to your business, ask someone for advice or instructions. Do you know how to figure out your revenue projections? If not, do not just go pitch to potential investors hoping they will see your passion and the sweat capital you have been putting in. Investors are out to make money, not toss money to kids with dreams out of the kindness of their hearts. If you cannot show them what kind of money you estimate that your business could bring in in the next five years, how can they envision a return? If you do not know how to show them that, ask for help.

Work with people effectively

Whether you are starting your business on your own or with a partner, the idea is to grow it. If you grow it, the odds are that you will need to hire other people to work with you. You do not have to be a teamwork guru but you do need to inspire others to back your idea; and if you cannot do that, you better have a business partner or a hired employee who can do that for you. Especially in the early stages, your business will be volatile and full of uncertainty. If your employees are not inspired by your business and you, your partner or the person you hired who has better people skills, when the tough gets going, so will your good employees. Remember that a smile, a genuine ‘great job today!’ and asking the intern how her mom’s 50th birthday party went last weekend can go a long way.

Be tireless

Justine Musk, author and ex-wife of Elon Musk, said it best – “You’re determined. So what? You haven’t been racing naked through shark-infested waters yet. Will you be just as determined when you wash up on some deserted island, disoriented and bloody and ragged and beaten and staring into the horizon with no sign of rescue?”

That is a little intense but entrepreneurship is challenging and it can beat you down and build you up. On the worst of the worst days, will you still be able to pull yourself up and keep moving forward? If the answer is a big fat ‘yes’, get out there and start talking to potential customers and start that market research.

If you feel that you possess these skills or are ready to develop them and put them to the test, welcome to the exciting world of entrepreneurship. Hold on tight!

5 Shocking Facts About Working from Home

Though waking up fifteen minutes before a business meeting and working while wearing your bunny slippers and a bathrobe sounds like a fantastic day – and it may be great initially –turning your home into your office as a permanent setup might not be the best option in the long run.

working from home is stressfull

Marissa Mayer, Yahoo! CEO, is the first name that comes to mind when we think of work-from-home naysayers. When she called all of the Yahoo! tech employees back to their offices, they were not thrilled and called her old fashioned and unsympathetic. However, with a further look into the subject, maybe she had a point.

The following five drawbacks to working from home may make you think twice.

1. Working from home can be harmful to your health

When we commute to an office we are forced out of bed and out the door. We get out of our home, move our bodies and meet people. If you take public transportation or if you have some walking to do or stairs to climb to get to your desk, you get some exercise. Getting out and about also means interacting with the barista where you buy your morning latte and with people in the same office space as you. Let’s start with the social aspect.

According to Dr. Matthew Lieberman, UCLA neuroscientist, social interaction is just as important as food and shelter in terms of the human species’ survival. Given this information, it is probably safe to say that getting out of the house may not just be a step in the right direction for mankind but also for your own well-being.

Additionally, in terms of exercise, let’s be honest. While some of us are the kind of people who will wake up and throw on running gear and head out the door, others of us get the bulk of our exercise between the front door of our house, the car door and our desk. Now remove that commute. If you think you will stick to the workout plan or morning walk you have committed to before sitting down with your laptop on the sofa, stop and think about whether or not you fall into the two-thirds of people in the U.S. who pay for gym memberships but do not actually use them. Simply put, it is easier to get some exercise in during the day when exercise is how you get from point A to point B and not a pastime in your day that you can simply skip.

2. The office is less stressful than home

According to Dr. Sarah Damaske, labor and employment relations researcher at Pennsylvania State University, people have lower levels of stress at work than at home. Think about it. Do you have kids, a spouse, a roommate, a pet, chores, or nosy neighbors to deal with at home? All of these people and duties require time and energy and when you are sitting at home, those duties are staring you in the face. When you sit down to get work done but you remember you need to do some laundry and then realize your hubby forgot his wallet on the counter before heading out the door, there is an urge to take care of those duties and then you have to choose between work and home. Do you have kids? Even if you have a babysitter there while you are tucked away in your office working, will this really stop your three-year-old from peeping through the keyhole and singing you songs or simply barging in because he really needed a hug after the babysitter refused to cut the crust off his sandwich?

3. Less benefit of peers’ creative input and help

Working from home can be especially detrimental to the quality of outcomes and long-term innovation. While Google Hangouts, Skype, various text-based messaging apps and programs, e-mail, cellphones and other platforms facilitate communication between people, tech cannot replace face-to-face interaction.

The difference between face-to-face and in-person interaction is as follows. Imagine you are at the coffee machine in the office and you are visibly frustrated. A coworker sees you and asks what is wrong, you tell them, they start brainstorming creative solutions with you or they know the answer to your problem and help you. You got the help you needed and maybe even got some creative juices flowing without having to ask. If you are at home, you have to ask for help and hope a peer is available to answer. Even if you are a freelancer, getting a membership at a co-working space can create this same environment of support rather than sitting at home on your island googling what to do or following Youtube tutorials.

4. Relationships with customers and peers will suffer

Do you meet with clients? Do you have peers or partners in your business? When you have a permanent place where people can meet you, it is simply easier to meet. Person-to-person interaction is where personal conversations about holiday family shenanigans and favorite sports teams come up – the stuff that building trust is made of. It is where you get a chance to learn about people’s needs – both of business partners and of clients – so that you are better informed on how to solidify or build more of these loyalties to your business.

Being out in front of people also means there are more eyes on your business. People will know about your business and ask you about it. Considering 92 percent of consumers trust word-of-mouth marketing over traditional advertising, as found by a Nielsen study, it is important to be out there in a location where people can stop in or where you can hang a sign with your logo to stimulate brand recognition. Think about it. When you car shop, do you go for the dealership that you have seen a thousand times and that your best friend says provided a good shopping experience or do you go to the one you looked up online that you and your network know nothing about? Be the one people see and talk about. If you can do that from your sofa, great. If you cannot, it might be time to explore other options.

5. You are limiting your business by not looking like a business

This is not shocking but it is a fact. You probably cannot have a group meeting in your living room or have clients pick up products at your front door while maintaining a truly professional image. It can make people question the legitimacy of your business and your seriousness as a professional. For just this reason alone some businesses get memberships at co-working spaces or rent by-the-hour meeting rooms because the last thing you want to do is look like an amateur when you are trying to grow a client base.

If you had your sights set on those meetings in your bunny slippers and bathrobe, this is not to say the occasional work-from-home day will kill your business or effectiveness at your job; however, keep in mind the myriad benefits that come from being around people and getting out of the house when considering what address to put on your business card.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

4 Useful Tips for Any Small Business Owner

Running a business has its ups and downs, its rewards and lurches. If there is one variable that all businesses have in common that contributes to its success or failure, it is people – your customers, your employees, the community you surround yourself with and you. If you know these people and their needs well and you keep them happy, they come to you and they support your business. And if you know your own talents and knowledge well, make sure you are leveraging that to benefit your business. Do you want to see your small business grow? Do you want to see the bottom line increase? Here are four people-centered areas to focus on for your small business’s success.

small business tips

Know Your Customers

Do you know what your customers really need and does your product or service address that need? As small business owners, we come up with great ideas that we love and are sure will benefit people. That is why we are passionate about our businesses, right? However, just because you love your idea and your friends and family all say it is great does not mean your target audience will love it. For example, last week I saw a chocolate brand from a local startup in the coffee shop of a graduate business school. I love chocolate so I bought a large bar – their only size. When I bit into it, pop rock candies started popping in my mouth. It was strange. I gave pieces of it to my colleagues without telling them about the surprise coming their way and we all laughed as each person scrunched up their nose and rejected my offer of another piece. I threw the remainder in the trash. Potential customers in that location are highly educated individuals aged thirty and up and probably have more sophisticated tastes. Some simple customer inquiry would have told the business that that was not their crowd for this chocolate bar or that they needed to modify their product for that audience.

Talk to your customers. Continuously ask them about their needs, how they address them and how your product or service fits into that equation. Sticking with the same example, the chocolate brand could have talked to customers and found out that the thirty-and-up, higher income crowd wants a small afternoon treat that is a bit more refined – maybe dark chocolate with coffee bean nibs or sea salt in a single-serving size.

Hire the Right People and Keep Them Happy

This seems so obvious but how many times have you walked into a restaurant and faced terrible service, called a customer care center and received wrong information from a disinterested rep or received an e-mail from someone’s secretary full of grammatical and spelling errors? Estimates for what turnover really costs a business are all over the board but it is common sense that training periods are expensive so keeping them to a minimum by retaining good staff is preferred. Additionally, a constant flow of staff in and out the door does damage to a team’s morale and productivity.

Much like a business should match their product to their target audience and know that audience well, a business should also hire people who fit in well with the business in terms of culture and skill and then should keep up to date on employees’ needs. To start, what is your business culture? Are you and your staff upbeat, risk-taking and happy to work overtime? If that is a culture you want to maintain, make sure you are hiring people who are excited by that environment or else you might feel like you hired a slacker when really that person just is not a fit. Additionally, you may only be hiring someone to run a cash register or answer phones but do not take basic skills for granted. Your people are your business and if you hire a receptionist who has a big smile and friendly demeanor but cannot multitask, you probably will not be pleased with that person’s work and that person will not find joy in the stress of phones ringing while two people are on call waiting and a customer is on their way in the door. Find that smiling gem who can juggle e-mails, calls and walk-ins and has a minor post-it note and spreadsheet obsession.

Advertise for Free 

Sponsored Facebook posts? Ads in local print publications? Billboards? Brochures? Sound familiar? Typical advertising methods are expensive and not always even effective. You know that getting your name out there to the right people is important and worth an ad budget but what if you can do some of that for free? Are you an expert in a field related to your business? Write articles on it and get them published in the right places online with mentions of your business. Is your business unique and newsworthy? Position yourself to get interviewed by media outlets. A quick browse through CNN’s African Start-up page will show you plenty of folks from small markets who got free global advertising. If a laundry service in Kampala, Uganda can get international recognition on CNN, you probably can get noticed by your local newspaper.

Surround Yourself with Other Small Business Owners

According to Tim Sanders, bestselling author and former Yahoo! exec, “Your network is your net worth.” Though no one knows more about your business than you, there are plenty of people who may know more about bookkeeping, business law, or how to deal with a high-maintenance customer. A nearby business owner might also have an eye on your store front when you are not around or might think of you when they hear of a great opportunity in your industry. When you create a community of people around you who have knowledge and experience relevant to your business and they care about your success, chances are those relationships will bear great fruits. The cost of many of those benefits is simply watching out for those in your network and offering your knowledge and maybe an occasional business connection in return.

Recently, I walked into an acquaintance’s coffee house. The barista had a line of customers out the door and could not hold herself together. I watched as she dropped coffee and cookies on the floor, messed up orders and swayed as she gazed at the cash register and tried to run people’s credit cards. She was not in a good state. Customers disapprovingly looked at her lack of professionalism and a number of them walked out rolling their eyes. Where was the owner? Well, she owns a couple of coffee houses and was not at that one on that day. I shot her a quick message and she sent in another barista immediately. That particular business owner had previously shared her experiences and knowledge with me and when I saw her employee chipping away at her business’s good reputation, I took action because that person became a part of my business network and I care about her success.

At the end of the day, know your customers, know your employees, and get creative in ways that bring the right people in the door and keep them coming back. Also, do not forget to take advantage of your own expertise and find creative ways to market your business by leveraging people’s interest in your unique knowledge or your business’s newsworthiness. Lastly, remember that a community of supportive individuals can be a wealth of information and experience on the above-mentioned topics and others as well as can be great watchdogs when you are not around.

4 Jobs That Allow You to Work Remotely

Everyone is making the shift from traditional on-site work to working remotely, and those that haven’t, wish they could. There are a few jobs which are prime and successful for remote work, and some that you may already be in a position to take on.

working remote

What is the market looking like, and could you make the switch? Here are four professions which are enjoying the freedom and flexibility:

1.    Online Marketing

Though you wouldn’t be able to tell from your collection of cat videos, the internet is used for a lot more than just entertaining yourself between breaks. Online marketing has become one of – if not the most – valuable marketing platforms for businesses everywhere, with most customers turning their backs on businesses if they don’t have an online presence. This has created an entirely new kind of job for those who can harness the communication and the recreation value in one.

- Marketing expert

For businesses to reach their customers, they need to know how they tick and the right way to present services and products. A marketing expert must be abreast with the latest developments in advertising via social media, newsletters, content, and sales. Since this is entirely internet-based, the experts of this field can carry out an extensive and impressive marketing campaign that rakes in huge profits while never leaving their couch. All it takes is the internet, a computer, and a notebook, and these experts are the determining factor in success or failure for businesses.

- Social media manager

Businesses are expected to have a presence on multiple social media platforms, and even the lone professional trying to get their name out needs this influence on the public. When they can’t handle all of the accounts themselves, or simply lack the skills to make it advantageous, a social media manager comes onto the scene. With the ability to coordinate content, represent a personality on the account, communicate with followers, time advertisement, and keep traffic high, a social media manager can keep the wheels turning from the comfort of their home or an internet café.

2.    Writing

While years ago it took a typewriter and a dream, the career of writing has become widespread and in high demand, making it possible for countless professionals to get their laptops, their coffee, and their internet, and have a successful job remotely.

- Copy writing

A website is nothing without content, and the brilliance of a product cannot be conveyed without someone weaving the words to appeal to a customer. Copy writers are tasked with writing those engaging About pages, product descriptions, and newsletters that turn a website, a marketing campaign, and a press release into a success. Anyone can create a webpage or write a newsletter, but ensuring that the words presented to readers are poignant and inviting is the determining factor for the online market – a task that can be done from the comfort of your home.

- Content writing

People want more than a website advertising products or services; they want an added bonus that encourages them to visit your site again and again. Content such as articles, blog posts, and infographics are vital for educational marketing, where the viewer will trust your business as a byproduct of offering them this. A content writer is charged with researching these topics, weaving content that appeals to a range of specific audiences, and then delivering it for businesses to offer their viewers. For the right professional, a keyboard and internet is all that’s needed.

3.    Design

People are visual creatures, and creating the aesthetics that not only catch our attention by keep it is in high demand for the technological age.

- Web design

With experience in complex coding and knowledge in the latest trends and tastes of the public, a web designer’s focus is creating the most appealing and functional website that suits you, your audience, and your services. A website that looks plain, is prone to lag, or is too similar to another can put off visitors, making them click away. Their insights and skills give businesses the foothold in the internet that they need, and as it’s entirely computer-based, it can be done from anywhere.

- Graphic design

Be it logos, infographics, website backgrounds, an engaging video or presentation, or designs for your marketing campaign, graphic designers are the artists of the future. With knowledge in colors, designs, popular trends, and the psychology behind all of it, these professionals weave intricate and impressive graphics to reach out and grab viewers. With a handful of programs and the education necessary, a graphic designer can create elaborate results with only a computer and some time – from anywhere in the world.

4.    Customer Service

In many ways, customer service has always been the same – but the internet has made it faster, easier, and now, it can be done remotely.

- Telecommunication

While we all have images of packed call-houses with rows upon rows of desks, each professional with a headset chatting away, the telecommunication of customer service today can be carried out from the comfort of your home. Many freelancers and full-time employees have made the shift to working at home, conducting the same job with a phone, a computer, and the know-how to offer the best service possible.

- Personal secretary

Enjoying the luxury of a personal secretary is no longer a luxury, and while you may miss out on a pin-stripe skirt following you around with a clipboard, you can instead enjoy a professional who can manage your schedule, handle phone calls or emails in your stead, and offer insights into your respective niche – all remotely.

- Text-based communication

If you’ve ever had an error with a program and needed help, you’ve likely encountered the instant messaging platform most businesses offer at their help desk. Rather than speaking directly, it takes a few keystrokes to see you happy and on your way. While you may envision the professional on the other side in a button-up shirt in a large office, they are most likely wearing their Saturday sweats and sitting at their home desk, offering high-quality service remotely.

With new fields opening up thanks to the internet, new ways of working are also coming along. These four careers allow their professionals to work anywhere in the world, and at any time.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

5 Ways to Reduce Your Long Work Commute

How many hours do you devote to work a day?

Better question: How many hours do you devote to getting to work a day?

Commuting is a dreaded but necessary part of most people’s lives, but if you’ve had enough of those long hours headed to work, then it’s time to get make some choices and get creative. Ready to half the time?

commute in new york city

1.    Live Closer to Your Place of Work

The best answers are usually the most obvious, and even if the modern age, the most effective way to cut the long hours moving in between Point A and Point B is simply shortening the distance. However, this comes with its own host of difficulties, especially if buying a house in a certain part of the city is expensive or the options available to you are unappealing. In this case, it’s time to get creative.

- Rent an apartment temporarily

If you’re new at a place of work and just getting adjusted, or are invested enough in your job to make the sacrifice and get closer, renting out an apartment temporarily will give you the flexibility to test out the field and still give yourself time to run, and it can also be the cheaper route until you can find a more permanent and satisfying place to stay.

- If possible, choose an office that’s closer

If you happen to be the business owner, and especially of a startup still getting its flight feathers, you have a whole new range of options. Moving your office or store closer to your home now, before it becomes too big, can cut through those dreary hours in the car and those traffic jams that make you consider violence or unemployment. Depending on where your employees are located, you can even make this shift beneficial for the entire business, allowing them to save on commuting costs and perhaps accept adjustments to their wages as a byproduct.

2.    Work Remotely

More and more people are working remotely than ever – not only because working in your PJs is awesome, but because it eliminates expensive gas, train ticket, and taxi fare costs. By working remotely, you can get rid of those hours staring at the metro train wall and also save yourself money; and sure, there’s the PJ advantage too.

- Work from home

When working from home, the greatest commute you have is walking from your bed to your desk or your kitchen to your couch. Those are five seconds which don’t make you homicidal – unless it turns out your roommate ate the last of the chocolate in the fridge. By cutting into your commuting time and allowing you the comfort of your home, you’ll perform better at work – and businesses know this, giving you a greater chance of negotiating this with your job.

- Work from an internet café

This takes away the PJ option nine times out of ten, but still offers you a huge cut on your commuting time. There are internet cafes everywhere and only one office, so the odds of finding one closer to your home are in your favor. A fifteen minute walk to a cup of coffee, Wi-Fi, and a quiet corner to get work done is a huge reduction from a several-hour car or train ride, simply to sit at a desk and do the same thing.

3.    Leave Before the Rush

The drive home may even be relaxing for you, but not when there are dozens upon dozens of drivers on the road, each more intent on getting back to their Netflix and beer than you. Rush Hour is the supervillain of the nine-to-five worker, and dodging it altogether can turn a three-hour commute to a one-hour drive.

- Leave home earlier

If you’re a morning person, or simply don’t want to be a bored-stiff person, leaving an hour or so early can ensure you are to Point B before everyone else gets the same idea. This also gives you time to enjoy a cup of coffee or get emails in order before actually starting work.

- Leave work later

If getting up early is less appealing than being stuck in traffic, or you simply want to reduce your commute time even more, leaving work an hour or so later can ensure the lemmings are well on their way home before you ever step out of the office. Now you can enjoy a leisurely journey home.

4.    Negotiate a Shorter Work Week

If you can’t shorten your commute time on a day-to-day basis, then you can think bigger and evaluate the entire week. Rather than taking on a two-hour journey every day, you can negotiate with your boss to work on-site only four or three days a week, saving up the money and the time of these other days to even out the whole.

- Prove you can do more in less time

If you believe that you can get as much work done from home with only a few days at the office as you can full-time at the office, then it’s time to convince your boss of the same. Laying out your work history and pinpointing the advantages of working remotely can show that work will remain consistent while taking a burden off your shoulders. If you work even better remotely, this can be an advantage to the business, gaining greater quality while cutting on the costs of a full-time desk space.

5.    Use Public Transportation

Aimed at getting a lot of people to a lot of places – and fast – many public transportation routes cut through the shortest parts of the city in the speediest fashion – much more than your car could, no matter how you pride yourself on your driving skills. By taking a train rather than your car, you can dodge Rush Hour, save yourself long-term costs, and take shortcuts where typical roads can’t, significantly reducing into your commute time.

No one likes commuting. If you’re looking to save yourself some time and money, these five ways will send you in the right direction to halving the journey.

4 Ways to Leverage a Coworking Space to Lower Overhead Cost

For a large business looking to cut on costs, a freelancer on a budget, or a small business just starting out, saving on overhead is the determining factor in succeeding or going under. With a workspace to rent, outsourcing to do, and equipment to buy, it can be an unsurmountable task.

startup companies in manhattan

With coworking spaces, it doesn’t have to be. Here are four ways it can not only help your overhead cost, but even cut it in half.

1.    Shared Expense

Coworking offices work on a roommate style agreement by allowing businesses or freelance workers to share the expenses of a space while also sharing the space itself, making it much more beneficial for small businesses looking to start out as well as larger business looking to downsize their expenses.

- Rent

Rather than paying for an entire floor to house your employees, or spending the ritzy cash on a private office for yourself, by utilizing a coworking space, you’re sharing the cost of an entire building with the other employees or freelancer workers also using the coworking space. Often these office buildings are built for diversity and easy workflow, meaning you’ll have several different styles to choose from without the burden of customizing your own office building. By cutting out this extra expense with rent, you can devote the funds to more pressing matters within your business.

- Utilities

You’ve paid all your rent, you’ve covered your general expenses for the month, and then it hits you – utilities. Though often overlooked, these are expenses absolutely necessary to run your business. Anyone who’s been caught without internet for a day knows from the hair-pulling that going without isn’t an option. Rather than shouldering this expense on your own, a co-working space allows you to also split the cost of utilities among the others sharing the space. As an added bonus, should some error come about that leaves you high and dry (or muggy, if the AC goes out), you’ll have the backing of an collection of businesses looking to see it fixed, rather than just yourself.

2.    Available Partnerships

Every successful business knowns the value of outsourcing and solid connections. Even if you pride yourself as a jack of all trades, your web design may end up looking like elaborate finger paint without the right skills, and if LEGOs are your only experience in engineering, then you clearly need help. Finding and then making those connections with other businesses can be time consuming, expensive, and exhausting. Once you’ve made them, remotely communicating or commuting for those business meetings cuts into the overhead funds. A coworking space eliminates both these issues in one.

- Different Niches Nearby

A coworking space attracts all kinds of professionals from all sorts of businesses, and your employees will likely find themselves beside someone from a completely different field. This is an advantage. If you are in need of an engineering consultant to give insights on a new project, rather than sending a representative to handle the deal, your employees can simply lean over into the next section and ask a question or conduct a entire meeting in one. This saves significantly.

- Easier Collaboration Among Employees

Saving money is also about making money, and allowing your employees to collaborate better among themselves can boost your profits substantially. Rather than spreading them out in secluded cubicles, a coworking space encourages collaboration, allowing your employees to communicate, brainstorm, and interact together with more efficiency and easy than before.

3.    Save Money on Equipment

In the same way you’ll be saving on the cost of rent, by taking advantage of a coworking space, you’ll also be opening yourself up to other advantages at half the cost. Decorating an office is a pricy matter, and you may end up downgrading the quality of your equipment to make up for the cost. However, with a coworking space, you can have both in one – the lesser cost and the higher quality equipment.

- Desks and Computers

No business of the modern age can manage without a proper computer and desk. While this may seem mundane, for a larger business with several employees, fully stocking a workspace can be a pricy venture. For a coworking space, their money is made by offering the greatest ease to their users, which means all of them are fully fitted with desks and chairs, and sometimes with the necessary technical equipment as well. This not only saves you the cost of buying these necessities, but also a salary to an employee for handling all of this personally.

- Cubicles

Should you decide to go with the more traditional approach to working and outfit your employees with their own cubicles, you can save on the cost of buying them yourself and allow the coworking office to handle this problem – at half the cost. Since many workers, beyond your employees, will also be using the space, the rate they charge you for this equipment is significantly reduced, allowing you to devote that price to a different department.

- Conference Rooms

Whether you’re a freelancer or a business, everyone knows how embarrassing it can be to hold a meeting in a noisy café with people chatting, cars going by, and loud music playing. To set a professional tone, having a professional conference room is a must. Most coworking spaces come fully fitted with several, allowing you to easily rent the space at a reduced cost than anywhere else, and have it within easy walking distance of your usual place of work.

4.    The Location You Want

Renting an office in the ritzy part of town to give a good impression of professionalism to your customers is an advantage for your business, showing that you are both successful and serious in your field. However, the price tag can severely harm your overhead. A coworking space allows you to have the best of both, as many are placed in the busy side of town where the majority of businesses seek to base themselves. Rather than paying the entire cost yourself, you can enjoy the price tag of a low-end location while staying in a high-end.

Coworking spaces have a range of advantages, but the most significant is how it affects your overhead. Why not save money as well as make it? With a coworking space, that’s possible.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

4 of the Best Coffee Places in Manhattan

With hundreds of new startups and plenty of old favorites to catch your attention in Manhattan, it’s easy to get ad-blindness and lost in the choices, leaving you with a bad coffee shop experience or simply none at all.

coffee in manhattan

If you’re new to town or looking for something different than your normal hang-outs, you can be hard pressed to find a good cup of coffee and somewhere to unwind. Here are four of the best places in Manhattan to get a cup of coffee as well as a unique experience you can take home.

1.    Caffé Bene

Whether you’re visiting Manhattan or are a native, it’s difficult to calm down from the bustle of Times Square with a cozy cup of coffee that isn’t Starbucks or home-brewed. If you’re a book lover or simply looking for a tranquil place to relax, then Caffe Bene is the ideal spot.

One part bookish and one part culture, stepping into this café is stepping into warm lighting, the scent of pastries, and immediately being met by bookshelves. A lot of them. Caffe Bene’s main theme is its bookish décor with industrial hanging lights over all their tables, making it perfect as a reading nook as well as a quick visit for a cup of coffee. Surrounded by books, you can settle into a large table with your laptop or tablet, or make your mom proud by thumbing through the large collection rather than turning to the internet.

Locals recommend their fun menu with selections such as red velvet latte or toffee nut hot chocolate. If you’re looking for something a little stronger, they also offer a range of extremely fruity cocktails. Some complain of the higher-end prices on their waffles and pastries, but the trade-off is worth it for the small crowd and the cozy environment. Plus, waffles. Argument enough.

2.    Café Reggio

With a history a mile long and a choice of décor that would make the most intense history-lover fan themselves, Café Reggio is a classic, plain and simple. Having opened its doors in 1927, it keeps to the original look and theme of its startup days with old-style equipment and vintage furniture. Right out of the heart of the Italian Renaissance, it’s rumored that Café Reggio was the first to introduce the cappuccino to America; even if it turns out to be just a fun myth, it wouldn’t be hard to believe.

One of their most notable features is their old-time espresso machine, created in 1902, shiny and old-style with a worn look and a classic metal angel perched on top. They take on some more modern coffee flavors for all crowds, but boast of their original recipes and brews, as well as their warm and cozy atmosphere. Grab a soup and sandwich, and let quotes from Dante’s Inferno painted across the walls, Italian Renaissance artwork left and right, and wrought-iron fixtures transport you back in time.

While some complain of the hot chocolate flavors being sub-par, it counters this with quiet reading nooks and coffee flavors and creation techniques you won’t find anywhere else in Manhattan.

3.    Birch Coffee

If you’re looking for something quirky, then Birch Coffee is a must-visit place in Manhattan. With exposed brick walls, drywall chipped away to make it look rustic and homey, and tables with rugged-wood looks, this coffee shop is about the human experience rather than a quick cup on the go. Find yourself a quiet table and you’ll be surrounded by bookshelves, all gathered courtesy of the staff and the customers themselves, welcoming you to thumb through them and find your favorite. If you do – you can take it home. It’s not even stealing! Someone has now passed on an experience to you, and you can leave one of your own to pass on the favor.

Their food is a bit expensive, especially their sandwiches, but they make up for it with their cold brew and even their hemp milk for the lactose intolerant. If you’re looking to get some work done, there are small areas outside the “library section” beloved for their secluded and private environment. You can try one of their monthly single-brew coffees or try some local food to get the authentic Manhattan experience, and never have the same experience twice with their seasonal selection.

4.    The Chipped Cup

Mixing the beloved menu of your favorite café with the easy-going, free flowing décor of a good bar, the Chipped Cup is a place to hang out with your friends or cozy up for good cup of coffee on your break. Located in Harlem, this coffee shop works to add the flare and personality of the area to its interior with exposed brick walls and some creative furniture choices, such as a Singer sewing machine that’s been repurposed as a table. A little quirky, a little bar atmosphere, and a little hipster, all of its decorations are meant to catch the eye and get you Instagraming about it immediately.

The locals praise the staff for being friendly and timely, and if you want some fresh air or a cigarette, they have a garden area with tables aplenty for you and your friends – a rarity in Manhattan coffee shops. Unfortunately – but fortunately for you – it’s a little lesser known, meaning you won’t suffer under huge crowds coming noisily in and out. Grab your device, a bagel, and a corner table, and enjoy your privacy.

They serve all the favorites from lattes to cappuccinos with some talented staff to draw intricate pictures in your cup. To top off the friendly hole-in-the-wall experience, they offer designer cups with their logo printed across the side, so you can take the Chipped Cup experience anywhere.

Despite the sea of choices, a few coffee shops still stand out from the rest. If you’re looking for something quirky and unique, a place to read a good book, or simply a great cup of coffee, these are the four best choices.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

5 Reasons Coworking Spaces Are Growing Popular

Coworking spaces are quickly becoming the first choice for growing small businesses, fledgling startups, and independent freelancers who want the structure of an office, but wish to save on costs and avoid the dreary, ridged, “when is quitting time” atmosphere traditional offices have a reputation for. However, as more advantages are found in the layout, they’re only becoming more popular.

coworking space nyc

What makes coworking spaces so great?

1. They’re Cost-Effective

Success in business is as much as saving money as it is making it, and coworking spaces are your budget’s dream.

- Lower Rent

Working under the same agreement you’d have with a roommate, a coworking space splits the cost of the office among all its workers, and since you are only renting your one space, there’s no need to be weighed down with the whole price.

- No Need to Buy Equipment

Coworking spaces are meant to suit the startup business who can’t devote the funds to furnishing an office or the freelancer who really only wants a desk and a chair. Coming fully furnished, there’s no need for you to pay for your own furniture or equipment, as each also comes with a printer, scanner, and sometimes even a fully functional kitchen. This allows you to use what is necessary but ignore the fluff.

- No Need to Pay for Insurance

When your office goes up in flames or a surprise flood has your work space looking more like an aquarium, you quickly realize why insurance is important. Even if you forget about all the laws on insurance, it’s simply smart to have, but this is expensive. A coworking space eliminates this cost from your budget, as the cost of amenities and insurance is split up among several of the workers rather than just on your shoulders.

2. Scalable

Coworking spaces can easily be upgraded as your business grows, and rather than having to move an entire building and drag all your equipment (and grumbling employees) with you, you can simply move across the all of the coworking office and find yourself with much more space.

3. Encourage Communication

As the name may have made you guess, coworking spaces are perfectly designed for collaboration and communication, both with your real colleagues and with your desk-partner.

- Collaborate Easily

Coworking spaces usually shun the closed-in cubicle design and prefer a more open-room look. Because of this, should you in fact be sharing a space with your colleague, you have better access to collaborate together on projects. Additionally, this open-area look provides an atmosphere of creativity and light, making it easier for some to tap into their real enthusiasm rather than being weighed down by a generic-style space.

- Outsource With Your Coworking Companion

Coworking spaces are shared by people from many different businesses and fields, and because of this, you may find yourself working alongside a professional in a complimentary niche. Perhaps you’re in need of an outsourcing company to manufacture a product for you; rather than searching out a strange and distant company, you could lean over to the person beside you and check on the status of production immediately. This also creates a sense of partnership, allowing you to build stronger relationships with your contracts.

4. Encourage a Balance of Work and Life

As any freelancer or small business owner can attest to, when you’re your own boss, it’s easy to overwork yourself. Surrounded by people from all different niches, a coworking space allows you to both get down to work and relax in a way you’d never find in a traditional office.

- Locations to De-Stress

With so many different professions gathering in a coworking space, it’s no surprise that different methods and techniques for work sprout up. Many coworking offices have special “play areas” with exercise balls, arcade games, pool tables, and the like so that workers can relax and get their mind off work for a few minutes before heading back. This is something you would rarely find in a traditional office.

- An Area to Socialize

Normal offices have a habit of becoming stale and routine, but with so many different niches and fields all congregating in one location, the conversation and the atmosphere of a coworking space stay fresh and new. This allows you to take a break from work and socialize with someone in an entirely different field, renewing your mind before going back.

5. Offer a Range of Styles and Locations

The more popular they become, the more options you have, and the options available for coworking spaces are almost limitless.

- Enjoy an Office That Suits Your Business Style

The best business owners know that working is about more than just working, and creating an environment where employees are empowered and exciting can be the key to a business that grows and flourishes. Depending on your style of business, you may want to have walls in a variety of colors, cool and unusual furniture, and decorations that makes your employees feel comfortable. However, if your business type would prefer softer colors, more structured furniture, and a highly “professional” tone, then a coworking space allows you to choose the area you want instead of making your employees silently curse the décor under their breath.

- Have an Office in the Busy Side of Town

For a growing business and even freelancers, being centered in the right location is as vital as anything. If your clients have difficulty finding you, they may turn elsewhere, and if you happen to be centered in the bad or slow side of town, it’ll reflect on your professionalism and credibility. A coworking space offers the solution, as they’re often placed right in the busy or high-class side of town to be more accessible by both the workers and the customers.

The face of business is changing, and with it is changing where we do work. With these advantages in mind, it’s a no-brainer why coworking spaces are in the lead.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

How to Work From Anywhere With a Virtual Office

It’s easy to work anywhere with just a laptop and an internet connection. However, when it comes time to receive mail or book a meeting, now you have a problem. How do you keep from being tied down to an office while still enjoying all the perks of having an office?

virtual address nyc

With a virtual office. A virtual office allows you to rent the address of your ideal building, either only using it as a mailbox or also taking advantage of the other functions it offers. Here are a few ways they’re the on-the-go worker’s dream:

1. Keep The Professionalism, Lose the Ball and Chain

Even with working remotely becoming the ultimate dream of both the daring entrepreneur and the bored office worker, there is still a stigma against those who decide to make their couch their office over an official board room. Professionalism is the key to having success, especially as a fledgling startup, so you can’t afford to look cheap or amateur when your business is on the line. A virtual office allows you to have the best of both, keeping your professionalism while breaking free from the chains of an office.

- Enhance Your Website.

It’s impossible to have a flourishing business in the modern age without a snappy website, and undoubtedly one of the key signs of success is an official office address. While it may seem minor, having those few lines of text at the bottom of your site is an indicator of how serious and how professional you really are. By having a virtual address, you can flaunt it on your website and gain the additional points as a reputable business.

- Have the Look.

First impressions are everything, and if you were given a choice between a suburban home with an un-manicured lawn or a prestigious office building to do business with, which would you trust? Even with all the support startups receive, it’s still people’s money on the line and they will choose a place that looks successful, professional, and trustworthy over the alternative. A virtual address allows you to have a high-quality office building as your first introduction, without being tied to the place itself.

2. Save Money

Most startups end up going out of business, no matter their niche, in the first two years. It’s almost always is because of a lack of funds. In order to weather your early storms, it’s important to minimize costs wherever you can. Virtual offices offer you all the assets you need without the cumbersome price.

- Virtual Offices Are Less Expensive.

Virtual offices come with a range of options, where you can choose simply a mailbox or also cash in on a receptionist or private boardroom. Even if you choose all the fancy options, it’s obvious that the price will be significantly lower than if you purchased the desk space, the utilities, and all the equipment needed to go with it. Because of this, you can have all the perks of a real office without the price tag to sink your startup’s ship.

- Enjoy Breaks on Shipping Costs.

Several shipping companies offer businesses a different break on costs than they do the average person, meaning that having a virtual address to receive your mail through can give you significant savings. Not only does this keep your personal mailbox from filling up, especially if you have to buy cumbersome equipment, but it also saves you money in the long-run.

3. Have the Convenience

Tell just about anyone that you work from home and they’ll cheer you on and call you a lucky dog, but when you’re hosting a conference call and your kids get into a play-fight that sounds like someone’s getting murdered, suddenly the encouragement fades. Working from home or on the go is incredibly convenient, but this can also bite you. A virtual office allows you to have your freedom without the downsides.

- Receive Mail There.

When buying equipment on a frequent basis, or receiving materials from clients or manufacturers, your personal mailbox can become quickly overwhelmed. As an added problem, when your spouse ends up mixing an invoice up with junk mail and tossing it away, you could find yourself in hot financial water. A virtual office allows you to clearly separate business from personal affairs, while also serving as a professional-looking return address on anything you mail to clients.

- Arrange Meetings Within the Office.

While during personal hours your client may love cats, they may not appreciate Fluffy sitting in their lap during professional hours. Some virtual offices allow you to not only claim the address in pen, but also in practice for meetings. You can rent the room to match your address, allowing you to separate personal time from professional time, while also making a better impression.

- Have a Receptionist.

Some virtual offices offer more than just mail; you can even go as far as having your own receptionist manage calls. If you feel the need to cut down on costs, you can have an automated machine, or if you’re looking to make an impression, you can have a real person available.

- Choose What You Want, Not What You Can Afford.

First impressions are everything, and no one can doubt that a nice office in the ritzy side of town will make a better impression than an older, grimier one in the unpleasant side of town. However, these places are ritzy for a reason and you as a startup may not have the funds to choose your dream-office. With virtual offices, you can enjoy a much smaller price, since you’re renting much less, and still have the address of your dream-office to impress investors, clients, and business partners. As an added bonus, there’s no need to live in the good side of town simply to work there; you can enjoy your remote work while also enjoying your fixed office.

Remote work is more popular than ever, but some stigmas are still in place concerning offices. For convenience as well as a boost to your professionalism, choosing a virtual office is the key to having both at a better price.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! View our Virtual Address Packages

Corporate Suites Featured Company of the Month: FXB

FXB_RGB_USA[1]“Give a man a fish and you feed him for a day. Teach a man to fish and you feed him for a lifetime.”FXB USA

 A company that inspires hope has a home in New York atop the 8th floor of Corporate Suites.  FXB is one of the leading international development organizations combating extreme poverty across the world.  Partnering with Harvard University, FXB seeks to support poorest of the poor to lift themselves out of poverty in a holistic way.

 Borne of tragedy, the roots and name of FXB stem from a tragic helicopter accident in which the young pilot François-Xavier Bagnoud died while helping others. With the intention of helping others as François had, FXB shares like-minded goals with the United Nations such as: The Millennium Development Goals, the Convention on the Rights of the Child and the recently ratified Sustainable Development Goals.

 With a team of over 450 people around the globe, FXB has been able to help the most poverty-stricken individuals and families in 13 different countries.  FXB has been very successful in improving the quality of life in impoverished places with their FXBVillage Model that simultaneously tackles five drivers of poverty eradication: nutrition, healthcare, education, housing and income. Each FXBVillage is three years long with a cost of $250,000. The goal is to enable participants to become self-sustaining after three years.

 Over 12,000 families have been lifted out of poverty and 17 million adults and children have had their lives improved because of the tireless work by FXB. You can help raise awareness, join a partnership, give a donation, build a well or become an ambassador for FXB today. Click here to get involved and join FXB in making poverty history.



4 Reasons Standing Desks Are Growing Popular

A standing desk is pretty self-explanatory; it’s your average work station, just with the upgrade of being a few feet taller. They come in a range of sizes and shapes, some with the ability to be normal desks and then standing desks in a few seconds, or some that really make you commit and stay standing all the time. In any case, they’ve become a fan favorite for at-home workers and even some more modern businesses.

standing desks

With studies showing that someone who sits for more than three hours a day has a 20% higher death rate than others, the advantages are pretty clear. But that’s not all. Here are four of the most compelling reasons why standing desks are on the rise:  

1. They’re Healthy

- They increase blood flow

Blood flow is pretty important. There’s a reason some people subject themselves to the horror of the stair-climber and that reason is to get their heart – and their blood – pumping.  When your blood is flowing well, your body has more resources to work with, and this can boost your immune system, help fight off diseases, and make you feel better all around. The standing desk craze is beloved by more than the health-fanatic; at-home workers and even some small businesses are using it to help extend the lives of desk jockeys, simply by letting the heart and the veins do their jobs more efficiently.

- They help you lose weight

All that said, who doesn’t want to look good naked? Or at least not see their scale turn TILT when they step on it. The standing desk in no way is going to make you into Arnold Schwarzenegger, but one can’t ignore the fact that standing burns more calories than sitting. For that matter, chewing gum burns more calories than sitting on your butt. On average, a desk worker will spend at least eight hours a day at their desk, and these are hours counted against your work-out. By lifting your desk by a foot or two and getting on your feet, the slight muscle strain of keeping you up-right will help burn off those sugary “work snacks.”

2. They’re Comfortable

- They offer diversity

We’re all a little lazy at heart, but after a few months, you may be dreading work just because it means “that desk” and “that chair.” There may be days where you want to recline in your rich Corinthian leather seat and there may be days where you want to stand up and shift from side to side as you take on the day’s tasks; with standing desks, you have that option. Either by splurging on the pricy ones that offer adjustable heights or by keeping your old desk on hand, you can shift work to suit your mood and body’s needs.

- They stave off soreness

Let’s face it; when you’ve been sitting in one place for a big, big project and stand to find your legs feeling like they’ve run a marathon, you know something’s wrong. No one likes that stagnant soreness, and a standing desk lets you kick that to the curb. The ability to shift from side to side, stand on one foot, or even just plant your feet and get to work will help stave off that immobile soreness and make you feel better. Got all your work done and ready to head out with your friends? No need to make up a story about running a marathon to cover up the butt-in-chair soreness.

3. They Offer an Alternative to People with Health Problems

- They give mobility to those with back problems

Say that life has already dealt you an unsavory hand or that years of desk work have already sucker-punched you in the back. Rather than accepting the pain or discomfort, you can have a standing desk that doesn’t compress your back; instead, it gives you the mobility to shift around or change positions while you work, eliminating pain and even preventing future injuries.

- They give flexibility for those with joint problems

Getting older isn’t all that fun, or maybe you have a special case that has seen your joints tighten up early. Sitting in a chair all the time only encourages your muscles to tense and lock, creating soreness, pain, and general discomfort. However, a standing desk puts your body in a position rarely seen during work hours and stretches muscles usually dormant until the work-day is done. This allows you to stretch out those leg joints and use those arm joints by stepping farther or closer to a desk, not only pushing away old pain but preventing future ones.

4. They Boost Productivity

- You have greater focus

Blood flow counts for a lot, and the more of it your brain gets, the better it will perform. You probably experience that afternoon lull as the work day gets on and you’re on a streak of five hours at your desk, and this doesn’t only cut into your mood; it cuts into your focus and ability to work. A standing desk allows you to stay upright and keep the blood flowing, boosting your focus and your abilities by giving your brain more resources than before.

- You have more energy

Focus counts for nothing without the willingness to cash in on it. Rather than slouching in your desk chair, counting down the hours until quitting time, simply getting on your feet can give you the boost you need to keep going with enthusiasm. By letting blood flow to all the important parts of your body at a higher rate, you’re essentially telling your system it’s “go time.” Only you’ll be taking on an assignment rather than a tiger. Hopefully.

Standing desks tap into the heart of the way humans work; we were meant to be on our feet. By simply adding a few feet to your work station, you can improve yourself and your work – with little to no effort.

5 Ways to Get a Larger Tax Refund

You already know what you want to do with your tax refund, don’t you? Even if you haven’t filed, vacations, pet projects, or catching up on bills are all being itemized in your head – but wait. What if you could get more than you expected?

tax refund

By taking advantage of these five tips, you could get a larger tax refund than you ever have before, and ensure that next year’s is even bigger.

1. Itemize

The most reliable method of boosting your tax refund is by itemizing your deductions. Sure, going through the complicated forums to figure out what would qualify as a deduction and what would be laughed off by your tax lady is about as fun as pulling teeth – something within pain killers – but when you’re looking for the dollar amount on your check to go up, it’s a vital tool.

- Money Donated to Charity

Money given to charity is tax deductible, so you’re helping yourself as much as you’re helping whatever cause you’ve donated to. By simply choosing the standard forum without itemizing your charitable donations, you’re jumping right over this advantage and making the government overlook the extra funds they owe you.

- The Cost of a Home

Owning a home helps the economy, and the government is looking to reward you for paying your mortgage regularly. By itemizing and therefore bringing attention to this expense, you can receive a break on your taxes and see a hefty return on your refund.

2. Take Advantage of Other Deductions and Credits

- Retirement Plan

Money dedicated to a retirement plan is a big investment, and you don’t have to be old and grey to see the rewards of it. Many overlook this as a deduction to be included in your taxes, but by listing this investment, you can tilt the scales of “owed to the government” and “government owed to you” significantly. That’s money you can spend enjoying a sweet vacation in the Alps – and if you’re lucky, you might even get some more medical bills there to write off too.

- College Funds

While the economy has made it harder for people to prepare for their children’s future, if you do have the pennies to rub together to make a college fund for your child, it’s important to include this on your tax forum. As a necessary expense for your future – and the country’s – your refund will reflect your investment.

- Child Deductions

We all want our children taken care of, but they’re no doubt expensive. No one wants little Timmy running around unattended, so listing your children as dependents has impressive rewards in the way of your returns, with the possibility of not only dodging having to pay in but doubling your return.

3. Get Your Taxes Done Professionally

Tax season is scary. Is there anyone who really likes the long forums, the complicated paperwork, the never-ending numbers, and the frightening chance of messing it all up and finding yourself in hot financial water? Getting your taxes done professionally, either with a real person or with reputable software, is crucial to not only avoiding a disaster but also making more money.

- Turbo Tax

This software is one of the best on the market, not only for its ease of use and trustworthiness, but also because you can have instant access to a real professional to help guide you through the complicated process. With its efficiency in helping you itemize, decide on your deductions, and file your status correctly, you can perfect your tax forum and have the greatest chance of a return.

- Consult with a Professional

There’s nothing like a real human to make the process easier. Although typically more expensive and maybe even more time-consuming, going to an actual professional at H&R Block or the like can see your refund sky-rocket. Since they’ve been around the block, they can help you decide where to focus deductions, how to file the most beneficial status, and how to get the biggest return possible. As an added bonus, if they want your repeat patronage, they’ll do their best to see that your return is better every time.

4. Invest Before January 1st

Any investments made before the end of the year count to that year’s expenses, even if it’s December 31st. The more you can tack on that date, the better, so you will have more deductions and credits.

- Buy Business Equipment

Should you have a small business and be considering new equipment for the coming year, don’t delay. By investing in those expenses now, it’s a write-off you’ll have for the next year, and the money you make in your return can be reinvested.

- Pay Your Mortgage

Paying forward is always an advantage, but even more so during tax season. If you have already paid December’s mortgage, you can also pay January’s at the same time and count it as an extra deduction on your taxes, boosting your return with just a few minutes’ effort.

5. Update Your Filing Status

There are five statuses in total when filing your taxes, and each comes with a range of advantages and disadvantages. While it may seem like comfort-food time going over the list and deciding if you apply, simply moving from one status to the next can impressively boost your return while lowering your general expenses. This can be as easy as filing separately rather than with your spouse, so you can both collect an individual return.

- Consider Your Tax Credit

If you happen to be a student or have little income, the government offers a helping hand by offering tax credit to make living more manageable. Most overlook their tax credit out of ignorance or fear of the complicated process, but this means there is money that belongs to you just out of your reach. By consulting a professional and actually cashing in on these credits, you can see your return double.

Everyone wants a tax return, but you can have more than that – you can have the biggest return ever just by utilizing these five different ways.

6 of the Best Coffee Shops in Manhattan

In a city as big and as busy as Manhattan, it’s impossible to not need some caffeine. For the long-time lovers of coffee, the fanatics of tea, or someone who just needs a quick kick to get up in the morning, Manhattan has a wide selection of coffee shops to suit your needs. However, being so big, how can you tell the right one for you?

Glad you asked; here are six of the absolute best coffee shops in Manhattan:

great coffee nyc

1.    Frisson Espresso

For the artesian, for the remote worker, and for someone who just enjoys a nice, quiet cup of coffee, Frisson Espresso is the place to be. Just close enough to the hustle and the bustle of the city to be within easy walking or bus distance, but far enough away from Times Square to avoid the crowded tourists, this coffee shop personifies personality, quality, and most importantly, comfort.

Matching their name, their best and most recommended coffee is the espresso, and you can enjoy the most interesting, elegant, and careful images in your brew. The baristas are known for being friendly and accommodating, so you’ll never run dry if you’ve had a rough morning, and the free Wi-Fi makes it a perfect place for on-the-go internet workers. The colorful art on the walls, the comfortable and modern chairs, and even the nice sweets available make it a perfect place to come with friends or kick back and get work done.

2.    Porto Rico Importing Company

Not the most traditional thing when you think of a coffee shop, but certainly one of the favorites of the island, if you ask the locals. Porto Rico Importing Company isn’t your classic sit-down coffee shop, but instead a connoisseur of tastes for the hardcore coffee lovers looking to get something with spice, something with flare, something with a bit of sweetness, and something to get them from zero to sixty at 2.6 seconds in the morning.

Walk through their Manhattan doors and you’ll find yourself instantly overwhelmed with the smell of grounds. The aroma never fades as you take in the warm, cozy environment and see the row after row after row of bags containing the best beans anywhere. Want something special? This coffee paradise is known for catering to the unique tastes and definitely has whatever you’re looking for.

3.    The Jolly Goat Coffee Bar

As you might have guessed from the name, this coffee shop is all about personality. Local fans rave about the quality of the coffee and the interesting images you can find in the foam, but that’s not all. If you’re a coffee drinker who enjoys the taste as much as the caffeinated kick, The Jolly Goat Coffee Bar uses precise and well-developed brews aimed at being a smooth, rich, and rounded taste for peaceful sipping as well as a quick boost to start the morning. Old-styled with wooden grain tables and walls, the selection of food is more than enough to start the day, with sweetened croissants to hardy donuts to sandwiches. Perfect for a quick stop as you’re on the way, you can even enjoy a cold brew when the day is looking a little harder than you’d like.

4.    McNulty’s Tea & Coffee Co

If you’re less a sit-down drinker and more a heavy-hitting, taste-assessing, “nice place on the couch with a good book or movie” kind of coffee or tea drinker, then McNulty’s Tea & Coffee Co is the place. Though there’s nowhere to sit, there’s no lack of selection, and even those who prefer a nice, smooth cup of tea over the caffeinated bite of coffee can be satisfied to their heart’s content. Come off the Manhattan streets and into this warm, cozy shop to smell the aroma of tea leaves and coffee beans. Rowed on either side of you, you’ll find glass jar after glass jar with the most mainstream, unusual, or rare selections. Want an old favorite, something trusted, or something you could only find by selling your kidney? This is the place the locals trust.

5.    Oslo Coffee Roasters

New York is the first stop in the great melting pot after all, so it’s no wonder that a little flavor of Oslo, Norway, has also made its way to the Manhattan streets. This shop is made for the grab-and-go kind of coffee drinkers who need a quick brew on their way to work, a pick-me-up after a long day, or something to keep them toasty and warm as they tour the streets. It’s gauged towards offering convenience, with an ATM inside, comfortable prices for the old favorite brews, and a range of pretty images to be drawn in your cup. It’s tight and warm, but meant to offer fast and efficient service for you to get what you want, when you want, how you want it, and then be on your way. Though, for those who like to take a break with their brew, the quaint shop offers a bench outside.

6.    Sugar Hill Café

This is a coffee shop known as the absolute best in the city for lattes, especially for people who enjoy a nice, well-rounded taste some other shops neglect. Offering a wide range of sweets and sandwiches to complement their brews, you can get some cake, some cookies, or some croissants as you enjoy their free Wi-Fi. Oh, and what about the bread? Pastries are the name of the game with this coffee shop; as you step into the warm, cozy shop, you’ll be hit immediately with the scent of the fresh, warm bread. Grab a nice seat, saddle up to the bar, or grab your brew and go – Sugar Hill Café is made to offer quality as well as speed.

No two coffee shops are made the same. If you’re looking for taste, for charm, for variety, or just for something memorable, here are six of the greatest places in Manhattan to start with.

5 Ways to Leverage Social Media to Generate More Business

The most successful method of marketing is about connection, and it always has been. Whether you look back to the loud, bustling meat markets of ancient Egypt or the pushy salesmen of Manhattan, getting out there and getting ahold of a real person is what sells – not a faceless entity.

social media for business

The modern equivalent of this is social media, and arguably, it’s more effective than any of its predecessors. Sure, being face-to-face is a little difficult behind a screen, but it allows something no other before it has; an interesting balance between privacy and socializing. People feel more at ease on their Facebook or Twitter than they might at your store, and this gives you the chance to convince them why you’re the best, the most trustworthy, and their first choice when they need something.

All that said, leveraging social media for customers and profits isn’t as easy as getting followers or likes. A customer who retweets your funny picture may not be a customer who walks through your front doors, so the key lies in something a little more complicated and a little simpler.

Here are five sure-fire ways to get social media working for you:

1.    Get Personal

Success with social media is pretty self-explanatory; you have to be social. While it’s easy to create faceless entity for your followers to view, creating a personality that can interact with your followers instead is what gets you noticed, gains consumer trust, and earns customer loyalty. Be sure to talk to your followers, engage in banter, join conversations on other groups or with other brands, and most of all, remind people that behind a brand is a group of living, breathing, interesting people who want to offer something valuable to the world. That’s way more interesting than a faceless entity, and your customers will notice and remember this difference.

2.    Don’t Get Too Personal

That said, it’s important to remember you’re running a business account and not a personal one. While your friends and maybe a handful of followers will be interested in knowing what you had to eat that day or watching you talk about cats (when you’re a shoe company), the grand majority will be irritated, bored, and view you as unprofessional. The key to balancing personable with professional is consistency and relevance. If you’re a shoe company, engage in conversation with other fashion companies, post articles about color symbolism or the latest style trends, and talk to followers about their favorite products from your lines. Be sure to help solve problems customers have, but don’t get into long conversations about random bad days, because, remember, others are watching. This lets you stay on-topic while keeping people engaged and remembering that you and your business are real. The public will always choose something real over something fake and easily ignored.

3.    Ask for Opinions

One of the greatest advantages social media offers is its range of knowledge and opinions. Sure, some are worse than others, but it’s still a viewpoint that you as a business have to cater to if you want to improve and especially if you want to gain consumer attention. At your fingertips is the largest focus group on the planet, and this gives you the opportunity to do many things:

-       Firstly, by asking your followers’ opinions on new releases, prototypes, or fledgling designs, you’re showing that you value their opinion. This makes them feel a connection with you as more than a passing lead, but as a person who is valued by a business. By creating a bond of trust, followers will become customers that are loyal to you over the competition.

-       Secondly, this generates conversation, and specifically conversation about your products. Their friends, family, or acquaintances may notice them speaking of their favorite product and come to see what all the excitement is; and, ta-da, you have now gained yourself another lead.

-       And finally, you can use this vital information. By understanding exactly what your customers want, from their own mouths, you can tailor marketing plans, products, and services to cater to their specific tastes and trends. This not only allows you to cash in on the opportunity, but also save yourself countless expenses on marketing forecasts.


4.    Have a Consistent Schedule

Especially for small businesses, it can be easy to spend too much time on social media and less time on actual business. For larger companies that can afford the division of time, a danger comes in overwhelming your audience. No one likes spam and no one likes a dead social media account, so consistency is the key. Create a weekly schedule of posts, replies, and pitches that ensure you’re not clogging your follower’s newsfeeds or being forgotten.

5.    Make Sales Pitches Entertaining

We’ve all see the “half off” sales and the “40% mark-off” signs; they don’t excite us anymore. More than ever, the public is becoming ad-blind from constant commercials, billboards, and ads popping up on their computers, and because of this, the typical commercials don’t cut it anymore. Instead, it’s time to gauge your advertisement to be less like an advertisement and more like its own form of entertainment. Take advantage of your personal connection with your followers and see what they want. A famously successful example is a car company, advertising the durability of their cars by showing a detailed graph of how much bird dung it would take to damage them. Apparently, an ostrich would have a better chance than any other bird. It’s funny, it’s unusual, and it conveys actually useful information about the product: it’s durable and the people who make it are fun.

Marketing has always been difficult, but it’s also always been about connection. By balancing personal with professional, consistency with presence, and actually creating relationships with your customers, you can set yourself apart from the competition. You can use social media to generate business, and with more than likes, by using these five tips.

3 Benefits of Using a Virtual Address for Your Small Business

You may be asking if it’s time for you to jump on the bandwagon of virtual addresses, and the answer is yes. Here are three benefits that it can offer you, revolutionizing the way you do business and the way customers approach you.

virtual office nyc

1.    It Looks Professional

Business and its methods have changed countless times throughout the centuries, but one thing has always remained consistent: professionalism is everything. And what’s the most important element in professionalism? A quality image borne of a good first impression. Especially for small businesses trying to make a name for themselves, having the right image to present to customers is the difference between success and struggle. A virtual office allows you to offer this picture of perfection, with all the best features you could want, all while actually working from home.

- You Can Pick the Venue You Want

Virtual offices in particular give you choices. As a startup or a freelancer looking to conserve on costs where possible, renting an actual office may be too spendy for you. This leads you to cutting corners and receiving a lower-standard place of work than you’d like. However, with the cost-savings of a virtual office, you can allocate money away from unnecessary features and to the exact office space you want. Want an address in the ritzy part of town in the best building? Even on a smaller budget, this is possible, allowing you to give the most impressive image to clients and a boost to your business morale.

- Offices Look More Professional than Home Bases

Though working from home is what every professional wants in the modern age, and what many entrepreneurs are doing, using your home as your office still looks unprofessional. Unfortunately, the image of a couch, a laptop, and some PJs still doesn’t hold up against a suit, a desk, and a city-view. By having a virtual address, clients can see that you have the professionalism, the success, and the forethought to invest in a proper office – even if you haven’t. This first impression could be all they need to give your business a try.

- Get Call Services

Studies have shown that, while social media is certainly the most important feature for a business, actually having call services is next in line. The older generation still trusts a good phone call to discover more information, and customers of every age will feel more welcomed if they can get in direct contact with greater ease. A virtual address often comes with bonuses such as call services, so you can create call-forwarding or a special automated answering machine to help customers, giving them greater convenience and yourself an improved image.

- Enjoy Better Advertising

Google is undoubtedly the maker or breaker of businesses. Making a good impression on that search engine is the key to making a good impression on all your customers. Google as an engine and also Google+ as a social media site can list your location with a pin in a map board. For social media, this adds a refined and professional look to your account. For the engine, if an interested customer is trying to quick-find the best business for whatever they need, being able to choose by proximity can be a convenience that makes them choose one over the other. A virtual address gives you the opportunity to stay in the game.

2.    You Can Save Money

Since a virtual office is just that – virtual – there’s no need for renters to be locked into a contract with several services they don’t need. Don’t need a meeting room? Cubicles? Call service? That’s fine; you only pay for what you need. This can be as small as the address itself or as large as an entire floor for your use, allowing small businesses and freelancers to create the ideal payment plan for them, saving money while earning that professional look.

3.    You Can Enjoy Convenience

Of course, for all the benefits it offers your bank account and clients, a virtual address makes life easier for you as well.

- Meeting Rooms

There are times where even freelancers need to host a meeting with a client or several business partners. Perhaps your investors don’t want Fyfe in their lap while they’re discussing numbers, or don’t find your talkative toddler all that cute. Rather than costing yourself an important business image, using a virtual address allows you to also rent out meeting rooms as needed. For a one-time cost for a one-time use, you can present yourself as competent at your professional office address, rolling out the impression that can make you money.

- Personal Privacy

Sitting on the couch as you work may be blending personal life and business life into one, but that doesn’t mean you want clients knocking at your door at strange hours. By posting your personal address as your professional address, you’re leaving yourself open to robbery, invasion of privacy, and the possibility of surprise intrusion. A virtual address makes this a problem of the past by standing as a single hub of business, letting you leave the office truly at the office when you close your laptop.

Working from home or from a location other than an office allows convenience, cost savings, and a lot more flexibility for the worker. However, an office is still an important part of business. A virtual address allows you to reconcile the two, enjoying all the benefits with absolutely no downsides.

Looking for a virtual address with a snazzy New York address? We have several options for you. Click here to read more.

Tired of Meeting in Coffee Shops? Rent Conference Rooms Instead

For solo entrepreneurs and freelancers looking to make an impression in the industry, the need to meet up with clients, partners, investors, and remote employees is ever more pressing. Sure, remote work is all about handling things from a distance, but when the need arises, you need a place you can trust to hold those meetings.

conference rooms nyc

Inviting someone into your home with your loud dog and talkative toddler doesn’t do much for a first impression, and with your love for working at home or in a small private office making it difficult to find an alternative, coffee shops become the solution. Cheap, simple, and effective, right? Not quite. They quickly wear thin on your nerves. Loud patrons, no overhead projectors, and the simple fact that you’re in a coffee shop rather than in a professional setting can make the entire thing a disaster.

In cases like these, it’s time to take your business approach to the next level and rent a conference room. While you may be concerned about the cost, the advantages it offers quickly outweigh the material cost. For that matter, you can even make money in the end. Here are a few ways using a conference room can be the solution to your coffee shop meeting dilemma.

1.    Fewer Distractions

The brilliance of a conference room is the complete, controlled privacy it offers. It can be difficult to stay on point while the lovebirds in the corner of the shop are cooing back and forth; when an unhappy customer is making the barista equally unhappy; and when general activity is causing a distraction. A conference room, on the other hand, allows you to close the door and enjoy the seclusion, cutting out the distractions that keep meetings from flowing smoothly.

2.    Privacy and Peace of Mind

Along with loud voices drawing away your attention, having a meeting in the middle of a strange crowd raises concerns about being overheard. Perhaps you’ve going over sensitive information or getting into details about finances; rather than worry about an eavesdropper overhearing important passwords and codes, security risks, and budget concerns, you can turn to a conference room. By closing the door, you can enjoy the privacy and feel more at ease speaking freely.

3.    Greater Professionalism

While many industries in the modern day understand the value of remote work, making coffee shops an acceptable option, those sites as a meeting point do send a message – and that message is unprofessional. By renting a conference room, you are showing people your level of commitment to efficiency, appearances, and progress, which will create a reputation for your services as professional and competent. In contrast to a rival that sets their meetings in coffee shops, by putting in this extra effort, you can establish a positive image that clients, investors, and partners can trust.

4.    Better Access to Equipment

If you succeed in finding enough electrical outlets in the coffee shop to keep your laptop, phone, and other equipment in running order, you’ll be hard pressed to find projectors, larger screens, and especially spare equipment if you’ve forgotten something. Rather than doing the meeting only half way and ending up looking silly, a conference room can give you the freedom to get your message across as strongly as possible, with speakers, overhead projectors, graph boards, and more. In addition to this, if you’ve forgotten to bring along copies of documents or your larger device for a presentation, conference rooms often offer these amenities within the renting price. Now you can run over and get the things you need without postponing the flow of the meeting.

5.    More Space

When you have a larger meeting with several people involved, nothing’s more embarrassing than having to rearrange half the coffee shop to accommodate the need for extra chairs and tables. You can rent a conference room in the size you need for each unique meeting, and trust that there will be enough desk-space and chairs for each person to feel valued, a part of the group, and able to voice their opinion without being shoulder-to-shoulder with a perfect stranger.  

6.    Get More Done

Without distractions, embarrassing equipment mishaps, and a sense of distain building in clients from the inconvenience, the fluffy details that often take away from a meeting’s productivity can be eliminated. This allows for collaboration to flow more smoothly and a momentum to be built in the meeting, pushing on to see better conclusions decided on, new innovated ideas created, and better progress happening in a smaller amount of time. By renting a conference room, you can do more than simply use a space for a meeting – you can cultivate the perfect environment for better meetings than ever.

7.    You Can Actually Make Money

Conference rooms and their rent come in a variety of options, but with so many available, you’re sure to find one that fits your budget. With the advantages listed above making your meetings go more smoothly, impressing your clients and investors, and allowing for bigger meetings in a single shot, you have a much higher chance of winning jobs, boosting productivity, and improving the success of your business. None of this would be possible without choosing a conference room, making it clear that your success is credit to that added edge – making you money in the long-run for a small expense.

Our environment plays a huge role in how we interact, create, and accomplish tasks, and a location for a meeting is not exempt from this fact. While working remotely has a huge list of advantages, these can be dampened by the struggle of finally meeting people face to face and touching base on how to go forward. A coffee shop may be the cheaper option, but with the disadvantages presented, they quickly outweigh the value – making it clear that when coffee shops just aren’t cutting it, renting a conference room for the day is the key to success.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

4 Ways A Virtual Address Can Save Your Business Money

The cloud has had an overwhelming influence on how people share, collaborate, and communicate. But this doesn’t just apply to their personal lives; their businesses are grabbing onto the craze, making the switch to a fully digitized world we only thought possible in Sci Fi. While there’s no cool lasers involved with turning the market virtual – sadly – it does present huge savings for businesses.

virtual mailbox nyc

Kiss those office spaces with their crammed, impersonal cubicles goodbye, and throw the necessity of on-site work out the window while you’re at it. To make things even better, the process of going digital is wrapped up in more than one tool. A virtual address goes hand-in-hand with a virtual office, and encapsulates a range of functions and advantages.

With it, you can enjoy a physical address without the need for an office, providing a real-world base without the fluff; a digitized office space where employees can enjoy that office experience from the comfort of their home; and last but not least, a business email that clients can reach out to.

Yet out of all these bonuses, the most notable advantage of all is a virtual address’s ability to save businesses money. Here are four ways in particular you can watch your bank account grow with its use.

1.    Savings in the Cost and Time of Shipping

For a small business starting up at home or a larger company looking to make the digital switch, saving money in the little ways and the big is important. Having a physical address is still crucial for every niche in order to receive equipment, mail products, and be in contact with government entities about licensing. A virtual address allows you to enjoy the balance of digital and physical by establishing a real-world address at a location of your choosing – so you can have that high-grade suite for your poster-boy even if you don’t work there.

-       Save on Costs

You may think the cost-effective solution is to use your private address, but the exact opposite is true. Both Fed-Ex and UPS having shipping policies that vary from personal to business addresses, meaning you could be spending more than before with a personal address. On the flipside, a virtual address can save you as much as 25% overall.

-       Save on Time

Some sensitive parcels will not be delivered to a PO Box, putting you in a real jam when you need your things and need them now. In addition to that, a home address can put these delicate items in danger of being stolen, setting your time back and putting your business’s security at risk. A virtual address can eliminate this issue, keeping your packages safe while ensuring there’s no delay in them reaching you.

2.    No High Rent Costs

Without an office, you can kiss those high rent prices goodbye. But even if you have a virtualized office for your employees to work, you still need an address that clients and partners can contact you by. This can mean a physical place to receive mail or a specialized email address that keeps communications focused and organized. The traditional choice is available, but a fully virtualized option is your bank account’s best friend.

-       It’s Simpler

Rather than investing in an office space, a private phone, and a personalized server to store and fuel all of the interactions necessary for business success, a virtual address condenses all of this into one. With video conferencing, email messaging, and a physical address without the strain of a real-world office bearing down, you can take advantage of a fraction of the cost and effort.

-       Virtual Addresses are Cheaper

Since their entire concept is built on simplicity and ease of use, virtual addresses carry a significantly smaller price tag for businesses. Establishing a private address or simply going without could cut into the bank account, but you can enjoy the benefits of your own physical hub without investing in all the fanfare by going virtual.

-       No Need For Additional Office Space

If you don’t want to lose the value of a headquarters for your business, a virtual address can cut through the fluff and get you exactly what you need. Rather than investing in an office you’d hardly use, or ditching remote work so you can maintain that office base, you can set up your virtualized business email address or decide on a physical place, allowing you all the advantages without the high rent of a space.

3.    No Overhead Expenses for Commuting

Any entrepreneur understands that businesses often go under not just because of huge expenses; it’s usually the insidious nickel-and-diming that cuts into success. A virtualized office allows you to avoid the need to commute, pay money on office formalwear, and make expenses on those take-out lunches. A virtual address makes working at home or remotely possible, so clients have a means of contacting you, you have a means of communicating with employees, and business partners can have confidence in your savvy headquarters.

4.    Fewer Salaries

PR can make a huge dent in your budget. A receptionist working at the front desk requires a salary and benefits for accepting parcels and communicating with walk-in clients. By creating a virtual address, you can cut out the additional strain and get right to what matters – you have the packages you need, partners have a means of contacting you if necessary, and your employees can gain access to all the information they need in minutes. So as nice as that receptionist was, her purpose has become irrelevant; you now have additional funds that you can devote to seeing your business thrive.

A virtual address offers a wide range of benefits for time, productivity, and ease of use, but its greatest advantage is how it helps your bank account. You can enjoy all the bonuses of an address without ever having to regress from innovation – saving on costs and experiencing greater success.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

Starting a New Business? 3 Reasons to Choose a Shared Office Space

Starting a new business in the modern day requires you to make the best choices – in saving money, in making alliances with complementary niches, and in offering something unique to the world. This involves a lot more than creating a business plan; it means applying innovation from the ground up. One can’t forget the most crucial aspect to building a business that many new entrepreneurs think of last second – the best office space.

shared office space nyc

The right place can determine your employees’ ability to produce quality and your ability to make those vital business connections. But with the modern age, the traditional style of office just doesn’t cut it anymore. A shared office space, on the flipside, offers new businesses a whole range of advantages as a headquarters for your business to begin and expand from. If you’re looking to create a home for yourself and your employees, then you should choose a shared office space, and here are three reasons why:

1.    Save on Costs

Most new businesses go under in the first two years. Those who survive those toddler stages find themselves in a whole new world of Hunger Games with other fledgling startups trying to climb their way up in the first five years. What puts most under? A mismanagement of funds due to inexperience, and sometimes bad luck. You have to spend money to make money, but saving on costs in the big ways and in the small can be the deciding factor in your business weathering those early storms. Choosing the most economically wise office can help you boost productivity, improve your reputation, and most importantly, save enough to press onwards with the evolving market. What offers all this in one? A shared office space.

-       It’s Half the Money

Since shared offices work as a roommate sort of agreement, you can split the cost of the entire office with another business or a group of freelancers. Whether you share a niche with them or are from completely opposite industries, you can experience a significant cut on the cost of rent, as well as on necessary amenities such as heating and cooling. This means the burden of covering overhead will no longer be just yours – you can devote these funds to improving your business.

-       More For Less

If you still pursue an economic choice without a shared office, you’ll find yourself making compromises to suit your bank account. Though you may need more space for your employees, you end up cramming them together in a smaller space. Though the electricity may or may not flicker when you flush the toilet, it fits your budget, right? A shared office eliminates this issue altogether. By splitting the cost of a space with other businesses, you can enjoy the price tag of a low-level office while actually working in a ritzy area – making it possible to impress customers with your quality and make your employees’ lives easier.

2.    Make New Connections

Successful entrepreneurship is about making connections, taking advantage of unexpected opportunities, and getting second opinions on the best way to accomplish things. With a private office, you’re limited to how many of these connections can be made in isolation, but a shared office does the exact opposite. You’ll be in direct contact with other professionals from unexpected fields, sometimes completely unrelated to yours.

-       Get New Insights

You may think the civil engineering company sitting a few cubicles away has nothing to offer your web content business, but the exact opposite is true. Opposing fields have different experiences, techniques, and tips for approaching success, and while the little details may differ, you can get a second opinion or a new insight on how to handle your own obstacles. The civil engineer may be clueless about programing and web design, but they are fluent in approaching road blocks in licensing and reaching out to the community – skills and tactics you can definitely apply to your marketing campaign. Your competition, which prefers a private office, would never have this opportunity. Now you have an edge to put you ahead.

3.    Boost Professionalism

With so many new businesses flooding the market, it becomes difficult for investors and customers alike to know which startup to support. An office space shows a renewed level of commitment and the clever foresight required to turn a startup into a success – two highly valuable assets to your business image. A shared office space offers all these advantages and more, sending a very clear message of professionalism to investors, partners, and clients.

-       It Shows an Ability to Collaborate

A shared office requires a certain degree of collaboration and flexibility. You are working next door to someone else, after all, so you’ll no doubt make adjustments to keep the flow of productivity smooth and avoid interrupting their work. This shows a willingness to collaborate, adapt, and even reach out to unusual fields – an aspect investors or potential business partners will find valuable.

-       It Shows Creativity

People are looking for businesses that can role with the times and come up with creative solutions to their needs. A shared office personifies this ability, showing clients that you’re able to adjust to unfamiliar surroundings, you’re savvy enough to seek out savings, and you’re looking for the most modern, efficient way of doing things. This level of creativity proves that you can address their needs in the same way – something the more ridged and traditional office spaces along with their businesses lack. So with your startup offering this new edge, why shouldn’t they choose you?

Shared office spaces have many advantages for teamwork, your checkbook, and your ability to create something new, and while this serves as a huge advantage to businesses of all kind, it has exceptional benefits for new startups. If you’re looking to make your entrance to the market, a co-working space can offer you a hand up and boost your opportunities like never before.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

6 Reasons Coworking Spaces Are Becoming Popular

With so many new businesses and solo-entrepreneurs coming onto the scene, creative methods for conducting work, networking, and designing an office space are being discovered every day. Out of the vast lineup, one in particular has exploded in popularity, becoming the favored choice for not only new startups but for already established businesses looking to keep up with the times. This, as you may have heard already, is a coworking space.

Now, sure, the concept is nothing new, but a new approach has been added to its list of features thanks to more independent workers searching to find their place in the business world. Bring Your Own Device, a range of technological innovations, and new niches being created altogether demand a workspace that is creative, flexible, and cost effective for businesses on a budget.

The coworking space – also known as a shared office – is no longer two employees in a cubicle. In fact, it’s become something much more complex and exciting. Here are six advantages which have made a shared office space the most popular option in the modern age.

1.    There Are a Wide Range of Options

Diversity and creativity are the name of the game in the modern workforce, with entrepreneurs and new startups bringing an entirely new perspective and approach to offering services, creating projects, and generally getting things done. With this in mind, it’s clear why the coworking space craze would follow the same trend – no two shared office spaces are the same. This means you can find the option that works best for you.

-       Community Workplaces

If you’re the social butterfly who works best when surrounded by activity and other minds, then there are some ‘shared office space groups,’ where professionals from every style of career gather into one great building with individual desks and even more enclosed workspaces with privacy screens. Here they are encouraged to interact and engage, providing an arena to complement your style.

-       Shared But With Privacy

For the professional who wants an office but doesn’t want the distractions, there are several shared workplaces that operate much like a roommate agreement; a single room with two desks, allowing workers to interact as much as they please or simply come and go without saying a word, splitting the costs and splitting the maintenance for the most economical experience.

2.    New Insights From Different Fields

A shared office space brings together the most unlikely workers. As a content writer, you may find yourself next to an engineer; or as a fashion designer, you could be sitting next to a software developer. While these may not present any direct advantages to your business, innovation comes from new perspectives, and these polar opposite fields could offer insights you’d never find within your own career path. A random conversation with your neighboring engineer or software developer during a coffee break could lead to a breakthrough in your project, a creative spin on a service that launches you ahead of the competition, or a tip that boosts your productivity in unexpected ways.

3.    Cross-Field Collaboration and Partnership

If you are a graphic design company and need a programmer to help create your website, who better than the expert working beside you? A shared office space makes outsourcing even faster and more efficient, with the ability to collaborate on projects and different facets of projects without the need for long-distance calls or travel; simply lean over to your neighboring desk and ask the expert programmer if they could help with your business’s website.

4.    Cost Savings

Of course one of the most appealing advantages to a shared office space is the serious difference in price. Especially for new startups or solo entrepreneurs, the profits you make from your work can end up solely covering the rent. With shared office spaces – either a large collection of offices or a single one you share with your so-called coworker – the price of a workspace is split amongst everyone, allowing each worker to benefit from a quality place to work without breaking their individual banks. This not only helps save on costs, but also guarantees each party a much higher level of quality; you’re not just getting what you pay for – you’re getting what everyone is paying for.

5.    A Base to Work From

Many new businesses and solo entrepreneurs struggle with the balance of being cost-effective and presenting themselves as professional to clients. Clients expect a professional area to meet in, and your living room with your rambunctious dog or the crowded Starbucks café table do little to show off your high quality services. Yet, the price of a personal office can put a fledgling business under. A shared office space offers the solution, giving professionals a place to meet with clients and work with business partners, but in a way that is highly cost-effective for each person. This new level of professionalism can drive their business through the roof.

6.    You Can Enjoy the Energetic Atmosphere.

While privacy is a concern for every professional, we all have an inherent dread of those cubical farms and the dead-eye, when-can-I-go-home look they project onto their employees. Even worse, for solo-entrepreneurs, it can be difficult to summon the focus, the energy, and the encouragement to continue on with your business while stuck alone in your home. A shared office space allows you to balance privacy with energy, and workers of every kind can find themselves surrounded by other professionals who are dedicated, enthusiastic, and ready to get down to business. This offers that same level of excitement to you.

The idea of working in close proximity to someone else is nothing new; but a coworking space in today’s day is much more than that. If you’re looking to start up a new business, move your personal office from that comfy spot on the couch, or revitalize your company’s place in the modern market, choosing a coworking space for yourself or your employees is the best option.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

Sharing Vs. Renting an Office Space: Pros & Cons

The latest generation of entrepreneurship has encouraged many niches and industries to break out of their traditional molds, and in doing so, many businesses and independent professionals are second guessing what makes the perfect office space. Statistics show that both productivity and the quality of work employees and self-employed professionals can offer is strongly influenced by their working space. After all, something as small as the wrong color scheme or a strange layout can lead to distractions, poor mood, and even headaches that hold work back.

office space

With this in mind, you, as a business or as an independent worker, may be considering which style of office is best for you – sharing with another or renting your own private space? To make your decision easy, here are the pros and cons of each, and which may work best for you.

- Shared Pros

A shared office – also known as a co-working space – is the more modern and upbeat approach to a working space, allowing entire businesses to share an office, individual employees to work in the same cubicle, or freelance workers to rent a space with another professional who may or may not have the same style of career.

  1. Price

A co-working office space is, in essence, a roommate agreement, where both parties cover the rent and share the space equally. Because of this, it’s possible for you to find office spaces within your price range which are high quality for a high quality price. On the flipside, you can choose a more economical option and find even greater savings than before by splitting the lesser expense. With all the prices halved, your options are much broader than before.

  1. Collaboration

This advantage isn’t only available to businesses and literal co-workers; independent professionals looking for a base to work from can find collaboration, advice, and guidance on their projects from their stand-in co-worker with a shared office. A co-working space offers proximity to new minds with new perspectives, allowing employees to take on tasks together with greater efficiency, and offering the solo worker a chance to benefit from a second opinion in an entirely different field. This can offer your business an edge and make the working process even smoother than before.

- Shared Cons

Even with these advantages in mind, there are definitely some elements that can hold you back with a shared office.

  1. Lack of Privacy

For some, working near another person is no issue, but for others, it’s as appealing as nails on a chalkboard. A shared office space does indeed limit your privacy, especially if you have a co-worker who likes to glance over at your computer whenever they’re on their lunch break. However, this con can be resolved easily if you’re very particular about the ‘roommate’ you choose to share with.

  1. Distractions

Anyone who’s ever worked in an office knows the danger of distractions. It can be as simple as a loud copy machine or as detrimental as a co-worker who likes to take personal calls – on speaker – while you’re in the middle of an important project. A shared office does leave you more open to these dangers, but the solution is in the problem; your co-worker will likely fear the same level of distraction from you. By addressing these issue early and setting very clear ground-rules about what activities, noises, and habits should be allowed within the co-working space, you could eliminate these distractions before they begin.

- Renting Pros

Renting an office is the tried and true approach to a workspace. You make the decisions, you cover the entire cost, and you are ensured complete and total ownership over your workspace, without intervention from others.

  1. Privacy

By renting a personal office space, you are earning yourself complete and total privacy. No one can enter without your permission, there will be no noisy co-workers glancing over your shoulder, and should you need to take a sensitive business call, there is no danger of being overheard.

  1. Creative Freedom

A private workspace offers you complete control over how the space is arranged, decorated, and maintained. If you prefer bright colors, various lights, and posters coating the walls in order to get into the ‘work’ mindset, then there’s no danger of a co-worker objecting.

- Renting Cons

However, renting a personal space isn’t all sunshine and roses. There are some very real disadvantages that make it clear why the modern generation is turning to a shared office space.

  1. Higher Price

The disadvantage of renting your own personal space is the need to cover the cost all by yourself. What you may have been able to afford with a roommate is now entirely off limits, because the price has essentially doubled without the second party. To add insult to injury, without a second person to shoulder the cost with, you’re also on your own in times of emergency. If hard times come and you’re unable to cover that month’s rent, the landlord will be looking directly at you – not at your co-worker, who may generously offer a loan.

  1. Lower Quality For Your Price Range.

If you decide to look for an office that’s more within your price range, you will find your options limited in terms of quality; a co-working space allows you to get more for less, since you are only paying half. With the added privacy, you get what you pay for – meaning that if you were to choose something more affordable, you may find yourself in an low quality and cramped working space that saves money but offers few advantages

When deciding on the best style of office for yourself or your employees, it’s important to consider the needs of your business, the working style of all parties, and how well each member collaborates and respects privacy. For privacy and complete control over your space, renting is the ideal option, but for the economical, the creative, and the collaborative, a shared office space is the best choice.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.


4 Ways a Shared Office Space Can Save Your Business Money

A business is the people who run it, and stops on focus, quality, and creativity can halt progress altogether. With this in mind, a functional working space is arguably the most crucial element to a success. Yet, while it may be idyllic to have a beautiful private office with a massive glass wall and a door allowing you and your employees to get down to business, it isn’t cost effective.


Perhaps you’re a fledging startup business who has, up until this point, relied on your couch, pajamas, and laptop for your main center of business, but are looking to branch out. Perhaps you’re an already established small business looking to downsize on the cost of your personal and employee office space. In both these cases, something as simple as a shared office can offer the solution, cutting down on costs and even boosting your productivity. Here are four ways how:

1.    Savings on Leases and Amenities

You get what you pay for. Large and elaborate office buildings often come with a price tag to match all of its advantages, while a smaller area offers a significant drop in the price range. This may lead you to think a smaller place equates a drop in quality, but on the contrary, with so many small businesses forming, many landlords are creating office spaced designed to be minimalistic but highly functional. An open-flow office style that incorporates rows of desks rather than individual cubicles allows owners to group employees more efficiently, achieving the same purpose but within a reduced area.

-       Personal Office

Office spaces aren’t reserved just for businesses. A small business as a title can be applied even when the owner is the only employee, and while this advantage certainly leaves you with fewer expenses for salaries and overhead, the price of a personal office could put you under. A shared office, otherwise known as a co-working space, can be compared to a roommate agreement – only with more focused work and less surprise frat parties. By splitting the price, you can receive the largest value for your expense.

-       Employee Workspaces

For businesses with more employees, renting an entire office building means more than the rent – amenities must be considered as well. By taking advantage of a shared office space that essentially fits five offices into two, expenses on electricity, air and heating, and a range of other needs will be reduced.

2.    Collaboration

Every business owner understand that saving money is more than just cutting on costs; it’s taking away the roadblocks that keep you from making money. A shared office offers co-workers as well as independent office-mates an opportunity to communicate and collaborate.

-       Personal Office

While the person you share a working space with may not be a part of your business, most entrepreneurs of the same field are attracted to the same style of office for its location, amenities, and price range. This means while you may not directly collaborate with your sit-in “co-worker,” you may be able to exchange ideas and advice within your fields, delivering insights or assistance during times of struggle.

-       Employee Workspaces

Each employee works different, yet studies have shown that certain business types in fact benefit from an open-flow office style that allows employees to communicate, collaborate, and share insights – and on more than just office gossip. By encouraging this interaction, productivity and the quality of the service could be improved, not only saving you money but in fact making you money.

3.    New Business Opportunities

Some of the most profitable business opportunities come from chance, and while a secluded office offers the advantages of privacy and fewer distractions – namely that worker with a voice of thunder – it also isolates professionals from the real-time market and potential business partners. Saving money can mean eliminating roadblocks or barriers that have been restraining your business, and a shared office space can offer you that unique chance.

-       Personal Office

A shared office space offers the opportunity for meeting the most unexpected people. You may end up sharing a space with a professional from an entirely different field, and even if it does not directly benefit your business, they can offer you insights and advice from diverse fields, giving your respective businesses an edge.

-       Employee Workspaces

To save on costs, even small businesses with several employees can share a joint office with another business. This opens the opportunity for direct collaboration amongst several fields, so that a tech company can quickly arrange for marketing expertise or graphic design from the professionals working across from them, making both businesses money while saving on costs.

4.    Professionalism

Marketing campaigns and a range of other tactics for drawing in customers have great expenses for businesses, but a shared office can help dampen these costs. It does it with one word: professionalism. If your business looks professional, customers and business partners will be drawn to you, allowing you to tone down your marketing efforts and save money.

-       Personal Office

We all want to work at home for that lovely chance to handle projects in our pajamas, but it does little for professionalism. Having an office shows a level of commitment and dedication to your business, offering you a base for inviting in business partners, customers, investors, and other individuals who are valuable to your business. Better yet, having a shared office can help you maintain that personal, comfortable persona – doing more than helping your bank account by in fact generating business.

-       Employee Workspaces

A shared office not only boosts productivity and saves on costs, but it sends a message to customers, investors, and business partners. It shows that your business is both frugal and capable of strong collaboration, with a dedication to productivity and profits over the style of a larger office. This edge can be the deciding factor between you and your competition.

Businesses everywhere are looking for new and creative ways to not only save money but to also boost profits. A simple shared office space can offer this opportunity to independent workers as well as small businesses, all with a few simple changes.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

5 Reasons Why Your Business Should be Based in NYC

If you can make it there, you can make it anywhere – this is the concept that has made the Big Apple the forefront of business, fashion, and start-ups in general since the city first came into being. Early in the century, the mass of migration brought the population up and made it an ideal place to catch a ready audience, with diverse backgrounds, nationalities, and ethnicities creating a creative and original hub for commerce. This trend bloomed, and more and more people from around the world flock to the city to not only enjoy business but to start their own.

new york city

With the Wall Street collapse putting a lot of people out of work, one might think New York has lost its shine; in fact, it’s only evolved. The small business craze has hit every city, and with a lot of talented and creative people looking for work in the busiest city in the world, more shops, offices, and storefronts are opening up. Over 450 new businesses have started up there in the last five years, and with the statistic also showing most businesses close after their first two years, it becomes clear that a steady location as a base is crucial to success. NY offers that same advantage to business owners today as it did in the past decades, and it’s time for you to jump on the crazy.

Whether you’re looking to start up a new business or wanting to find a base for your already existing company, NYC is the place to be. Need more proof? Here are five reasons why:

1.    Complementary Businesses

No man is an island, and especially no business man. Starting up a business takes suppliers, banks, accountants, and a range of other professionals to help guide, maintain, and advance the growth of a startup. While long-distance dealings are certainly an option in the modern day, shipping, long-distance calls, time zone differences, and even some professionals’ unwillingness to work remotely can put a serious strain on your profits.

Most foreign banks have at least once branch set in NY, many suppliers ranging from fashion to food to tech are centered in the city for its advantages, and all those Wall Street professionals looking to offer their financial insights are based there. Basing your business in NY can give you ready access to all of these advantages, building productivity and profits.

2.    Boosts for Entrepreneurs

Since NY has been the hub of commerce and startups for over a century, there streets are packed with creative and experienced investors looking to get in on the new wave of startups. Experienced business owners are willing to mentor new entrepreneurs as they work their way up the ladder, and can offer focused insights on techniques for developing products, reaching particular audiences, and developing plans. The environment is especially rich soil for those seeking a financial boost, as Founders Collective to Union Square Ventures are right on site to offer their seed funds. In addition to this, with the Wall Street collapse, the city is full of new and savvy investors looking to bring the stock market up to par once again with new small businesses.

3.    The Government Encourages Startups

With many other businesses and organizations giving startups a leg up, one can’t forget the efforts the city itself has invested to see the growth in entrepreneurs. NY wants to stay as one of the best cities in the world, and that means boosting profits and standard of living for everyone, encouraging people to spend their local and international cash. In 2001, Mayor Bloomberg presented the Five Borough Economic Opportunity Plan aimed at creating more jobs and offering both aid and reward to fledgling businesses making their appearance on the market. This can range from small venture capital in seed investments, or larger boosts after your business has already been established and needs that extra leg up. By having your business based in the city, you can benefit from this advantage while preserving the opportunity to branch to more cities and markets.

4.    Ready and Talented Workers

As mentioned before, the Wall Street collapse saw a lot of highly trained, highly educated, and highly talented people put out of work. This has led to a lot of hardships for both businesses and the professionals, but an advantage can be found. This has diversified the hiring pool, broadening it from new graduates to a collection of experts who at once were the forefront of the most successful companies. This allows new businesses to snatch up these employees, who have the sought-after skills needed to take your business to the top, but who only lack the opportunity.

5.    Larger Audience

Not only is NY’s population rather massive, but it’s highly diversified. As one of the biggest US hubs for trade, commerce, and general business, the people who visit the city or call it their home are made up of a range of ethnicities, nationalities, and backgrounds. The class differences are also varied, essentially giving new businesses the opportunity to find any audience for any service – and find a lot of them. Even with the great competition, the vast amount of people looking for something useful, unique, and trustworthy can help new startups avoid the steep uphill battle found in smaller or less diversified cities. NY can offer you the niche opportunity to find the people who need your services, and offer you the exposure needed to launch your business to the top.

NY has been immortalized in songs, movies, and plays as the place for the up-and-coming. Even with financial hardships and economic setbacks putting the city through difficult times, NY continues to grow to accommodate the new generation of entrepreneurs. Several other cities may offer these five advantages individually, but the Big Apple offers startups all these benefits at once, along with the opportunity to contribute to the city’s legacy as the home to the industrialists and the tycoons.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

5 Benefits of Taking Small Breaks

taking breaks

When at work, it’s easy to avoid taking a break. After all, you have big deadlines, heavy workloads, and bills stacking higher and higher; it doesn’t take long to become locked in a mindset that says you must complete your work and not waste an ounce of time. You can take a break later! Right after you finish this large project. You can enjoy your time once you’re finished and at home! Until then, it’s work, work, work for eight hours straight. You have to boost your productivity and do better, and breaks will counteract this. Right?


Studies have shown that taking a break can actually contribute to your productivity, even boost it for greater results. While it may seem that stopping your work, losing your momentum and concentration, and instead doing something unrelated for a few minutes would hinder your productivity, it actually does the exact opposite. By taking a break, you can benefit your mental health, make work enjoyable again, and even boost your productivity.

Here are five reasons why taking a small break can in fact increase productivity:

1. Breaks Help Your Brain Retain Information

The brain operates on two levels, namely the focused level and the diffused level. The diffused level is activated when you’re in a state of relaxation or when you’re completing tasks that don’t take a lot of concentration. This can be driving, doing the dishes, staring out a window, and the like, because your brain doesn’t have to work very hard to complete these tasks. The other function, the focus function, follows exactly what its title suggests; it’s active when you are vigilant and attentive to tasks, such as work, or studying, or handling intensive projects. When in the focused state, your brain automatically ignores whatever is not crucial to the project being completed and therefore does not store information as clearly as it can when in the diffused mode. While in the diffused mode, your mind can calmly review and catalogue information.

With this in mind, by taking a break every few minutes and letting your brain relax, you’ll actually retain more information than before. This allows you to return to your project with a more focused perspective and greater knowledge for the future.

2. Breaks Prevent Redundancy

Following the previous point, when your mind is in focus mode, it becomes very proficient in handling routine or familiar tasks at a fast rate. This might sound excellent for productivity, but the issue comes when you work for such a long time that your brain figuratively ‘runs out of gas’ and starts ‘operating on fumes.’ At this point, it can’t concentrate and lapses into diffused mode on its own. At this stage, if you keep pushing on with work, your brain simultaneously tries to relax and tries to block out that relaxation so it can keep focusing, making you feel conflicted, and inherently frustrated and bored. By taking small breaks throughout the workday, you’re letting your brain balance itself out and handle tasks with more enthusiasm and focus, boosting your productivity.

3. Breaks Let You Look at the Bigger Picture.

When your focus mode is running on fumes, it’s doing the opposite of what it should be doing – focusing. In this case, you develop a sense of tunnel-vision where you are handling the individual details of the project, but perhaps not handling them well and end up swerving off track. By taking a break, you are allowing your brain to figuratively take a breath and broaden its scope of attention from just “finish the task, finish the task, finish the task.” In doing so, you can look at your project as a whole more objectively and see where you need to adjust your course to bring better results, boosting productivity and the quality of your work as a whole.

4. Activity Helps Your Brain Think More Clearly

You may be dreading that break, since you only have a few hours to handle a certain project and that’s a few minutes you can’t spare. You’re already stretched too thin; if you leave, you’ll never be able to focus again, right? The exact opposite is true, actually. By standing and walking around during a break, you are boosting your blood flow and allowing your body to stretch out its muscles. Biologically, you are telling your body to be prepared for activity and a new sort of task, and it is priming itself for the work as it did for our ancestors back when we were fighting tigers and other cool things. In modern day, desk jobs represent the calmer elements of your life and your body can interpret this as a time of rest rather than work, lulling into a sleepy feeling.

5. Food Boosts Your Brain’s Abilities

In this same way, while your brain cannot run on fumes, neither can the rest of your body. While you may feel that you’re not that hungry and can skip a meal, if you find you’re lagging behind in work, this is the perfect time to go against your judgement and eat a decent meal. By eating something – and something of substance, not just a snake – you are giving your brain fuel to work with and to devote to its ‘power cells.’ You ever notice that lights become brighter after a meal? This is your body coming off ‘power-save mode’ and preparing for action. By eating something, your brain can function more clearly and more efficiently than before.

It can be easy to feel guilty about taking a break, especially if you have many responsibilities weighing down on you and your productivity level. Businesses and employees alike all strive to deliver the best they can, and rather than feeling guilty about taking a few minutes to yourself every few hours, you should feel accomplished. By allowing yourself this small amount of time, you are actually ensuring your work is more efficient and more pleasing than before.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

4 Reasons Why Your Business Needs a New Website

Making a connection is the most important part of any marketing plan, and there’s no better way to connect with consumers than with the internet. A website serves as a headquarters for your business, inspiring many brick-and-mortar stores to move entirely to the internet. Not only do you have the opportunity to reach a broader audience, but the chance of winning a customer’s favor over the competition is all decided by the look, feel, and features of your website.


Most consumers will avoid a business if they do not have a website, as not having a website is much like a storefront with no name, signs, or any indication that it’s more than an empty building. Perhaps you’ve already created a website, but reality is knocking on your door with a big surprise: it may not be enough. An acceptable website five years ago is considered an old duffer yelling at kids to get off their lawn today, and the most pressing concern is one thing: consumers will notice this.

It might be time to create a new website for your business, and here are four reasons why:

1. It’s Not Designed to Suit Mobile Users

Statistics show that 46% of customers browse the internet on their phone only, and if your website makes it difficult for them to navigate or even access from their phone, they won’t give you the benefit of the doubt. The mobile craze has exploded over the recent few years, and while your website may not have needed this function before, it certainly does now.

A mobile-friendly site requires pages to be downsized to fit smaller screens, features to be modified or excluded to match slower processing times, and pictures to be resized to keep their proper look in a reduced size. By creating a new website, by using available templates or by hiring a professional designer, you can avoid blurred pictures, buggy features, slow loading times, and bulbous pages, instead enjoying a website that looks crisp, modern, and designed with functionality in mind, encouraging visitors to choose you over the competition.  

2. It Doesn’t Match Modern Styles

People spend a great deal of time online and have an eye for what quality looks like. First impressions are everything, especially with businesses. The visual appeal of your site can be the deciding factor between a web surfer who continues to browse your page and one who clicks away, so if it was built a few years ago and matches the styles, trends, and themes of that time, a consumer will notice this difference and see your website as old, outdated, and inactive. This gives the impression that your business is of lower quality than the competition, which has devoted the extra effort to staying current, engaging, and modern.

It may be time to create a new website – one that shows the originality, credibility, and creativity of your brand. With the right designer, the look alone can compel a consumer to keep browsing and learn about additional services you have to offer, boosting your success.

3. It’s Not Search Engine Optimized (SEO)

SEO is one of the deciding factors in a website’s success, and inherently the business’s as well. By including very carefully chosen keywords in your website content, you can enhance the likelihood of your website arriving on the first results of a Google search. Most people never click beyond the first page of their search results, making it vital for your business to be amongst the highest ranks.

As SEO is relatively new and always evolving, if your website lacks the necessary keywords, you’ll have a better chance of showing up on the last page than the first, forever being lost to the boneyard of the internet. Meanwhile, the competition thrives with their SEO websites and their high rankings, taking away your potential profit. By creating a new website, you can revise your content to include these vital keywords to match the latest trends. Additionally, you can even create new content altogether, offering a fresher and more engaging impression to consumers while boosting your rankings.

4. It Doesn’t Have Fresh Content

A website serves as the headquarters for your business in the digital world, where curious consumers, random web surfers, and potential business partners can browse what you have to offer, what your work ethic is, and whether you’re the right choice. Having this hub is vital, but as times are evolving, a successful website cannot be a stagnant one. Fresh content and activity on a website shows consumers that you are present, engaged, and looking to interact with them, offering a real personality that they can trust over a silent page for them to browse.

It’s wise to include a blog function where daily or weekly posts are made on information relevant to your business or field. This can broaden your chances of ranking higher in a search result, and will gain a wider range of visitors who may visit for your blog post but stay for your services. In the worst case, should a consumer not make a purchase, they are still becoming familiar with your brand, making them more likely to recommend you to others.

Free eBooks serve this same purpose, as consumers may not be interested in purchasing your service but will be interested in reading a small eBook. This gives them an opportunity to learn about the personality and credibility of your business. As a bonus, you can gather their email addresses for newsletters, enhancing your marketing potential.

A successful business in the modern age must have a website, but an outdated one without the correct features has a chance of harming you instead of helping. The latest, most enhanced, most trending, and most active site is the one which will garter attention, rival against competition, and keep you in high favor. With this in mind, it may be time to create a new website for your business, revitalizing your internet presence while presenting consumers with a new, fresher look.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

3 Ways You Can Use Social Media to Generate More Business

Social media rules the internet. While there are countless webpages on a number of topics and for a number of purposes, one must admit that social media sites like Facebook, Twitter, and Tumblr have gained a reputation for a loyal, active, and insightful audience looking to communicate, connect, and enjoy the fruits of collaboration. With this in mind, and since the business world is going online, it’s crucial for companies to cash in on the social media opportunity.

By keeping these three things in mind, you can use social media to generate more leads, positive feedback, and profits for your business than ever before.

social media

1. Build a Brand Personality

Professionalism is the key for any business. However, especially with the explosion of the internet and the way it has hyper-connected the world, having a personality to make you stand out from the crowd is what determines wild success or, well, the lack thereof. There are so many businesses online, and so many for customers to choose, so why should they pick you? One reason: they like you. Social media allows you to create a personality for your brand that will connect with readers and make them feel like they can trust you, making you the first choice over a faceless entity that resembles all the credibility of Slenderman in a dark city park.

- Talk about more than just your business. While your account is for business, your content shouldn’t be entirely business-focused. Followers look at your content because it interests them. No one appreciates spam that only talks about the latest deals, the new changes in price, or why they should use your services. A healthy dose of new content will have your followers interested, willing to pay attention when you do post a form of advertisement.

- Be consistent. While you and your best friend might jump from topic to topic mindlessly, a certain amount of professionalism has to be maintained when building a brand personality. Be sure to keep your posts relevant to your company, though diverse. If you are a florist shop, post articles about the meaning behind flowers, the ten most on-demand flowers of the year, or pictures of weddings with certain flowers. This gives your followers something to enjoy, compelling them to follow your content, while reminding them what your business is all about.

2. Reach a Broader Audience

The internet is a large place, but social media is where people congregate to enjoy their spare time. It’s essentially the Main Street of the digital world, and having an account on social media is like having a storefront right on the main strip, making you known to more people than ever before.

- Have multiple accounts.

With this in mind, it’s important to tap into all the potential. By having multiple accounts, it’s like opening a shop on every Main Street in every city for miles; those who may not visit LinkedIn may be on Facebook every day, and so on, allowing you to reach an audience who may not have done business with you simply because they didn’t know you existed. Be sure to not limit yourself to any one social media site; there’s much more potential, so why hold back?

- Know where your target audience is. Having an active account is crucial, otherwise the stagnant page will seem outdated and unprofessional, but managing a social media account can be both costly and time consuming with or without a professional manager to handle the task. While it’s important to have many accounts, there’s no need to open one on every site, only to let them sit dormant. Be sure to know where your audience is and target them in their habitat. If you sell baby clothes, then Facebook is a more popular site for moms than Tumblr, and you will have better luck reaching your target audience.

3. Engage With Your Audience

The most important part of social media is to be just that – social. It’s not “isolation” media, so the only way to reap the benefits is by reaching out, connecting with your audience, and encouraging them to pay attention to what you offer, what your company motto is, and how you stand out from the competition.

- Encourage conversation.

No matter your approach, it’s important to ask the question, “Will this encourage conversation?” People like to talk, especially online, so by inspiring dialogue, more familiarity is being developed with your brand, more people are paying attention, and it’s more likely your followers will recommend you to others. Be this commenting on other pages, messaging your followers, or making posts that end with a “call to action,” encouraging conversation will boost the activity of your page among followers, making them more willing to choose you over the less active businesses’ pages.

- Ask for suggestions.

Social media offers the perfect opportunity to gain feedback from your consumers and improve the quality of your services. While connecting is important, making the service or product you offer as quality as possible is truly what makes profits. Social media allows you to gain honest opinions from consumers or ask for advance suggestions on new products, so you can apply those changes early to save both time and money. This not only garters you valuable insights, but followers will feel included in the process and feel that you are valuing their opinions, building a relationship between the both of you that encourages trust and confidence, ultimately leading to greater profits.

Social media is as easy as talking to your friends, but for a business, it has many more rewards and far more complications. With a careful balance of professionalism and personality, focused content and a broad reach, your business can connect with customers, build a positive reputation for your entire brand, and improve the quality you can produce. This will gain profits not only for the short-term, but for the long-term benefit of your business.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

4 Ways to Boost Your Energy Levels

Everybody feels run down sometimes, or has had to force themselves out of bed in the morning. Most people have lamented at some time or another about having to make that seemingly endless commute to work. But if that feeling persists for days, it could be a sign of a deficiency that needs to be adjusted back into a healthy energetic pattern again. Here are four life empowering ways to bring your energy level back up to its maximum power again.


1. Eat fewer sweets and avoid that sugar crash afterwards

In order to avoid the energy drag of the dreaded sugar crash, the first thing you must do is cut down on all of the sodas and excessively sugary drinks. It’s easy to lose track with sweets and overdo it. This raises the body’s blood sugar, and then it starts to release insulin into the bloodstream. Exercise counteracts the effects that sugar has on your body. It helps to reduce the crash effect. Keep track of how much sugar you intake, and stick to firm limits. Don’t forget to reward yourself for sticking to your diet. Sugar seems harmless, but remember that too much of a good thing can sometimes turn bad.

Pick one day out of the week that you can cheat on your diet guilt free. This may sound crazy, but this way you will gain a sense of pride about when you get to take a break from being strict on yourself. Celebrate another week of success. Remember that this isn’t a license to binge; it’s just a sweet reminder of the rewards of accomplishing your goals. Stick to a structured plan of what you can eat and when. That six day stretch of self-discipline will pay off with a noticeably clearer energetic mindset, and also a healthier, fitter looking body from the benefits of eating well.

2. Keep healthy power snacks on hand with you

3 o’clock is usually the time when your personal energy tank runs out of gas, no matter what kind of lunch you’ve had. You still need a little something extra to get you to the end of your shift. This is why it is imperative to have healthy high protein, high in fiber foods with you for quick energy snacks. Healthy fats like nuts help counteract the negative effects of having a sugar crash in the middle of your day. Nutrient enriched snacks that are low in sugar will refuel and energize you back into your busy day, allowing you to successfully finish the rest of your shift with energy left over.

Some great foods that taste sweet, but have less sugar are: Trail mixes with nuts, and dried fruit. Carob can be a sweet substitution for chocolate in trail mix, which helps fend off those sugar tooth cravings. Almonds are high in protein, fiber, and “good” fats, which help produce quick long lasting energy when you’re feeling tired and run down. Energy bars are a good source of instant energy, as long as they are low in sugar, and high in fiber and protein. And also don’t have any unhealthy stimulants or unproven supplements.

3. Don’t go skipping regular meals when you’re busy

In today’s business market, if one wants to be successful in the future, it seems like they cannot waste any time in the present during their busy workdays, especially to take time out to eat. People work through lunch all the time. But they are taking a big toll on their body when it comes to concentration, stamina, and being able to focus properly. Their energy levels are constantly failing from lack of proper fueling. All meals are important, not just breakfast. They provide the fuel that powers the inner pistons of our body’s production abilities. Work better and smarter by not starving your body or your mind.

Prepare your meals in advance the day before, or in the morning. If you took the time to make it and pack it, most likely you will take time out to eat it after all the time, money, and effort that you put into making your meal. This is also a way to live healthier beyond lunchtime fast food fare. Planning and bringing your own meals also saves money from not having to pay for restaurant or corporate cafeteria bills. The practice of packing your meals into work will put extra cash savings in your pocket that you can spend in your off time, rather than on another work expense.

4. Drink less alcohol and more water the night before

According to Cosmopolitan’s 17 Expert-Tested Ways to Prevent a Hangover, one should double up on the multivitamins before one starts drinking alcohol for the night. At the end of the night, make sure that you drink plenty of water with-out overdoing it, once again, there is always something that can easily turn into too much of a good thing, and even water can be one of them. Using booze in moderation is always going to be the best choice of action. Always remember that booze is the number one thing that has a tendency to become too much of a good thing the night before.

Make sure to eat when drinking alcohol, and intentionally choose blended drinks that are made with an ample amount of ice. That way you can always stay properly hydrated throughout your night-out. Taking more Vitamin B12 will work the morning to help to relieve your hangover. When one drinks alcohol, their bodies encounter a drop in their blood sugar. A glass of juice in the morning will usually do the trick when it comes to bringing it back up to normal levels. It’s important to still do your best to eat a good lite breakfast the morning after. When we allow ourselves to get dehydrated, we lose important electrolytes that our bodies need, so it is very important to continue to keep hydrating all day after a night of even moderate drinking.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

5 Quick Tips for Increasing Productivity

Distractions, personal phone calls and emails, that “Chatty Kathy” coworker that just won’t leave you alone, low energy, trouble focusing. All these things are productivity killers in the workplace. These types of workplace weeds need to be rooted out and discarded; otherwise they will slowly strangle a worker’s productivity rate before they are even aware of it. Here are 5 quick-tips that will help make your productivity goals happen on a regular basis.

unproductive at work

1. Proper Time Management

Managing blocks of your time in order to focus all your energy on one project is a time tested and useful productivity tool. One trick is to set an hourly timer to avoid outside distractions by allotting special time out for an important project. Set a timer for an hour and when it is up, take a 1 to 3 minute quick refresher break, and then set the timer for another hour and do it again. Also, set some time away at the end of the shift in order to schedule the next working day’s top priority projects.

Do all your errands in one run, IE: Answering phone call messages, emails, more coffee, copies, etc. Then come back focused back and ready for some serious work. This way all of those little potential stops in production are then efficiently taken care of in one fell swoop. By grouping all of your low priority tasks together, you will get more done in a shorter period of time. Always make sure that you schedule your errands appropriately with what you need to accomplish for the day.

2. Always take your breaks

Taking your break is actually a key factor to positive productivity. A 10 to 15 minute scheduled break can help you recharge yourself. But also make sure to take small mini-breaks when you feel like you’re losing focus on your project. Just a 1 to 3 minute break can make all of the difference in the world when it comes to being able to concentrate properly on your work. Routinely take and enjoy your lunch breaks, and also do your best to relax for a few minutes before going back to work.

Refresh, recharge, revitalize, and then go back to work reinvigorated. Be ready for the task at hand again. By doing this, work will once again take priority. This will allow you to work efficiently for a longer span of time. Take your break, and then come back and keep eating away at that workload. Also, keep your focus by not trying to multitask too much. This is something that most humans do poorly, no matter how much they profess not to. Multitasking always just ends up being more mentally exhausting and confusing than sticking to one project.

3. Block out distractions

Finish the most important tasks first before your mind gets foggy or distracted and needs a break. In this way you can get done what needs to be finished first. Then you can come back from a short break and finish up on the lesser work priorities. Be as strict on yourself as you need to be when it comes to prioritizing. By being distracted by less important things, you put all of your work in a holding pattern – holding patterns are productivity busters! It is pointless to allot time for big things, and then fall short on your commitments because of all the little things.

Once again, stay away from your email. Checking it every time a message comes in is a complete distraction and a waste of time. Turn off that cell phone if it’s not a work phone. One can always check their voicemail and email every hour on a micro break. If interruptions become inconvenient, and persistent, don’t be afraid to put up a “Please Do Not Disturb” sign if it comes down to that. Your productivity is a direct key to your success.

4. Know yourself, your goals, and what you’re working towards

Know what your prime time is and utilize it. Everyone has a certain time of the day when their performance is at its peak. Utilize that time when you are at your most productive. Set up a solid foundation for a new project after you’ve finished the first one. Choosing the right time to work is crucial to keeping up production, so use your time wisely. Some people’s prime times are in the mornings, while others are midday or evenings. Find out which one is your prime time and schedule it in for tougher projects.

Everyone is searching for ways to pump up their productivity at work. Whether it’s to stand out in front of management, or if its management wanting to stand out in front of their CEO, everyone wants to be noticed and rewarded for the outstanding work that they do. Excellent production rates define success and are what gets you noticed by your boss in a positive way. Positive production numbers lead to that promotion that everybody else at work wants also. So know your goals and constantly move towards them, and always strive to surpass all of your
co-working competition.

5. Positive thinking equals positive production

A positive attitude will always boost productivity. Keep on the bright side of work, identify problems and then come up with working solutions. A depressed working environment creates negative production; an overall positive one creates positive productivity rates. It’s just plain good common sense. Know your working habits. Make sure to take time out to renew your energy and gain your focus back, and always uphold a positive attitude at all times.

Remember to also reward yourself for a job well done. By using these five quick basic tips, you will absolutely improve your daily productivity and morale. This will not only make your day easier, but your nights more comfortable as well – Knowing that you left work meeting your goals again. Always equate good productivity with your own sense of positive self-worth and accomplishment, because all three go hand in hand with each other.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

Standing Desks: Does it really increase productivity?

Stand-up desks are becoming more than a trend in 2015. They are actually the new norm with both startups, and long established companies. But what about the claims that stand-up desks promote office productivity? This article will help separate the actual facts, from the hype, about stand-up office desks.

standing desks

Stand-up desks and their reputation for increasing productivity, relates to the human subconscious. It has to do with the way the mind and body perceives work, and what it considers work. When someone is too comfortable in their chair, and their standard office desk, the mind and body relax and they start to wander and lose focus – and then productivity starts to suffer. Large companies have been catching on to this inherent psychological fact, with successful corporations like Google, and Facebook, utilizing stand-up desk arrangements in their offices, in order to counteract the actual counterproductive effects of being overly comfortable at work.

Adjustable stand-up desks allow for both sitting and standing. This way, one can pick and choose how they want to work. When someone is tired of standing, they also have the option to take a short break by sitting down and taking a load off their feet, and conveniently lowering the desk to the proper height. When they feel that they are getting too comfortable and losing focus, then they can easily adjust their desk back to a higher standing position. This convenience is a comfort to anyone who has had reservations about standing while working at a desk. Adjustable stand-up desks also accommodate all body statures, adjusting to the perfect height for the individual worker. All standard office desks fail to compete with these features when compared to modern adjustable stand-up desks.

One of the most commonly heralded pluses that office managers have to say about stand-up desks is that they keep the employee energy flowing in the workplace. Stand-up desks also help to relieve the potential health issues that sitting all day at a standard desk can potentially cause, such as the increased risk of heart disease, obesity, and back pain. This helps office productivity in the long run, with less lost working days due to illness or injury. According to CBS News, a 2015 study by the Annals of Internal Medicine found that too much sitting can raise one’s risk of death, even if they exercise when not at work.
Some of the benefits of stand-up desks in the workplace:

1. Alert and more focused energy when standing.

2. Longer stamina when it comes to concentration.

3. Lower anxiety levels when standing.

4. Better posture due to less slumping.

5. Less headaches, backaches, and health problems from prolonged sitting.

Schools have also recognized the learning benefits of stand-up desks to children, when they use them in the classroom. Dr. Mark Benden, associate professor at Texas A&M Health Science Center School of Public Health, published a study in the International Journal of Health Promotion and Education, stating that he found a 12 percent higher on-task engagement when the children were using standing type desks rather than standard desks, which equated to an extra seven minutes per hour of engaged instruction time. This does not of course mean that parents should demand that their children stand all day at school, the children still had chairs as an option when they were tired of standing. Throwing the chairs out of school or work would be a ridiculously poor choice. Giving workers an option between standing and sitting is a more rational and effective way to enhance both office morale, and productivity.

A choice between a stand-up desk and a standard desk should not be a choice of either standing or sitting all day, but a choice of doing either when the situation or project warrants it. A stand-up desk gives one more options that a standard desk, plain and simple. That is an indisputable fact that no study can disprove. Common sense dictates that a happy medium between the two is going to be the healthiest and most productive method at the office. This is a fact that commonly gets overlooked in the ongoing debate on the merits of stand-up desks or standard desks. What should be held in focus is what is best for the business and its employees, depending on what their working style is, and their individual traits and habits. A stand-up desk cannot be forced, it must be preferred.

The trouble with all the ongoing studies regarding standing vs. sitting at work is that they constantly contradict each other, regardless of how reputable the source is. CBS News has recently now reported that after a new study released by the University of Exeter, and University College London, that sitting is not as dangerous as past believed, in fact, that standing is as equal in health risks as sitting is. Once again, this is where common sense has to prevail in this debate. So many conflicting studies have confused the real issue of what is a right fit for both the business type, and the office worker as well.

It should be noted, though, that the above UK study was one of the most extensive and lengthiest studies on the health issue of standing vs. sitting, to date. It encompassed 5,000 study subjects over a period of 16 years. It should be noted also that the study did not focus on the productivity issue whatsoever. The best piece of advice for potential new stand-up desk recipients, or standard desk holdouts, is to continue to keep mobile regardless, take mini-breaks and allow for the proper rest in one’s off times. This will reduce the health risks of prolonged immobility, and also increase both a workers’ concentration and productivity.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

Bored at Work? 3 Signs You May Need a Career Change

We all get bored at work. Maybe the work is tedious; maybe your boss has experienced some sort of personality transplant that makes them akin to a supervillain; or maybe your colleague has decided the outlet to their boredom is irritating you to your absolute limit. Even if you’re following your passions and doing what you absolutely love, there will come days when you’d rather curl up on your bed and watch Netflix instead. That’s normal. That will pass.

career change

But there is an entirely different level of bored – one that indicates a need for change. You might be at a job that drags you down in every way – tainting your personality, your self-esteem, and even your physical wellbeing. There are plenty of signs to indicate whether you’re experiencing a bad day or if you need to get away from that job like it’s the sinking Titanic.

Here are three main signs to let you know if you need a career change:

1. You Dread It

There are some days when you really don’t want to go to work; this is usually the result of a new episode of your favorite show coming out, or a friend inviting you to hang out for the day. That’s normal; yet the need for a career change comes when this feeling is kicked up to eleven.

- Emotional strain.

Picture it. You’re sitting at home with your family or are out with friends, having a great time! Then you glance at the clock and realize that in twelve hours, you’ll be back at your job. The anxiety sets in – the “I really, really don’t want to do this,” feeling. Even though you have more than half a day before then, the rest of the evening is tainted by the dreaded anticipation. The same happens the next week, and the next. Then when you do attend work, you’re constantly watching the clock and feeling a hit of frustration every time you realize it’s not quitting time. This is your subconscious sending you a message. It dislikes the work, the environment, or maybe the job as a whole and wants nothing more than to escape the situation.

- Physical ailments.

The body sends us signals when we’re in trouble; if you’ve ingested something toxic, your stomach will vomit it up. If there is too much strain on the eyes, a headache will arise. If you feel physically ill, drained, or taxed when Monday morning rolls around, it’s your body sending you a warning that this job is bad for you and it doesn’t wish to continue. If this is a constant affliction, then for your own wellbeing, you should listen to what your body is saying.

2. There’s Little Room for Improvement

Humanity is an ambitious species. Our history is full of events where people try something new, improve something old, and make discoveries that change the world. We each want to tap into this potential, but some jobs don’t allow us.

- Your opinions are overlooked.

People feel most useless when they’re not allowed to share their creativity. The ability to offer your suggestions and creative ideas, and see something genuinely improve from your input is motivating, validating, and encourages you to drive onwards. However, when this opportunity is taken away from you, you’ll end up feeling apathetic and bored in your position. In these cases, it’s wise to find a new career which values your abilities.

- Your chances of promotion are ignored.

Achieving greater wages, greater influence, and greater benefits motivates us to work harder. However, if your managers continuously deny you these advantages, why should you put in the extra effort? If you feel like you’ve made all the advancements you think you can, and see little potential of your boss offering you any future ones, then for the sake of your profit and your emotional wellbeing, you should consider a different profession.

- You hate your boss and co-workers.

Humans are social creatures, and without a connective network that allows us to interact, collaborate, and enjoy our time, work becomes dull and lifeless. This cuts down on your productivity, your enthusiasm, as well as your motivation to deliver quality work. The best jobs are the ones which promote collaboration and interaction, and if your position lacks this, finding an alternative which offers you a solid network is the best solution.

3. You Feel Trapped

Our subconscious knows us better than we do. When we’re trapped in a situation we wish to escape, we most times search for solutions and alternatives to our current positions in subtle ways. This also comes with excuses as to why we stay.

- “I’m in it for the money.”

It’s a common excuse, and when you’ve exhausted all alternatives, this is likely your last resort. After all, money is a necessity for every life! However, as the Beatles illustrated, “money can’t buy you love.” If your emotional and physical wellbeing is put at risk at your current job, and if your personal life and relationships are being negatively affected as a result, then what is that worth? Ask yourself the question, “If I could leave tomorrow and not have my financial security risked, would I?” Your answer will make the decision for you – should you stay or should you find a job that pays perhaps less, but allows you to enjoy your life?

- Do you dream of other jobs?

You may find yourself scrolling through alternative jobs on the internet, unknowingly daydreaming about new prospects. Perhaps you watch your favorite show and think, “I bet that character’s job would be really nice,” or “I wish I had that job.” This is your mind saying what you will not – it wants a change, and inherently so do you. A career change may be just what you need.

Staying at the wrong job can result in great strain to yourself, your relationships, and to the work you produce. If you identify with these three signs, then the answer is clear. Time to go job hunting!

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

5 Jobs that Allow You to Work from Anywhere

By acquiring some new working skills from a few college courses, or utilizing some naturally inherent skills, the road out of the office building and onto the outside world could be closer than one might think. Getting paid by your own clients, by working online in your own preferred work setting, is as simple as considering some of the top 5 career choices listed below, which will allow you to work productively from practically anywhere.


1. Computer Programmer

Computer programmers, also known as software developers, design, test, and analyze applications, along with program implementations. Competent, expert, computer programmers are highly prized within the Tech industry. This is a profession where one’s past technical successes, and affiliated groundbreaking past projects, can hold more merit than years of college education. Web applications, desktop and mobile apps, and high tech data development are all the life-force of the computer programmers world. Successful, talented programmers are paid very well for their high stress, and monumental production oriented business environment. According to U.S. News, Money, salaries range from $57,940 in the 25th percentile, $76,140 as a median range salary, and a very livable $97,760 in the 75th percentile.

Computer programming requires a fairly extensive amount of educational training. A bachelor’s degree is a standard requirement for most established firms. Some entry level positions allow for a 2 year degree for some lower level aspects of the job. Internship is also a great way of getting one’s feet in the door of the industry and building a positive reputation after attaining an associate’s degree. As with most Tech industries, the office atmosphere is usually a casual one that tends to utilize a co-working office setting, and an encouraged remote working environment.

2. Graphic Designer

Graphic designers are in high demand and the pay isn’t too bad either. An accredited and talented graphic designer can expect to bring in a median wage of $890 a week, around $42,000 yearly according to Forbes’s Top 10 Best-Paying Work-At-Home Jobs. Here are some of the reasons why a career in Graphic Design is a great choice for those who prefer the freedom to work anywhere they choose, rather than be tethered to an office desk all day. This job is what a creative person lives to wake up for in the morning.

Today’s design programs are equipped to express every color, shape, and effect in state-of-the-art stunning graphics. A graphic designer’s client list includes advertisers, small and big business, organizations, and entertainment industries just to name a few. A designer’s projects can be anything from website backgrounds and artwork, to designing posters, brochures, magazines, and other types of print as well. Graphic designers normally have allot of leeway to do their work remotely, given most work is done on the computer in-between pitch meetings with clients, and final draft showings.

3. Translation Specialist

The World is getting smaller and smaller as technology and global populations move forward. Business markets are continuing to grow globally as well, and with these new multinational markets come a need, and sometimes a shortage of, translation specialists of all assorted languages. lists Mexico as the United States most major trading partner, with U.S. trade goods with Mexico reaching a hefty 41.2 billion dollars in 2015. A speaker fluent in both English and a second language may just find that they were missing out on a whole career. Popularly used business languages include Spanish, Arabic, French, and Chinese. According to the job site, the average salary of a translation specialist is $58,000 a year.

In the last decade, this career field has grown positively stronger along with the global economy. With the tough times of the Great Recession thankfully behind us, the future of the world economy is looking better every day, with a few unfortunate world exceptions. Asia is still a strong contender in world trade despite its recent stock market tumbles. This means that along with Spanish translators, Asian language specialists will continue to be in high demand as well. One perk to the translation industry is the high amount of remote worker usage involved. Freelanced translation workers are also popular business tools for making sure that the Worlds businesses are properly communicating with each other in order to avoid embarrassing and costly misunderstandings. Being a translator is one way to enjoy working where you want to, free from the 9 to 5 office crowd.

4. Website Design

If one has a natural talent for format, color, and design, and basic to intermediate computer literacy skills as well, a career in web design might be in their future. Web designers work with programs such as Adobe Dreamweaver that utilizes HTML code and CSS and PHP, along with programs like Photoshop to layer images and background themes. All the great looking sites on the internet first had great designers meticulously programming in all the little details into a client’s website, in order for it to work smoothly and look properly on the World-Wide-Web. Creativity is the cornerstone of web design, and creative people tend to work both outside the box, and especially outside of the standard office cubicle. puts the average web designer salary at $59,000. Web designers are notorious for working at home or out of temporary office workplaces, such as co-working rental spaces. Since all the files are normally sent digitally over the internet between client and designer, it makes being a web designer a perfect job for one who likes to work anywhere they feel like working on a given day.

5. E-Commerce

Online Entrepreneurship is one way to be able to work from any location one chooses to; be it from a comfortable hotel room, or on the beach. Web store providers have flooded the online market, and with all that competition trying to sell you a monthly subscription to your services, the price of setting up an online store has dropped dramatically. The venues for a web store are almost as unlimited as well. Whether opening a store on Facebook, Etsy, or eBay, all are low cost methods of selling a product or service without the high overhead of a land based business.

Making your living online while traveling around the country or abroad is a “Digital Nomad’s” dream of all dreams. One must find that online niche, of course, that people need via the convenience of the internet. The web is full of success stories from people who just decided to go for it and cut the office strings, and proceeded to enjoy their new found freedom. The five careers listed above are all gateways to feeling the freedoms of being your own boss, even if you are technically working for someone else.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

Tired of Working from Coffee Shops? Here are 3 Alternatives

Every remote worker or freelancer has probably at one point or another used Starbucks as an office, paying dearly for it by having to buy over-priced coffee drinks. One either sits there sipping one worn out cup of coffee all day or get amped out of their minds by buying too many cups, and end up spending enough for a real office rental. Sooner or later when working out of a coffee shop, people will be faced with having to use the bathroom. When this happens, deciding what they will do with their laptop and all of their stuff in order to use the bathroom is the worst part of it. Ask a stranger to watch the stuff for them for a minute? – Dubious. Pack all of their stuff into the bathroom, and then set it all back up again afterwards? – Tedious. There is no good answer. This is one of the many reasons why working out of a coffee shop can literally be a pain in the butt, especially when working from the ones with uncomfortable, hard, chairs.

remote working

Listed below are 3 alternatives to working out of a coffee shop:

1. Public Libraries

Public libraries do not sound very glamorous, but they have two very important advantages over working out of coffee shops. Number One is the lack of constant clatter associated with packed coffee shops during their many daily rushes; the library is inherently a quiet zone. Number Two, the public library is free, and nobody bats-an-eye if you’re there for hours intensely working on something on your laptop, neither does anyone make you buy anything to stay there. As long as you do not eat or drink, nor God-forbid, spill something, you are mostly left alone to do your work in the Public library.

The price of admission to most public libraries is a valid ID and a current piece of mail proving residency in their allotted area. Then the free WI-FI that most libraries offer is up for grabs along with a quiet, secluded, table among the many books. The library is not suited for the type of freelancer or remote worker that needs a constant bustle of talk and activity around them in order to do their work. But it is an ideal spot for the worker who prefers a quiet but somewhat active environment in which to be able to concentrate in, with a minimal amount of interruptions and distractions that usually occur in popular public environments. As both with coffee shops and co-sharing offices, it is still a dilemma as to what to do with your laptop and things if you have to use the bathroom, especially when you’re in a room full of strangers from all walks of life, good and bad – So just make sure that you are easily secured and mobile, with all the assorted things you need to work with on a daily basis safely in tow.

2. Major Grocery Stores

Some great underutilized free Wi-Fi spots are major grocery stores. Today’s modern trend in grocery store perks provides a surprising number of plush customer lounges that are being offered in most stores. They often are shared by delis or coffee stands, but they do not usually require a purchase from them in order to use the grocery stores courtesy waiting area. These free internet hotspots with plenty of open tables, usually simply require a complimentary sign up with a store VIP discount card program, which provides the access code to the internet in the form of the account number on the savings card issued. Grocery store courtesy lounges tend to be much quieter than busy coffee shops. If one feels self-conscious about using the lounge area without buying something, the entire grocery store is at one’s disposal. Food is available at drastically discounted prices compared to a coffee shops limited and expensive food and beverage options. Choosing the local grocery store over the coffee shop is an effective way to cut the little required purchase expenses that come along with being a digital nomad who travels from free-spot to free-spot.

3. Co-sharing Business Centers

Co-sharing providers, or co-working workplaces, rent out shared workspaces with no
long- term commitment. They provide the space, internet, telephones, some standard office equipment such as computers and printers, lockers, and even “co-shared” front receptionists, who answer the phone and greet visitors for an added fee. Conference rooms can also be temporarily rented as extra options, along with private temporary office space as well. They also normally offer some sort of “Virtual Office” options where the member has their business mail addressed to, and collected at the office building, and the establishment also answers the member’s business calls with an optional message taking service.

Co-working rental prices vary upon location and office package options. A space with basic office amenities can be rented very economically for as low as $145.00 a month in a town such as Santa Cruz, for up to $300 per month in high rent cities such as San Francisco and Los Angeles. Daily passes are available for an affordable $15, $20 or $30 dollars. Co-sharing is popular with fledgling entrepreneurships that are not large enough yet to warrant a standard fixed office. Tech companies also tend to favor renting shared office space for their projects, along with small business startups.

Do you have to put on headphones and turn up the music to drown out the gossip at the next table when working out of a coffee shop? There are so many distractions around a coffee shop and so many reservations about the safety of your laptop if you are distracted in any way from your table for even a minute. Ambient noise can be a good thing, a mentally stimulating thing, but when it is sustained to the high levels of clatter as a busy coffee shop, then the overwhelming amount of distractions becomes too poor of an environment to be able to promote any worthwhile production in. Especially while trying not to spill your coffee on your laptop on a small, cramped table, which is surrounded by a line of busy nine-to-fivers. These are just some of the reasons why it’s easy to become tired of working out of coffee shops.


CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

5 Ways to Build Contacts in Any Office Environment

Regardless of the type of business, or size of office, without a solid contact list a business will not be in business long without return clients. Following simple time tested methods of accumulating not just names and numbers, but the extra details about your contacts, will help you fulfill your contacts needs through your company.

building contacts

Your success relies on the quality of the relationships you build with clients. The goal, of course, is to build strong, long lasting associations; this is the life’s blood of a company’s working capital. A business relationship starts with the first sale. Keeping a client relationship ongoing is a constant endeavor that requires some finesse, diligence, and patience, not to mention more than a little personable public relations skill. Listed below are 5 ways of building strong contact connections in any type of business or office environment.

1. Know Your Contacts

By knowing the small details about your contacts it makes it easier for you to mutually connect mentally beyond just knowing the basic client profile information about them. This is where meticulous note taking comes into play. When a client or business associates personal facts come up, IE: Kids, spouse, birthdays, hobbies, etc., make sure that they are recorded down so that next time you are communicating with them, you can add a tasteful and reasonable amount of personal touch to the tone. It’s important to convey a warm and welcoming perception of you and the company you represent. Make sure to jot down a client or business associates preferences and usual purchase habits as well. This way, you will know their needs without them having to ask or remind you. People by nature are drawn back to an establishment where they feel well known at; make sure that the establishment they come back to is your company.

2. Build an Honest Reputation

In business, your word is your bond. It should be considered just as valid and binding as if it was written on paper. Bad reputations are seldom healed or the same after being damaged.

Word of mouth has become a powerful societal tool since the invention of the World Wide Web. The last thing a company needs is to get negative reviews and posts, plaguing them on social media and review/listing sites online. Honesty is always the best policy when dealing with contacts. Being caught in just one lie is all it takes to lose either a fresh contact, or a high revenue long term one. Everyone knows in business that technically, the client isn’t really always right. But they also understand that making things right for the client will potentially bring in far more return business. Taking the high road is always the right path to success when encountering problems with a contact.

3. Communicate Regularly

One doesn’t have to communicate often, but they should regularly communicate with their business contacts when pertinent to do so. The old saying, “Out of Sight, Out of Mind” rings especially true when it comes to your contact list. There is so much competition in the world that one can’t afford to be out of a client’s mind for too long. One way of casually reminding your contact that you are ready to meet there business needs, is to call or email a reminder when a client misses a regular order. Another way to keep regular contact is to read from your contact notes, and when a client’s favorite item or service comes up on special, you can inform the client and let them know you are ready to serve them at their convenience.

4. Own Your Mistakes

Humility is a virtue that most people can respect. Everyone makes mistakes, and as long as those mistakes do not repeatedly continue, everyone will most likely forgive them when they are honorably owned up to. The worst case scenario is that you will lose a contact and a source of revenue in a client, or advantage in a business relationship. The truth is though, that the mistake is bound to come out anyway, so it looks much more professional to immediately apologize for the screw up and show your contact that you are doing everything possible, as soon as possible, in order to rectify the problem. This type of action will usually smooth over any unfortunate company mistakes with the contacts, which may occur during the normal daily course of doing business.

5. Don’t Push It

Sometimes, a relationship with a client is not the best fit for both parties concerned. This is where ego gets in the way and has to be let go of. Accommodate your contact by handing them over to another employee that may be a better match for them. When something doesn’t work for a contact, improvise and find something that will. If that still doesn’t work, you will still have the satisfaction that you did your best before having to part ways and move on. The contact should be able to perceive this as well, and at least not part angry with the service.

Passiveness will get you nowhere with contacts, but pushiness will get you even less ground, and possibly turn them away from dealing with you; take the middle ground and always balance between the two.

Marketing tools such as websites and mailing lists do their part in bringing in contacts, but it is up to the businesses human factor to properly utilize those contacts and keep their shelf life sustained. New clients keep the well fresh and the revenue flowing, but having a full reservoir of viable long term contacts will keep the business afloat in tough times, and help strengthen its foundation further in good times as well. Following the simple guidelines listed above will help channel those contacts into mutually beneficial relationships by building upon and constantly tending to them, with the time tested strategies that are the pillars of which successful businesses have been built upon throughout time-good solid contacts.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

3 Reasons Why Working from Home Can Decrease Productivity

In the last decade, the work-from-home population has grown over 29.4% since 2005, and the telecommuting trend has grown 80% since then, according to Global Workplace Analytics.

working from home

But just because something is a popular trend does not mean that it’s the right fit for everybody. Working from home can have some serious downfalls; one of the most prevalent of those downsides being the loss of productivity that can occur. Before deciding to move your traditional office life into your home life – Read the three main reasons listed below on why it can be easy to unwittingly decrease your production abilities when working at home.

1. The isolation factor

People in the ongoing debate about whether standard business offices are more or less productive than working from home, profess that because one doesn’t have a daily 9 to 5 deadline at the home office, it is easier to lose production time; no matter how many hours are spent in front of the computer. Being around your other coworkers shuffling and bustling through the office, all intent on finishing for the day in order to leave for home on time, adds an air of motivation that working alone at a residential home just can’t compete with. Quiet time has its merits in a busy and sometimes overly crowded, noisy office, but the overly quiet home office tends to be way too silent for allot of workers.

There is nothing like the feeling of accomplishment one gets from being a team player and sharing in the company’s successes with their coworkers. Milestones at the home office can be just as exhilarating, but the party of one at home is still no emotional match to sharing the glory with a group of working office associates. The constructive feedback and peer advice that is prevalent in a standard office setting is also lacking in the home office environment. One thing that the traditional office provides that is vital to production, is employee human interaction. Idea sharing and problem solving are both key factors in helping to connect with fellow coworkers in order to stimulate higher production rates.

Yahoo’s CEO, Marissa Mayer, stated the absence of employee collaboration within its telecommuting employees as part of her rationale for ending working remotely as an option with the company. Modern companies, especially Tech businesses, are based on high innovation and employee collaboration in their everyday office routine. They usually intentionally promote the two highly productive working techniques by designing in, and incorporating in, an open space, communal workplace, with plenty of interactive environments included. Break-time lounges and closely seated cafeteria lunch settings are also provided in order to bring employees collaboratively together in a mentally stimulating way. All of these time-tested productive traits, “fly out of the worker’s window” at the solitary home office.

2. The distractions of home-sweet-home

The work culture is very different between working from home, and working from a standard office building. Daily interferences tend to happen in the home office that can quickly become out of hand, culminating together into overwhelmingly anti-productive distractions. Children, spouses, dogs, cats, neighbors, UPS, and Jehovah Witnesses, all seem to converge at the most inopportune times in order to stop one’s concentration, offset their train of thought, and distract them from their productivity goal for the day. This fact also encouraged other companies besides Yahoo to deny the work-at-home trend to their employees by also banning the practice.

Newfound, at home workers, will find that since there was no escape from life’s daily chores, obligations, errands, and drop in’s when at home before; there will still be no escape when they are right in the middle of a project or contract that is close to deadline. There is an emotional strength in numbers at the traditional office building that naturally promotes an employee’s ambition, enhances their motivations, and instills competition in the workplace. Unfortunately, the personal home office, no matter how sophisticated and equipped, just cannot seem to come close to matching the old-school business office for productivity.

3. The potential lack of good self-management

Being a good manager is a difficult, meticulous, and ever diligent task. Management has to plan, assign, and network a project, while also having to check up periodically on their subordinates in order to ensure things are going smoothly. They also help troubleshoot problems when things are not going smoothly at all. When employees start working from home, some find out quickly how much they under appreciated their manager’s expertise and abilities. Especially when having to deal with the dueling roles of being both boss and employee. Poor management equals poor profit margins, which, unfortunately, when one is acting as their own boss, the loss comes directly out of the main project employee’s pockets – namely theirs if they’re self-employed and/or freelancing the work involved. Any lapse in self-discipline and an inferior work culture will absolutely hinder, or in worse case scenarios, absolutely decimate a worker’s productivity factor at home.

One might tend to lose their competitive edge when left out of the loop of the daily 9 to 5 rat race.  Standard office politics and ongoing competition for upcoming promotion openings enhance ambition. It doesn’t sound too glamorous when put in the above context, but as everyone has heard from one time or another, “Competition can be a healthy thing when put in the right perspective” – Meaning, that people get lazy and lose their edge without it. One of the greatest threats to being one’s own boss,  and single productive employee,  is becoming complacent in one’s own little world at a residential home office; and thus risk forgetting the rules to success of the company shark tank they once swam in.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

5 Benefits of Being a Digital Nomad

digital nomad

Workers have been trying to leave the confines of the workplace while still getting paid for centuries. With the technological advances in modern telecommunications, such as an ever broadening mobile access to the internet, and easy-to-find “free” Wi-Fi Hubs; the era of the digital business nomad is in its heyday, with a bright future ahead.
Definition of a Digital Nomad: An individual who exploits modern day communications technology in order to perform normal in-house business work duties, outside of the traditional workplace environment. IE: Home, coffee shops, public libraries, vehicles, etc.

Digital Nomads are a diverse bunch of working wanderers whose bulk includes the ever growing freelance population of writers, photographers, digital age designers of all sorts, and self-employed entrepreneurs who have not had the need yet to expand to a permanent office. According to, 3.3 million workers in the United States were telecommuting at least half of the time by 2013 (not including self-employed). The trend of remote workers leaving the constraints of the traditional workplace, for the freedom and flexibility of being a digital nomad, is expected to steadily grow by 2016 and beyond.

There is also a wealthier class of digital nomads, which travel across the country or internationally and rent temporary workspace from Co-sharing outfits in numerous major cities. Some also choose to simply work out of their hotel rooms as if it was a standard business office.
This is the domain of the successful startup entrepreneur who is setting up or promoting their new business, or a business owner who has multiple shops, offices, factories, etc. in different locations, either nationally or globally, which requires them to travel a substantial amount of
the time.

Below are the Top 5 benefits of being a Digital Nomad:

1. No More Commuting

Traffic, traffic, traffic, hectic commutes that take up precious hours of your life and replace them with stress filled, dangerous unpleasantness, draining your workday enthusiasm before you even get to the workplace, then crushing what is left of your patience and mental wellbeing in the exhausting fight to drive back home at the end of the day. Not having to commute to work is one of the major benefits to being a digital nomad. Choosing a close, quiet, workspace, or having the freedom to strategically navigate your working hours around rush hour, can be a psychological and productive godsend.

A new study on the average American worker’s commuting times, by, states that the nation’s workforce on average commutes 24.4 minutes to the job site, add another 24.4 minutes trying to get home during rush hour, if you are lucky, and that’s almost an hour minimum out of your busy day, every workday. From my experience, 24.4 minutes sounds like a conservative number. Add on at least double that time if one takes the bus to work. Even carpooling eats up valuable personal time accommodating everyone else in the group in the tedious process of going to and from the workplace.

2. Choice of Workspace

Some workers feel that just about anywhere else is a more positive working environment than being trapped in a confining office cubicle all day. The main complaint that standard office workers have, is the mind-crushing stifling of creativity that happens when isolated in a small boring office box. For the progressive remote worker, choosing their personal style of workplace, promotes inspiration, deflects boredom, and increases productivity, all with the simple accomplishment of finding a stimulating and interesting spot to work in, with an adequate internet access.

According to an article in the Huffington Post:

• Wi-Fi speeds have increased significantly with each release. 11a / 54Mbps / 1999 11n / 450Mbps / 2009 11ac-wave1 / 1.3Gbps / 2012
• There will be more than 7 billion new Wi-Fi enabled devices in the next 3 years as of 2014.
• 71% of all mobile communications flows over Wi-Fi.
• 90% of people move between devices to accomplish a goal. Reaching customers on-the-go is more important than ever before.
• 64% of hotels now offer free Wi-Fi.

3. Ability to Travel

Taking advantage of both the nomadic digital working lifestyle, and the ever dropping gas prices of 2015, can be a remote workers ticket to fun and adventure, while also accomplishing some worthwhile production. For the family person with children, this is a great way to spend quality time with the loved ones, and still put out quality work on the go. Given a choice between the office, or the beach, park, event, or comfortable hotel, the choice for most people should be easy. The ability to both travel, and work, is one of the most convenient and emotionally rewarding benefits of being a digital nomad.

4. Flexible Work Hours

For the digital nomad, the daily grind of the 9 to 5 workplace is no longer a prerequisite of climbing the ladder of success. Digital nomads have the ability to choose when, where, and how much work they need to do in one day. Weekends, nights, holidays, all once office nightmare shifts for the overworked or underappreciated, are all left up to the worker’s choice and necessity. The work simply is accomplished when it needs to be done according to the workers needs and abilities. Obligations are fulfilled at the remote workers own pace, and deadlines are met by responsible use of time management. This means, seldom having to miss a child or family member’s special event; this also means being able to schedule your work around your daily life, not your life around your work.

5. Being Your Own Boss

The easiest to convey benefit of being a working digital nomad is, of course, “Being Your Own Boss.” Even if you are technically working for someone else, basically every other aspect besides the specifics of the client’s project is totally left up to you, essentially, making-you-your-own-boss! The pitfall that needs to be remembered when being your own boss, is that if you are an irresponsible boss who shirks your duties whenever it is convenient for you to do so, then you will have an unproductive worker as well. Routine and self-discipline are the best course of action in insuring that you are a productive and efficient, digitally nomadic self-boss.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

Top 5 Careers of 2015

Top 5 Careers of 2015

With the current unemployment rate in the United States sitting at a concerning 5.5%, many members of the up and coming generation are thinking long and hard about their career choices. A college education does not mean a job, and if a job is attained, how can one be sure it will be a quality job which will sustain you throughout your life?

career choices

Don’t lose hope yet — there are many options which are thriving in the economy, providing crucial services to our society as well as an exceptional income to those who choose them as their career. Additionally, there are many position openings, and they still allow workers to have a personal life outside of work. Sound too good to be true? It isn’t.

Here are the top five careers of 2015, which have risen to the top of the charts due to their income, the unemployment rate, the positions available, as well as the additional benefits surrounding them.

1. Physician

This career has been a necessity since the beginning of time, and certainly earns its place on the list with a general salary of $186,850. If you were to choose this career path, when you’re not cruising in your Ferrari with your custom-built cyborg-superhero family, you could enjoy the safety of a 0.7 percent unemployment rate and over 123,300 potential job openings in 2015. These professionals have a wide range of skills depending on their chosen specialty, but this typically includes diagnosing and administering treatment to patients, prescribing medicine, and educating patients in methods to avoid disease, improve hygiene, and engage in a healthier diet.

2. Dentist

We all hate going to the dentist, but let’s face it; we need dentists. You might be able to limp around with that twisted ankle for a week, but what about that chipped tooth? The pain will get you eventually, and society’s need for their services is clearly shown in the numbers, as a dentist can earn upwards of $142,750 a year. This makes it a most appealing career to decide on if you have your eye on a fancy yacht. Their services in preventing harmful oral diseases, relieving tooth pain, and repairing smiles have made them a necessity where home remedies fail. There are expected to be 27,600 available jobs in 2015 and the unemployment rate for this career is a current 0.9%.

The schooling to earn a position like this entails a rigorous set of technical training, as well as hands-on learning under a supervisor. The dental program is notoriously difficult, creating a group of highly skilled professionals to match the annual profits.

3. Nurse Practitioner

This career choice sits as number three due to the reduced salary of $92,670 a year, but it also boasts of a 0.7 percent unemployment rate and over 37,100 expected job openings for 2015. Nurse practitioners have a wide range of duties and abilities. Since there is a current deficit in doctors in the United States, these professionals are credited with picking up the slack to make sure hospitals don’t look bad and patients don’t suffer. These tasks extend beyond the duties of an RN and to things such as ordering diagnostic testing, prescribing medication, and diagnosing a range of chronic conditions.

The schooling required to become a nurse practitioner is, at minimum, a master’s degree, although many in the field pursue higher schooling. This advanced knowledge makes them ideal for handling the many needs within a hospital when primary physicians are in short supply.

4. Pharmacist

While you’re sure to imagine silver chains and gold teeth at the word “drug pusher,” this professional variant makes the same money with a lot more morality – and far more regulations. This career is placed at number four in the list due to its higher wages but also its increased unemployment rate of 3.2%. The average pharmacist earns an income of $113,410 a year, and there are expected to be over 69,740 job openings in 2015. The details of the position have many technical responsibilities, such as ensuring the quality, legality, and integrity of the medicines they provide to patients, as well as educating these patients on the proper use of these medicines. Additionally, these professionals offer consultation to a range of customers seeking anything from Advil to cough medicine, diagnosing symptoms and suggesting over-the-counter solutions.

The schooling for this position has a minimum requirement of a Doctor of Pharmacy degree. After being accepted into this program, there is a two-year pre-professional course students must take, which includes chemistry, anatomy, biology, physics, and physiology.

5. Computer Systems Analyst

In this tech-enhanced age, it’s no surprise to find this positon on the top-five list out of all the jobs available in the good ol’ US of A. Though it’s a lesser known career path, it has fingerprints all over businesses and the market; even if you haven’t heard of them before, you’ve seen their work. Simply put, a computer systems analyst is in charge of bridging the gap between the IT department of a business and the rest of the business. No company in the modern age — no matter their field — can function without the use of the latest technology, and the computer systems analyst ensures the IT department functions properly while ultimately serving the greater needs of the company.

This entails a great deal of knowledge in many fields, not just computers, and their daily tasks can include analyzing data processing problems, enhancing system compatibility, calculating memory and speed requirements, and consulting higher-level businesspeople to focus the purpose of the IT department. This jack-of-all-trades skill earns them $83,800 a year with 120,440 expected job openings in 2015, though staying low on the list with a 2.5% unemployment rate.

These have been five of the top careers of 2015. If you’re looking for a position that will offer great wages, many responsibilities, and an admirable amount of esteem, then these fives choices should be the first on your list to consider.

Always Feeling Tired at Work? Try These 5 Tips to Boost Your Productivity

Do you feel yourself losing focus, energy, and drive during work? Perhaps you didn’t get enough sleep the night before or simply feel unmotivated to handle the day’s tasks, resulting in your feeling fatigued and tired, longing for a nap.

boost productivity

It happens to the best of us, but with these five tips, you’ll be able to fend off the tired feeling and boost your productivity.

1. Workout

The body utilizes a series of chemicals to determine when we are tired and when we are alert. While caffeine will boost your body instantly, physical activity drives endorphins and adrenaline through your veins and “wakes up” your brain in a healthier way. If you’d rather not go to the gym during work hours, or don’t like gyms in general, there are a few easy ways to get active in the office.

-       Stretch.

There are a variety of stretches, but many are very simple. You can stay seated and lift your hands to the air, extending your back before bending your arms backwards, touching the back of your head. You can also stand and reach down to your toes, bouncing slightly to stretch your back, legs, and arms. After this, you can place your heel on your desk and stretch forwards to touch your toes, in a motion you may have seen used by ballerinas, stretching your legs, back, and arms. These are simple movements that will boost blood flow and make you more alert.

-       Run up the stairs.

During your break, or if you need to use the copy machine, fetch a drink, or speak with a coworker, you can use the stairs to boost alertness. The activity of walking alone will make you more awake, but by breaking into a light jog, you are making your body pump more blood. The better your circulation, the better and more awake you will feel.

-       Jog in place.

Like stretching, you can do this in your office. Simply stand and bounce your feet up and down in a stationary position, as if you were jogging without moving. This boosts blood flow without requiring you to leave your desk.

2. Change Your Task

Repetitive tasks end up creating a groove in our minds, allowing us to complete them without thought, making your brain turn to sleep in this inactive period. This is why you count sheep when going to sleep – you are repeating the same unchanging task over and over again. By breaking this routine, you are making your mind become more alert and this boosts productivity.

-       Take a break.

Use this opportunity to retrieve a drink or a snack, take a walk around the office, or even check your personal social media. Be sure that this is a regulated amount of time — otherwise you will be wasting valuable productivity. Five minutes at a time is suitable.

-       Handle a different project.

If you wish to change up your routine but don’t want to leave your duties, try switching to a different project and addressing that task. For example, if you are a graphic designer, try working on another design instead of your current one, or perhaps a different feature of your design. This allows you to re-center your focus, “reawakening” your brain while still completing your workload. This is particularly effective if you are on a deadline or have several tasks to handle throughout the day.

-       Answer emails.

While answering emails can be distracting from completing actual work, it can be a helpful change of mental environment if you are feeling an afternoon lull. This allows you to engage a different part of your brain while still accomplishing important tasks.

3. Listen to Music

Listening to music keeps a portion of your brain alert while completing routine tasks, allowing you to handle projects without slipping into a lull. Music with lyrics will keep you more alert, but can also be distracting; while it’s possible to tune out the words, this can take time and concentration. It’s recommended that you listen to instrumental music like classical piano or violin, or if this is too slow, more modern and upbeat songs like dubstep. So long as it lacks lyrics, your mind will be able to tune out the distraction while still being stimulated by the sound.

4. Get Adequate Sleep

While going to work after only three hours’ sleep is an appealing concept, the most common cause of the afternoon lull is natural fatigue. Your body feels exhausted and is trying to make up for its sleep deficiency by making you sleep now, when you should be working. Be sure to sleep a healthy eight hours each night, and your body will feel well equipped for taking on the day and handling tasks without this fatigue.

5. Stay Positive

While a great deal of the lull is physical, a portion is psychological. Be sure to keep a positive attitude while you are working. This can include whispering confident pep talks to yourself as you handle tasks, congratulating yourself as each task is finished, and generally having a positive outlook on the day. While this may seem silly, a positive view generates energy, which is why you don’t feel fatigued when enjoying a hobby or eating a delicious meal — you are alert because you are excited about the activity. By being positive — or forcing yourself to be positive — your body will feel stimulated in response. For example, if you receive an extra, unexpected task, rather than being resentful about it, say “No problem, I can totally do this; and handling this will make me look like a hard worker.” This may be difficult at first, and perhaps you’ll feel silly, but it will have real results.

Everyone has moments where they feel tired at work – to the extent of coining the phrase, “Afternoon lull.” By exercising these five tips, you’ll be able to combat the fatigue and boost your productivity.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

How To Make The Most of Your CoWorking or Shared Office Space

By now you’ve picked the ideal coworking or shared office space for you and your business. Now what? If you want to make the most of your experience at your shared office space, you want to do much more than just sit at a desk with your laptop. Coworking  and share office spaces offer endless opportunities to grow your business.

coworking space

  1. Attend events – Most shared office spaces host a variety of events. Community events such as movie nights or game nights, happy hours, expert panels for a variety of industries, etc. Pick some that interest you, and you may be able to connect with people at your coworking center that share similar interests.
  2. Strike up conversation – People choose to work in shared office spaces so that they can meet other people, so don’t be shy! You never know where your next conversation can lead.
  3. Be friendly with all staff members – The staff members, ESPECIALLY office managers and community managers, know everyone at your center. If you need a particular service or want to connect with someone offering a particular service, they’ll know exactly who to connect you to. Plus, you’ll always be in the loop (this is one of the best ways to take advantage of what the CoWorking space offers)!
  4. Ask to HOST an event or office hours – You offer a particular product or service, and there’s a high chance that someone within your coworking space has a need for that product or service or knows someone else that does. By hosting a lunch and learn, a small seminar, or office hours, you get to meet the members of your coworking space that have the greatest need for your business. You also get the added benefit of meeting more people at your coworking center, as well as free marketing.
  5. Network, network, network – Keep in mind that  your next client could be the person that works right down the hall from you!


Cubicles or Open-Space Plans: Which is Best for Your Office Space?

There is a great debate about which is better – open-space office plans or cubicles? As of late, the open-space plan has become more and more appealing to a variety of businesses, while the cubicle design is a tried and true method. Workers have conflicting opinions about the quality of both, and employers themselves have experienced heated debates between the two.

mixed office space

This can make deciding on the ideal method for you and your office difficult. Which is really better? Here, we will list the three things you must consider when deciding between an open-space plan and a cubicle design, and the pros and cons of each.

1. Consider Your Workers.

Each individual is unique in their working methods and their personal preferences. When designing an office, it’s important that your selection suits the unique set of individuals you’re employing, because the wrong choice can keep your business from functioning at its maximum potential and capacity – and even achieve the reverse. You must be sure to consider your employees’ strengths and weaknesses.


Pros: Studies have shown that introverts preform at their best when they’re able to seclude themselves away from crowds to concentrate. These workers are recommended as fast and efficient employees, but require privacy. A cubicle provides this necessary tool in a crowded workplace, allowing this type of employee to focus and avoid distractions.

Cons: Cubicles discourage interaction, making each employee an island. Employees that thrive on interaction will be handicapped, and even introverted employees can begin to feel enclosed and “caged,” not allowed out until the work is done. This can make your employees feel trapped and disconnected from their fellow workers, creating “tunnel vision” that stifles creativity.


Pros: There are many workers that feel their most creative and productive in a community environment. By having an open office space, it creates a social environment where everyone “works together.” This can encourage bonding and trust among your employees, creating collaboration and helping projects be finished in a timelier manner.

Cons: The greater the interaction, the greater the distraction. Even while going about normal work, your employees will create movement and noise that constantly draws the eye and attention of other employees. This can be a harmless action, such as standing to retrieve coffee, but that activity will keep your employees aware of their surroundings instead of concentrated on their work. This can lessen the quality of the work being produced and also its speed.

2. Consider Your Business Type.

Certain fields attract certain types of employees. Perhaps you run a company specializing in entertainment; it is likely many of your employees will have extrovert qualities. If your business focuses on journalism, it’s common for the majority of those workers to be introverted. While you are considering your employees and the best choice for them, take your business type into consideration.


Pros: If your business is very technical in nature, such as a telemarketing or banking, having a more clinical and confided environment can help encourage the technical-based focus required. This provides the privacy needed for handling delicate information or communicating with clients securely.

Additionally, cubicles allow employees to customize their environments to own needs. For creative businesses, the ability to add personal flare to a workspace can determine comfort, making employees produce faster and at greater quality. For technical businesses, wall space allows employees to hang graphs, charts, and other work-related documents to boost productivity.

Cons: While encouraging focus, an enclosed space also discourages interaction. It makes it difficult for employees to communicate with one another or collaborate on projects, which can slow productivity.


Pros: For more creative fields, the open-space style creates a friendly environment that makes employees feel more comfortable, encouraging creativity. As well as this, easy access to other co-workers allow employees to talk through ideas or obstacles – creating solutions, creating something new and unique, and delegating work at a fast pace. This can lead to a product that is the best of many minds.

Cons: Again, open-spaces cause distraction, and workers can waste valuable time talking rather than actually working. The lack of privacy also increases the chance of delicate information being leaked. If you run a company which deals with sensitive information, your clients must feel secure in order to share and handle this information.

3. Consider Your Working Style and Needs.

The work being done has a significant influence on the working method needed. Banks, for example, are known for being more clean and professional in nature to encourage focus and technical-based work, while more artistic companies feature colors and activity to encourage creativity.


Pros: Since they help your employees focus, cubicles encourage faster production. If your business habitually deals with tight deadlines, this will allow your workers to produce faster and more effectively by eliminating outside distractions that could halt production.

Cons: This privacy also allows workers the ability to engage in things outside of work, such as personal calls, surfing the internet, or playing games on their phone. With the chance of being caught removed, it makes it easier to avoid their work.


Pros: If your business requires many people to be working on the same project, an open-space design will allow them to communicate fast and effectively. While there are more distractions, it also encourages more dedication to the work at hand; as a public space, it’s difficult to surf the internet without detection. This discourages procrastination.

Cons: The lack of focus can slow production, as this constant communication can lead to more time being spent talking than actually working.

When choosing between an open-space office design and the classic cubicle look, there are many things to consider – all of which will have a profound result on your business and employees. By keeping these things in mind, you can tailor your choice to be the perfect selection for you.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

6 Habits of Highly Successful People

We often look at successful people and view them as a different breed; people who are simply hardwired to achieve greater things. They see what we do not see and this allows them to do what we cannot do. However, their advantage isn’t genetics; it’s discipline, hard work, and a few tried and true habits that maximize their efforts.

steve jobs

These are six habits of highly successful people, and if you apply these to your daily life, you are capable of achieving the same success.

1. They Wake Up Early

A poll taken by several CEOs states that over 90% of them wake up before 6 AM. Perhaps you don’t go to bed until 6 AM – how else are you going to marathon every episode of Game of Thrones? – but statistics show successful people tap into their biological clocks and make them conform to this schedule, resulting in great benefits.

-       You’re more productive.

We’re naturally programed to relax in the evenings; this is when we wind down. Even if you don’t wake up until noon, your body knows it’s the middle of the day and functions at a different capacity. By waking up early, you’re falling in sync with the natural rhythm of your body and operating better.

-       You have fewer distractions.

As few others wake up early, you’ll find there are fewer distractions. Social media will be quiet, your friends won’t be texting you, and any obligations outside of work will be many hours away instead of bearing down on you.

-       You literally have more time.

If biology wasn’t working against you, your mentality certainly is. Cultural influences have made afternoons a time for relaxing and evenings a time for recreation, courtesy of “Miller Time,” and the like. By waking up early, you have greater focus, since this time of day hasn’t been mentally programed as “watch Netflix” time or “hanging out with friends” time. Though the clock may be the same, you feel as more hours have been added to the day – hours that can be devoted to achieving goals.

2. They Create Something

Polls have determined that the majority of successful people – CEOs, entrepreneurs, political leaders – take time at the end of the day to create something, even if they feel fatigued. It’s an outlet.

Outlets are very important to keep your mind operating smoothly. Stress and fatigue throughout the day begin to instill a sense of being “burned out.” Hobbies such as drawing, crafts, writing, and such allow you to drain out these negative emotions, clearing your mind for the next day. Success requires you to be functioning like a well-oiled machine, and outlets balance the mind and body.

-       It leads to inspiration.

These creations could service your productivity, inspiring something new for work. Perhaps you are drawing slightly embarrassing My Little Pony fan-art — something you’d never wish to connect to your work life — but as you are doing so, you have inspiration for a new color scheme in a client’s design or a different marketing method including a sense of community. These are leaps that may never have occurred to you with taking the time to unwind and let your mind wander.

3. They Read

Every person who has experienced extra success boasts of their impressive collection of books. By reading often, you are broadening the scope of your knowledge. People of high intelligence are great achievers in life, as uncountable cases have proven, and the best method of increasing your intelligence is by reading. Many suggest nonfiction books both inside of your chosen field and outside. Inside to improve your knowledge on work-related tasks, and outside so you can learn new, unrelated methods and apply them to your field. For example, Sun Tzu’s The Art of War is suggested by many CEOs, as it provides advice on leadership and strategy, which can be applied to more than battle.

4. They Exercise

Not every CEO is Batman, but a great deal of them are physically fit – though this is intended to boost productivity, not fight crime.

-       This keeps you mentally alert.

Exercising releases chemicals like endorphins into the body that raise positivity and make you feel alert. This makes you think at your greatest capacity, accomplishing more. Successful people often work out in the mornings before work to prep for the rest of the day.

-       This keeps you healthy.

The mind is deeply affected by the body’s condition. By keeping a steady exercise routine – in a gym, not on rooftops – you are ensuring your body runs like a well-oiled machine, prolonging your life. Additionally, a fit body is a productive body, raising your endurance to handle overtime or strenuous activities.

5. They Ask for Help

Successful people rarely achieve success all on their own. Humans are designed to be community creatures.

-       This allows more work.

The more hands on a job, the more can be accomplished, and this results in a greater profit for all parties. We often look to the CEO running a company and credit them the success, but their success is thanks to the many hands on the project.

-       This expands on creativity.

Two minds are better than one, and by outsourcing work to many people, you are setting many creative minds on the job. Others may see what you‘ve missed, or think of new innovative ideas.

6. They Are Focused on Productivity

Successful people are in the habit of focusing their time to what truly matters. Answering emails is an important task, but takes several hours, distracting you from accomplishing vital work. Successful people know how to be objective; perhaps save email-answering for the end of the day, that way if time requires you to make cuts, it’s not your actual work which will suffer. Focus on the important things first.

Success is something that’s earned, not magically stumbled upon. By applying these six habits to your life, you’re equipping yourself to be highly successful.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

How to Select the Ideal Coworking Space for Your New Business

A coworking space is much more than simply a location for you and your employees to work. There are many factors to consider when making your choice on the proper space. The ideal location should boost productivity, encourage focus and cooperation, and serve as a perfect area for your employees to produce at their greatest ability. Additionally, as a business owner, there are many unique considerations that come into factor, such as cost and any assets included within the space. All of these details can make the decision confusing and difficult.

ideal coworking space

However, with this list, you’ll find several things to consider when choosing a coworking space for your business. Keeping these things in mind when viewing potential locations will ensure you make the best decision for you, your business, and your employees.

  1. Cost

The first and most important consideration is the cost of a coworking space. The saying, “You get what you pay for,” is certainly tried and true, so when viewing potential spaces, understand that attaining a “great deal” may not be the wise choice. The perfect area may be costly, but will benefit the business in the long run by boosting productivity and eventually profits. High-class areas, booming business districts, quality buildings, and proper accommodations will all raise the cost of the location. However, this does not mean the most expensive choice is the best. Overspending can also be a downfall of your business. If you spend a great deal on a coworking space, you may not have the budget to invest in vital things required to actually manage your business. So when you’re making your choice, be objective in the decision; something’s price does not always determine its quality. Be willing to pay more for a quality location, but don’t overspend.

  1. Noise Levels

No matter your business type, it’s important that your employees are able to focus. Unnecessary distractions will draw attention away from work, losing the momentum needed to produce at their most quality level. When choosing a coworking space for your business, be sure it’s in a location that will provide noise control. This can mean choosing a building with soundproof walls, or selecting a location in a quiet rural area. If you place your employees in an environment constantly under construction with loud equipment, or in a busy traffic area with roaring cars, or near a park with many barking dogs, they end up suffering and so will the work.

  1. Space

It’s important than your coworking space is the proper size to accommodate the amount of workers you’ll be housing, and also have additional room for expansion. It is not cost effective to relocate your entire business after hiring on a few additional employees. This would also slow down productivity, as the move will be jarring to your employees who will require time to readjust. It’s important that your choice is cost effective and logical, but also leaves room for future improvement.

  1. Appearance

A coworking space should not only boost productivity and encourage your employees to work, but it should also be visually appealing to clients. Whether you are renting a single level or an entire building, your coworking space’s appearance is crucial, as it’s generally your introduction to clients. Customers will see your building before they see your services, and they will see your working environment before they speak to your employees. Be sure the location you select represents your business accurately. If you wish to be seen as professional and competent, having a building which appears as such can be a determining factor in attracting clients to your business or driving them to the competition.

  1. Your Business Type

The working environment is supposed to encourage productivity, so it’s important than the space matches your business type. For example, if you manage a design company, having a coworking space which is bright, full of colors, and very specious may encourage creativity in your workers. However, for an accounting firm, a more organized and enclosed space that allows concentration and focus will fit your business; additionally, dimmer colors which are not distracting will help your employees worker harder and more efficiently. When choosing a coworking space, be sure that it fits your business type.

  1. Accommodations

The proper coworking space will need all the available accommodations present for you and your employees; this will allow you to work seamlessly without needing to go to an outside location. There are a range of “necessities” that will vary depending on your business. Be sure to consider your business type and your employees, and decide what is necessary for a productive work day. This can include a kitchen to encourage employees to eat on-site rather than leaving, shifting their focus away from work and onto an outside distraction. If you conduct many large meetings or briefings, having a conference room will be important.

Other things which are considered frivolous may be essential to your business type; for example, if your business is in entertainment, having a game room for your employees to relax and be creative may in fact boost the quality of their work and productivity. However, having a game room in a bank could accomplish the opposite, as their work type requires little creativity; unless the end of the world begins before lunchtime, being well versed in killing Nazi Zombies during work hours has little benefit to the business. Consider your business, your employees, and the likelihood of the apocalypse before making your decision on a coworking space.

A coworking space is far more than just a place to work; there’s a delicate visual and mental balance which can determine if your business thrives or suffers. These decisions affect not only you and your employees, but also potential clients. With this in mind, it’s crucial to take all the details into consideration for your choice.

When making your decision, keep these things in mind and you will choose the perfect location.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

Health and Wellness Programs for Your Small Business

Recently, an increasing number of companies have integrated Health and Wellness Programs into their daily work environment. These initiatives come in a variety of different forms: whether it is eliminating unhealthy snacks and replacing them with wholesome organic snacks, or sponsoring a companywide 5k run, the possibilities are endless. Although it may seem that as a small business, you may not have the budget to allocate to creating a successful wellness program, you would be surprised at how much money a small business would actually save by having wellness initiatives for their employees. Here are some options that small businesses have to incorporate wellness into their work environment, and the benefits they provide for the overall success of the company.

1)      Have everyone record the number of steps they walk each day (either on your iPhone or using a pedometer). The person who walked the most steps at the end of the week wins a prize, such as an extra vacation day.

2)      Partially reimburse gym memberships

3)      Provide healthy food options in the office – either snacks or lunch once or twice a week

4)      Host in-office meditation or massages once a month.

5)      Promote preventive care such as flu vaccinations.


Of course, this all seems like it would cost a hefty sum for a small business. However, it is very important to factor in the money you will be saving by implementing just a few minor health initiatives. Wellness programs actually save the company money in the long run. In fact for every 1$ a company spends on wellness programs, they save 3$ in long term health costs.

By promoting a healthy lifestyle your company can benefit in many ways:

  • decreases stress for employees
  • increases productivity and overall job performance
  • decreases the number of sick days/ unscheduled absences
  • increases employee satisfaction
  • decreases ER & doctor visits
  • decreases prescription costs

If you are a small business operating out of a business center, shared office space, or coworking space, you will have the added benefit of having many resources at your disposal to help you get a program in place. Make sure you take advantage of as many of these opportunities as possible, and see what a difference it can make for your small business!

5 Ways to Help You Start a Productive Work Week

Every week starts with the best intentions; this time you’ll double productivity and quality. You won’t get distracted, no matter how shiny something is. But “shiny” comes in many forms; the coworker who needs help on a project, a friend with a personal emergency, or unexpected emails to replied to. And, oh, the most crippling “shiny” of all… The Internet sings its siren song of cat videos, and then hours have passed with you not having completed the workload in mind.

fresh start

It happens to us all, but there are ways to overcome this. With five special techniques, you can bring your focus to heel, boost your motivation to succeed, and end the day feeling accomplished – about work, not your Tetris high score.

Here are these five easy ways:

1. Mentally prepare yourself.

-       Place yourself in the mindset to enjoy work.

Rather than thinking about how much work must be done and how much you want it over with, focus on the work itself and what elements you enjoy. By focusing solely on “after work,” you are making your workload something to be dreaded and muscled through. If you enjoy your work, your productivity will be greater and so will your quality. Clear your mind and set yourself in the spirit of enjoying your workday; tackling the challenge and not overcoming the burden.

2. Physically prepare yourself.

-       Eat a solid breakfast.

More cereal commercials than can be counted – or for the sake of our sanity, should be counted – have stated that starting the day off with a hardy breakfast is the key to a productive day. Just as a car needs fuel to run properly, the body requires sustenance to bring all systems online. By eating a good breakfast before work, you’re beginning your day with a mind that is energized, alert, and functioning at maximum capacity.

-       Exercise.

Many leading experts recommend exercising in the mornings before work. This releases chemicals like endorphins into your body which are designed to boost alertness, feelings of positivity, and creativity. On a biological level, you are starting up all your body’s systems and telling them to prepare to hit the ground running.

3. Create a thorough schedule

-       Divide the work properly.

Be sure to cut the work down into bite sizes. Use a calendar or day-planner to write down all the tasks that need to be completed, and then divide these tasks according to deadlines, their size, and how fast you can complete them. By doing so, you are setting yourself on a strict course, ensuring you take the right actions at the right times. If you are balancing multiple projects, this is crucial to properly multitasking. This also prevents the need to handle an entire task in a single day, either burning yourself out or failing to accomplish it.

-       Be specific.

Be very detailed in scheduling out not only the week but the day. Schedule each project, each client you must speak with, and every detail you can foresee in the workday. This can even include when you take your breaks or make personal calls. Even if you are a more freelance-type worker, preferring not to schedule down to the minute, having these thorough schedules will serve as a rough guideline to keep you on track.

4. Reconnect.

-       Reply to all emails and calls immediately.

When returning to work, it’s important to ground yourself and see where all the pieces are on the chessboard before you begin. Over the course of the weekend, details may have changed, new projects may have developed, and unforeseen troubles may have arisen, so be sure to respond to all your correspondences immediately. By doing so, you are setting things in motion, which will continue in motion after you begin your actual work. This prevents situations where, for example, clients decide they don’t need your services after all, though you’ve already finished the project.

-       Address correspondence based on their deadlines and importance.

Reconnecting can be a daunting task, especially if your inbox looks more like a mob – pitchforks included – than a group of emails. Just as you divide your work based on significance, you should reply to emails and voicemails based on the project, its importance, and how soon the deadline is. This will give you focus and ensure each project is handled on time, rather than being left behind due to a bottleneck.

5. Stay Focused.

-       Start with the biggest and most important projects.

You begin your workday full of energy, and that energy is essential for handling large tasks that would be too great at the end of the day. This also applies to the week; be sure to handle the largest workloads in the beginning of the week, before you start craving the weekend and lose motivation. In addition to keeping you focused and productive, it ensures you don’t reach the end of the day or week to find yourself overwhelmed and unable to finish a project.

-       Postpone distractions

As distractions arise, it can be easy to think “oh, this will only take a minute,” and stop work. However, this is crippling to productivity. Momentum is a vital key to productivity and any time your concentration is broken, you lose momentum. If the distraction is not vital, such as a client emailing you about an immediate project, then cast it aside and plan to address it later. For example, if your coworker wishes to speak to you about something irrelevant to that workday or project, inform them that you can’t speak right then and schedule a time to speak with them later. Be sure to write down these little distractions in your “reminders” list so they can be addressed later.

We all work for a living, and we all wish to work at our best. With these five helpful tips, you’ll have started your work week off as energized and prepared for your tasks as possible.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.

The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

3 Reasons Why Working From Home Can be Unproductive

Workers are joining the ranks of telecommuters in order to save money and time on long commutes. Employers are also utilizing remote workers in order to save on office costs. Something that should be evaluated first before one considers working from home – Is if working from home is actually a productive working environment.


According to a 2013 American Community Survey, an estimated 29.6% of males, and 32.2% of women worked from home in some fashion or another that year. Telecommuting is nothing new in the modern American workplace, but neither are some of the negative downsides to working at home that some people have unwittingly encountered.

Why working from home can be unproductive because of:

1.      Distractions: 

There is a long list of distractions that are possible from working at home or in a coffee shop environment when telecommuting.

Not surprisingly, children are number one on the list of distractions, followed by spouses, pets, neighbors, telemarketers, and door to door solicitors, all diligently standing in line to interrupt your work on a daily basis.

It is human nature, love, and natural curiosity that one’s children feel the compulsion to ask you what you are doing every 15 minutes. Not to mention their spouses perceived obligation to vent about household duties that they feel are being overlooked, or seemingly pressing daily issues that cannot be put off to a more convenient time.

Anyone who has worked at home and repeatedly tried to sit down with in-house family members and explain that, although you appear to be home instead of at work – You Really are at Work! – Can relate to this fact of life. For most people, this turns out to be a frustrating lesson in futility.

Unfortunately, these distracting ongoing problems that most people encounter when trying to accomplish their work at home, happen regardless if one has a downstairs full office with all of the necessities, or just a desk and a laptop in the middle of their living room.

Freelancers and telecommuters who choose a coffee shop environment to camp out in all day, find equally distracting detractors as well, in the form of noisy patrons, busy breakfast, lunch, and dinner rushes, all fraught with busy and chatty patrons. Plus lonely/crazies who come up to perfect strangers in a coffee shop and ask “what are you doing,” or feel the need to sit at your table.

On the flip-side, people who work at home and have no children, spouses, nor barking dogs, meowing cats, or merrily chirping caged birds, tend to find that the environment of working at home is entirely too quiet, lonely, and devoid of “good” distractions that working in an office environment provides the worker, not to mention positive human interactions that are known to enhance worker productivity.

2.      Lack of associate networking: 

One of the most recognized pitfalls and management misgivings about authorizing their employees to work remotely is the lack of team effort in a home working environment. This reality of working at home can be termed “Watercooler Loneliness.”

A worker’s effectiveness on group tasks, interaction with fellow employees, clarifications with management and coworkers, proper decision making abilities on the fly, and resource capabilities can all be compromised by the isolationism induced from working at home.

In 2013 Yahoo’s CEO, Marissa Mayer, sent shock waves through the company and social media by decreeing a companywide ban on telecommuting; dismaying, blindsiding, and downright angering many employees in her working ranks, some of whom had liberal working agreements that specifically included the option of working remotely.

Mayer stated the lack of networking with management and fellow employees as her main reasons for making the controversial and unpopular move of banning telecommuting for Yahoo employees.

3.      Lack of proper facilities and tools:

Lacking all the many productivity tools that are offered employees in the standard office environment can be a mitigating factor in causing unproductivity in a home office setting.

This is why many people who telecommute choose coworking in short-term rental facilities which offer co-sharing working environments with all the common office amenities, such as high-speed internet, computer stations, communal copy rooms, meeting rooms, quiet spaces, and guest lounges.

The downside of cosharing a work environment at one of these facilities, rather than working at home is, of course, the added expense of the rental plans. Coworking facilities are not cheap! One thing that working at home, or even renting a coworking space both lack, is the expensive computer programs and applications that are stored on company servers, and on-site office computers. These are some of the aspects of working at home, or at another location, which can severely affect a worker’s productivity.

Having the proper office tools at home one needs in order to properly do the task at hand, is going to be a major contributing factor in whether or not one can successfully pull off working at home, or whether it just isn’t feasible or cost effective.

Yahoo’s internal Human Resources memo when banning telecommuting in 2013 stated that, “Face-to-face interaction among employees fosters a more collaborative culture.” There have been numerous studies that both confirm this perception, and also refute it. Most acknowledge that people who work at home spend more time working on their projects than if they are chained to their desks at the office. Then again, many studies show that the lack of human interaction makes them less innovative and groundbreaking while doing so.

The debate on working in a traditional office environment, vs. working at a home office, is still raging on today, just as it was in 2013 about the merits and pitfalls of telecommuting. The main factors in considering working from home will of course always depend on the type of work being done, the access to vital business tools and programs, security, and of course will include the number one complaint by telecommuters – Home Distractions.

All these elements should be thoroughly considered before deciding to work from home. Or risk joining the ranks of lamenting home workers sitting in their basements or living rooms, who belatedly wish they had stayed at the company office with the rest of their fellow coworkers.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.
The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

5 Ways To Stay Fit At Your Workplace, Cubicle or Desk

Let’s face it, many of us now live a more sedentary life style. A disproportionate number of us work in offices, sit at desks all day, locked into the digital world of our PC’s and Macs. We have to endure hours sat in meetings. We even spend valuable lunch times in front of a computer screen catching up on work that needs to be completed by the end of the day.

Along with a less active work life, and an increase in stress, many of us get home too tired to do the all-important exercise that could improve our health and give us more energy.

For those short of time, there are numerous benefits to incorporating exercise into your daily work routine, including:

- Increasing the level of endorphins in your brain and raising happiness levels.

- Helping to prevent those lulls in the working day when energy levels drop, particularly

after lunch.

- Boosting performance by making you livelier and ready to take on new challenges.

We all know exercise is good for us. The good news is that getting it into your daily routine is pretty easy and something anyone can do.

What’s more, it can be a whole lot of fun.

1. Find opportunities to walk

Walking is one of the best exercises that you can bring into your daily routine and the great thing is it’s free. There are a number of ways you can increase the amount you walk and therefore improve your overall health.

office walk

- If you drive to work, then park further away and add a few hundred yards onto your daily routine.

- Rather than take the lift, try the stairs once in a while.

- Don’t spend your lunch hour staring at a wall in the staff lounge, get yourself out into the fresh air and have a walk round.

By simply doubling the amount you walk during a working day you can dramatically boost health and improve your level of fitness. In fact, according to some research, regular walking is better for us than jogging and can help to reduce the risk of heart problems.

It’s also a great way to reduce the stress we all encounter in our everyday working lives. During a typical day, our concentration rises and falls with each passing moment. A quick walk can refocus your attention and make you much more productive.

2. Eat and drink properly

Staying fit in the workplace isn’t just about getting enough exercise. What we put into our bodies during the working day is just as important. It starts with having a good, healthy breakfast that gives you a steady release of energy throughout the morning. Snacking on fruit and nuts can also give you an additional boost and having something equally healthy for lunch can ensure you get through the day fully optimized.

eat healthy

We all know what is good for us, of course. In reality, it’s a little harder to make sure that we eat the right foods. Those chocolate bars your work colleague brought in look mighty good. And that packet of potato chips would be just the ticket as you wrestle with a difficult work problem. Eating the right foods is all a matter of habit. If you want to change what you consume during the working day then do it gradually.

Replace a chocolate biscuit with a healthy, energy giving banana. Rather than crisps try some nuts and dried fruit. Rather than settling for a burger and fries at lunch, which may send you to sleep a little later, try something like a high energy salad with an oily fish like salmon.

Not only is food important, what you drink is vital too. Water feeds the brain and raises energy levels. Over 70% of our bodies are made up of water and getting dehydrated can cause a dip in energy levels and reduce performance. Try to avoid excess caffeine and stay away from those sugary drinks if you want to maintain your health and fitness over the working day.

3. Alternatives to the office chair

Chairs are good, we all know they are. But how about changing your trusty seat for something a little more energetic. Swapping to alternatives like a yoga ball can make your work day a lot more enjoyable. It allows you to exercise whilst sitting at your desk and can dramatically improve fitness without trying very hard.

sitting on a yoga ball

Another good option is to go for a standing desk where you don’t sit down at all. These are specially designed workstations with the level of the desk higher than normal. Having a few standing desks in the office can help raise the energy levels of the workforce.

If you work in a call center you don’t have to spend your day locked into that chair. Getting up not only frees your body, it also frees your mind. You can do exercises during the day including presses against the desktop or squats to get the blood flowing. In fact, there are no end of exercises you can do whilst answering that next call.

4. Get a mini-cycle workout

If you like your gadgets then there are plenty on the market nowadays to get your muscles working. The mini-cycle was invented initially for medical use to get heart attack patients healthier without having to leave a chair. It’s a great little device to fit under the desk and allows you to work those leg muscles whilst getting on with your job.

mini cycle workout

You can now also get gym chairs that have various tension ropes that you can pull on to work your arms and shoulders. If you have the money to spend you can even get a workstation treadmill. And, if you don’t have a lot to spend, you can always work out on the cheap – that full water bottle weighs a couple of pounds, ideal for a few shoulder presses. With a little imagination you can find all manner of ways to stay fit at work.

5. Group exercise is fun

We often treat daily exercise as a solitary activity unless we are taking part in a sport. Getting the whole office involved in a fitness regime can not only improve everyone’s health but also promote better relations between staff and superpower morale. This can include a set time for an exercise regime such as lunch classes or a game in the office where each staff member in turn has to do a quick set of exercises. Setting up areas where people can undertake a quick and easy period of activity, such as installing a punch bag or cycle machine, can be a cheap and effective way to keep everyone engaged and at peak performance.

group excercise

Exercise is good for us. Incorporating it into a daily work routine is easy and it doesn’t have to cost that much. You might like going to the gym and working out on those hi tech machines in the evening, but you can also keep your energy levels up by simple changes to your time in the work place. Not only will it improve your performance but it will also keep you fit for years to come.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.
The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

Corporate Suites Recognized As 5th Largest NYC Shared Office Space Center

We are proud to announce Corporate Suites was recently featured in The Real Deal, as the 5th largest provider of Shared Office Space in NYC. 

NYC’s office sharing stars
By Janna Herron June 1, 2015

In New York City’s shared-office world, there is WeWork and Regus, and then there is everybody else.

That’s according to The Real Deal’s ranking this month of the largest shared-office players in Manhattan, Brooklyn and Queens.

The two companies represent the two different wings of the shared office space world: the traditional executive-suite model that Regus specializes in, and the newer, hip WeWork-style co-working spaces that cater to freelancers and creative types. And while the WeWorks of the world clearly have the momentum, both office-sharing models are expanding.

The companies on TRD’s ranking operate over 4.7 million square feet of space at 126 locations, ranging from sites at iconic office towers like the Empire State Building to converted industrial spaces.


WeWork, which launched in 2010 and is said to have a market valuation of $5 billion, took the top spot with 1.85 million square feet at 21 locations. The company has, of course, made a huge splash in the industry during its short lifespan.

Regus, a public company launched in 1989 and based in Luxembourg, came in at No. 2. The firm, which has locations in 900 cities in 120 countries, quietly doubled its New York footprint in the last five years. It now has 1.47 million square feet at 48 locations, with four more on the way, including 23,000 square feet in Chelsea that it leased last month.

While most of its spaces are in Midtown or Downtown, Regus is also expanding to Harlem, said Maria Paitchel, regional vice president overseeing the company’s New York market.

Jay Suites, Virgo Business Centers, and Corporate Suites rounded out the top five, but had far smaller footprints than WeWork and Regus. Nonetheless, many of the shared-space providers have either recently opened new locations or are prepping spots for debut this year. And despite the influx of new spaces coming on the market, the industry does not appear to be concerned about oversaturation in the sector.

Hayim Grant, the president of Corporate Suites, which has nine locations, all in Manhattan, said demand is growing in the sector, because the spaces provide “flexibility and little capital investment” for those who sign leases.

“The facilities are larger and nicer than anything a small company can lease on their own,” said Grant, whose firm has roughly 169,000 square feet.

Plus, the growth of the industry has dispelled the idea that only makeshift operations need to share office space.

“The stigma that a company is not established in this kind of space is gone,” he said.

The WeWork Effect

While Regus has long dominated in this industry, in the last five years, WeWork has shaken up the status quo. The company is opening new (and big) spaces at a rapid clip.

It also reportedly raised $362 million in venture capital from deep-pocketed investors like JPMorgan and billion-dollar real estate mogul and publisher Mort Zuckerman.

Company co-founder Adam Neumann has said he wants WeWork to be a place where start-ups and entrepreneurs collaborate on new business ideas, rather than just share reception areas and kitchens.

While WeWork declined to comment, the company has been generating buzz for a while, perhaps because of its free beer, stocked refrigerators, Foosball and Connect Four games that it provides. Commercial real estate players say the company has changed the office sharing game.

“Executive suites were never geared toward creative tenants, but that started to change when Midtown South became very trendy,” said Jeff Nissani of Marcus & Millichap, who has represented several shared office providers in lease transactions. “WeWork became the dominator and took the business model to the next level.”

That domination is clear from the quick pace of its expansion.

In December, WeWork inked a 125,000-square-foot lease at 205 East 42nd Street. In February, it signed a 240,000-square-foot lease at 85 Broad Street. In March, it inked an 180,000-square-foot deal at 1460 Broadway, and in April it took 136,000 square feet at 315 West 36th Street. In addition, the firm reportedly has several hundred thousand square feet in the pipeline at the Brooklyn Navy Yard.

The 1460 Broadway deal is WeWork’s first foray into Times Square. “They have a fantastic business plan implementing a cool space for entrepreneurs,” said Leslie Himmel, whose firm Himmel + Meringoff is the landlord there and at another WeWork space.

And the company does not appear to be slowing down.

Last year, WeWork told Forbes it plans to expand to 60 locations worldwide by the end of 2015. It now has about 45 locations in 15 cities, including Seattle, San Francisco, London and Tel Aviv. Soon to come are Miami and Portland, Oregon.

It recently announced another potentially game-changing business: WeLive, a shared-living concept for the same entrepreneurs it serves on the office side.

At the top of Rudin Management’s 110 Wall Street, the company is reportedly planning to add micro apartments with shared kitchens and communal amenities like herb gardens and lounges. Some reports say the Brooklyn Navy Yard is also slated to be a WeLive location.

At least some of the company’s competitors say the attention WeWork has generated is a good thing.

“WeWork has made a big splash recently and that has been good for the industry,” said Joseph Scharf, CEO of Virgo Business Centers, which has been around since the late 1990s and sticks to a more conventional executive-suite model.

Last year, Virgo opened a roughly 41,000-square-foot flagship space at 1345 Avenue of Americas, bringing its total to 192,000 square feet.

“We’re not a trendy company. We like to keep it meat and potatoes,” Scharf said.

Scharf said the company’s next move is to buy its own building and cut out the middleman.

“We’ll be sticking with core properties in Manhattan,” he said. “Nothing trendy, nothing side-street. Just corner offices on major avenues.”

Old dog, new tricks

While some companies are sticking to their executive-suite model, others are looking to tap into the trendier side of the market or find a middle ground.

Corporate Suites, which has been in business since 1998, just opened a new 25,000-square-foot space at 2 Park Avenue in tech-popular Midtown South. Grant said the interior has modern, industrial feel with high ceilings, and can accommodate 40 people. In addition, the firm has tweeted mentions of its meditation room and a recreation space, along with photos of happy hours hosted at several locations.

“Some of what we’re doing will appeal to the tech start-ups,” Grant said. “But a lawyer or hedge fund would still be comfortable doing business there, versus a fraternity-type build-out that our competitors are doing.”

Servcorp, a 37-year-old Australia-based provider that entered the NYC market in 2010, is outfitting its fourth Manhattan location, on the 85th floor of One World Trade Center. In addition to the firm’s signature professional office suites and meeting rooms, the 34,775-square-foot office will also have a co-sharing workspace, dubbed the “space station.”

The space station, which is under construction, will feature hardwood floors in a herringbone pattern to mimic the founder’s living room. There will be a few glassed-in conference rooms and a keg of beer every day at 5 p.m.

The pilot program is also being implemented in London and Tokyo. But Marcus Moufarrige, Servcorp’s chief operating officer, said that the program is not a response to WeWork. Instead, he said, it’s designed to prompt more of the company’s virtual office clients (those who only use the building’s address and phone service), into taking actual space. Right now, only 12 percent to 15 percent of the company’s 40,000 virtual clients make that switch.

“Which is okay, but not fantastic,” Moufarrige said. “So, I think we can cover that gap in the market for premium-end clients with the space stations.”

That said, Servcorp is waiting to see how One World Trade performs before making further expansion plans for New York.

Carving out niches

On the opposite end of the spectrum, some newer co-working providers are differentiating themselves by going after more targeted markets.

There’s NeueHouse at 110 East 25th Street, which has a “different bent,” said Himmel, who is also the landlord for the space.

“They have more an artistic space,” she said. The company, which did not qualify for TRD’s ranking because it only has one location, offers amenities like a recording and broadcast studio and a screening room.

Others include In Good Company, which caters to female entrepreneurs; Emerge212, a subsidiary of mega landlord and investor SL Green Realty; and Launchpads in St. George on Staten Island.

“We have a lot more variety in company cultures and the operators are taking their own spin,” said James Kleeman, director of Emerge212, which has three Manhattan locations and is ranked No. 7, with 120,000 square feet.

Is it sustainable?

For the time being, the shared-office sector is surging in New York and nationally.

While local figures are not available, nationally the number of people who use shared-office space — whether co-working or executive-suite style — is expected to grow fivefold to 1 million by 2018, according to the Global Workspace Association, a trade group for shared office space providers and related businesses.

The co-working business model favored by WeWork was virtually non-existent in 2008. Last year, there were nearly 6,000 locations worldwide, according to online trade publication

Still, to protect against having too much space in a down market, Virgo’s Scharf said his firm only leases space during down markets.

The company took its Empire State Building office in 2004, at what he said was a post-9/11 rate. In 2009, following the Lehman Brothers collapse, he locked in 40,000 square feet at 575 Lexington Avenue.

“Things can get bad very quickly,” Scharf said, noting that shared office clients have shorter contracts, so they can respond rapidly to changing times.


Coworking: A Start-up Company’s Ideal Office Space

Opening up a new start-up company is expensive, time consuming, and frustrating. Especially when searching for, and trying to set up affordable and appropriate office space. Coworking employs the sharing of office space with other like-minded individuals, in a cost effective and low rental commitment environment.

coworking space

The Costs of Opening Up A New Start-Up Company Office

Average initial start-up cost items include: Rent & security deposit  – often equaling 3 months’ rent, office furniture, computer hardware and software, setup, installation and consultation fees, business cards and stationery, decorating and remodeling costs, fixtures, counters, equipment & installation,  starting inventory, raw materials, tools, deposits with public utilities, legal and other professional fees – Insurance, business licenses and permits, signage , initial advertising and promotions, not to mention operating cash for normal daily office expenses as well.

All the costs above are mostly one-time expenses, recurring monthly costs are also going to add up as well, such as: Salary of an owner/manager – amount you need to pay yourself, employee salaries, wages, and commissions, payroll taxes or self-employment tax, equipment lease payments, more advertising – print, broadcast and Internet, postage and shipping costs, common office supplies such as – inks, toners, labels, paper goods, etc. telephone, utilities, Internet connection, website hosting bills, maintenance, monthly business insurance,  and also business vehicle insurance, plus the monthly interest & principal payments on business loans and company credit cards, production costs – inventory, raw materials, plus more monthly legal and/or other professional fees, and any other miscellaneous mounting expenses that may come up, not to mention another month’s rent that’s due.

This is not a cheap endeavor! Now think of how much money can be saved by taking some of the traditional start-up office costs out of the equation. This is why Cosharing or Coworking in an office space is catching on fast in the entrepreneur world, with a new mindset on business start-up costs setting in, and the conceptual definition of the “normal” workplace environment being modernly re-invented.

Why Coworking Makes Sense

Because of all the aforementioned costs stated above, Coworking is a great office rental option so as to keep overhead costs low and predictable each and every month. With the economy gaining strength after years of recession, the current pace of construction is still lower than it was before the 2008 crash, according to a Forbes Real-estate forecast that covered 2013 till last year.

2015 is not seeing any uplift either in the construction of new office, retail, or commercial space. This trend will help to decrease the dwindling office space available now, as new business owners enter the market, while increasing the leasing costs for traditional office space in the future.

The concept of Coworking in a shared office space appeals to many walks of business life. Telecommuters that work long distance jobs use Coworking, freelancers that find the working environment more stimulating and less lonely than a small home office use it, and of course, new
start-up owners that need to run a new business cost affectively, have much less-to-loose when choosing to use Coworking office space.

Cosharing workplaces like the one mentioned, normally provide private offices, coworking areas, and designated desk spots for an economical fee. Internet service is provided, and a laptop is a standard work day “bring along” item.

Most sites offer conference rooms for use and communal receptionists, plus also guest lounge areas. One should be able to find some form of Coworking facility in any major city in the United States, due to the ever-growing popularity of the practice of Cosharing a working space.

Coworking is being promoted as conducive to productivity by their proprietors, but not confined by it. The obvious benefits of renting short term, with low contractual obligations, easily promote themselves to tight budgeted start-up companies by providing them with a professional working atmosphere, in a casual but appropriate manner. This is why Coworking is ideal for many new start-up businesses in 2015 and beyond, hoping to cash in on a brighter new economic future.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.
The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

Entrepreneurs & Freelancers: Benefits of CoWorking

The New CoWorking Space At Corporate Suites Business Centers - 2 Park Avenue NYC

The New CoWorking Space At Corporate Suites Business Centers – 2 Park Avenue NYC

30% of the working population in the United States is already un-tethered from the corporate world, and it is predicted that this number will rise to 40-60% of the workforce by the year 2020. So in merely the next 5 years, a significant percentage of the workforce will be freelancers, temps, independent workers, or entrepreneurs. This major shift in the workforce paradigm poses some important questions, one of which is – where do the people that have left their corporate offices go to do work?  For quite some time, the only options were working out of your basement or going to a nearby Starbucks. I’m sure you don’t need me to tell you how much that can limit your growth as a business. This is precisely where CoWorking Spaces come in to the picture.

CoWorking Spaces were designed to bridge the gap between the traditional corporate workspace and working from home or out of a café.

SO – what does a CoWorking Space offer that cannot be found at home, a café, or a traditional office?

1)      A low-cost alternative to traditional office space – an office in NYC can cost you thousands of dollars a month, you can rent a desk for just a few hundred dollars instead. This also allows you to grow your company without moving offices and paying for additional office space for every person that joins your company.

2)      It offers you a professional presence – you will work in a professional setting in prime NYC locations with experienced front desk staff, on-demand private meeting rooms, training rooms, and presentation space, and have access to secure high speed internet.

3)      The opportunity to be part of a community – you will work in a productive workspace environment where you can collaborate with like-minded people who will share their experiences and expertise with you, as well as, provide invaluable peer support for you and your business. (You never know who you’ll meet – network, network, network!)

4)      Flexible office space solutions – work whenever you want without being tied down to one office location. If you travel a lot, you can cowork anywhere in the world.

5)      Better work-life balance and overall satisfaction – People who have switched to coworking report a healthier lifestyle, better work-life balance, better focus, increase in creativity, increase in confidence, improved standards of work, and  better peer interactions.

CoWork. Collaborate. Create.
The opportunities are endless! Book a tour today to see if CoWorking is the right choice for you.

Coworking Spaces vs. Traditional Offices: Which is Better?

Over the last decade, the concept of coworking or furnished office spaces has grown considerably in all the large metropolitan cities. Coworking facilities offer renters fiber connectivity via Ethernet, dedicated mailing addresses, after-hours access, conference rooms, and space for company events, quiet areas, and sometimes on-site storage. The amount of business office tools and amenities will of course vary by the rental plan chosen, and the facility one rents from.

coworking space

Why Choose A Coworking or Furnished Office Space?

By making unconventional office space arrangements, “cosharing” offers the small business operator, the freelancer, or telecommuter, the advantages of flexibility, cost control, and short term leasing obligations in order to provide working spaces with the same basic amenities needed in order to run a conventional business or project. And all this can be achieved without having to deal with all the overhead costs.

For the same reasons stated above, coworking is beneficial to start-up entrepreneurs, who do not have a large staff yet, or the funds nor shelf-life stability to justify the long term commitment, and mounting expenses of renting, furnishing, and staffing a conventional office space rental.

What does it cost to rent a co-working space?

In this case, we will use two examples of coworking or furnished office space rental fees from large business oriented cities from both coasts, such as Seattle and New York.

Seattle: The average traditional office rental in Seattle will cost about $20 to $30 per sq. ft., or around $350 a month to use a basic coworking space.

New York City: Where traditional office space leasing costs start around $60 to $80 a sq. ft., a furnished office space with a basic desk set up in New York City, will cost approximately $500 per month (depending on location and amenities).

Like any service, coworking or furnished office spaces have some many advantages, but also some disadvantages. Below is a quick synopsis of each:


• No more home office loneliness, or home calamities – One of telecommuters main laments, is the absence of human interaction at the too quiet, and sometimes very lonely home office. Or on the other spectrum, kids, wives, relatives, and other loved ones, that just do not seem to realize that the home office is a place of work.

• Networking with other professionals – It is hard to gain new prospects for your business, not to mention sometimes free professional advice when working all alone in a private home office.

• A professional but low maintenance setting – One of the great benefits of renting a
coworking space, especially for freelancers and telecommuters, is being able to meet clients in a professional setting, or talk to important business contacts over the phone in a controllable environment. Something that is not guaranteed in a home, or coffee shop setting.


• Office amenities or the lack thereof – Coworking or furnished spaces are all different. Some may have receptionists, printers, scanners, etc. Some may require you to work solely from your laptop, depending on your rental plan, or the facility’s capabilities. Office supplies are not free either, so you may have to bring your own in or pay extra for everything you end up using.

• Cost – Coworking may be flexible for many business needs, but the bottom line for telecommuters is that it is still more expensive than working in a home office.

All in all, the question of whether to rent a coworking or furnished office space verses leasing traditional office space, truly comes down to what is good for you, your work, and your business. In the end, your needs, your budget, and peace of mind, will ultimately be the deciding factors in whether to coshare your working space or not.

If you are in the market for a furnished office space, conference room or a virtual address in Manhattan, Corporate Suites offers several options. All our furnished suites are in prestigious and desirable locations. Please click here to view all our locations.

Corporate Suites will open an eighth location in early 2015!

Recently Covered in the Commercial Observer, we are happy to announce to all our newest location at 2 Park Avenue. If this sounds like a good location for your small-medium sized business, the full build is set to be completed in February. Please fill out the form below to be in touch with our sales team.

Corporate Suites Signs Lease for Space at 2 Park Avenue


2 Park Avenue.

2 Park Avenue.

Corporate Suites, a company providing alternative work spaces, will open its eighth Manhattan location, having signed a lease for a 25,000 square foot space at 2 Park Avenue according to a press release issued by the company.

The press release noted that Corporate Suites’ new space on the 20th floor of the tower will include 74 furnished offices, a windowed reception area, a number of lounges and a co-working space. A spokesman from Corporate Suites told Commercial Observer that the entire space will be gutted in order to create these amenities. The company plans to open its new alternative office in early 2015.

“At 2 Park Avenue we aim to create an inspiring business community with a vibrant entrepreneurial environment for businesses and their teams to enjoy and prosper,” said Hayim A. Grant, the president of Corporate Suites, in prepared remarks.

The spokesman declined to disclose the length of the lease and the asking price per square foot. However earlier this year, Commercial Observer reported that rents were in the low $50s per square foot, according to CompStak data.

The property at 2 Park Avenue is a 29-story building between East 32nd and East 33rd Streets. Other tenants in the building include Israeli textile firm Delta Galil, clothing store Talbots andKate Spade.

The other Corporate Suites’ locations in Manhattan include offices at 22 Cortlandt Street, 1001 Avenue of the Americas, 1180 Avenue of the Americas, 275 Madison Avenue, 757 Third Avenue, 825 Third Avenue and 641 Lexington Avenue.

A team from Cushman & Wakefield serves as the exclusive leasing agent for the property. A spokesman from the company did not immediately respond to a request for comment. The building is owned by the Morgan Stanley Real Estate Fund, which bought the building in 2007 for $519 million.


Interest in 2 Park Avenue

Aaron Schlossberg chats NYC contract law for Knowledge is Power

This Thursday, November 13th at 4pm, all Corporate Suites clients are invited to 275 Madison Avenue to listen in on Aaron Schlossberg’s 4-1-1 info session on NYC contract law.

Relevant to any sized business, Aaron and his associate will be available to answer questions to ensure that all of your contracts could stand the test in court. Don’t wait until you need the advice, ’cause this time its free (and so are the sweet treats and afternoon coffee)!



Knowledge is Power

‘Knowledge is Power’ is a new talk series produced by the Community Management team here at Corporate Suites. Professionals (who also happen to be Corporate Suites Clients) from all industries will be presenting on myriad topics that serve the small to medium sized business community that lives within our spaces.


Here’s the full lineup of presenters! (and of course, some afternoon pick-me-ups will be provided!)


Screen Shot 2014-10-29 at 4.13.41 PM
Screen Shot 2014-10-29 at 4.14.03 PM

Screen Shot 2014-10-29 at 4.14.24 PM

Screen Shot 2014-10-29 at 4.14.31 PM

If you’d like to come, please RSVP below!

Friday Roundup: Our favorite posts from the week of June 16th

530 Fifth Avenue sells for $595 Million

‘Mayor should pay more attention to Office Development’

Shared Space of ‘Virtual Law Office’ Can Serve as Main Law Office Address

One Vanderbilt will be New York City’s Second Largest Tower

Friday Roundup: Our favorite posts from this week

As we do on Fridays, Corporate Suites rounds up 5 of the most interesting and relevant articles from the web in the Commerical Real Estate, Co-working and Office space realms.


Real Estate Marketing Aims to Override the Power of the Photograph

Out with the old, in with the new. As New York becomes a new hub for tech startups, the city’s real estate industry has been gaining innovative approaches to its marketing techniques. Click the link above to read more.

Where Are the Hottest Startup Offices in New York City?

Listed with a Map ~

Welcome to the World of Virtual Biotechs

Biotech companies working out of Au Bon Pain? It’s happening…

Five Ways to make the Office a Happier Place

Certainly focusing on up-to-date technology.




Friday Roundup: Commercial Space News from Around the Web

The tradition holds strong! We’ve found the 5 most relevant articles about New York City’s Commercial Real Estate Market and have compiled it just for you.

1 World Trade Center Struggling to Fill its Office Space

What Do New York City Office Tenants Think About “Green” Certification of Office Buildings? “Meh,” Is the Consensus

The Office Space Race

Avenue of the Americas sees better time for Real Estate

Homepolish Designs Office Spaces for Startups

Friday Roundup: Commercial Space posts from around the web

Friday ‘Round up of the most relevant articles in commercial real estate, office space space and NYC news.

Time Inc. Saying Goodbye to Iconic New York Building

The media company heads downtown after splitting from parent Time Warner

Manhattan Startups Going-Brooklyn

Livestream, a Manhattan-based startup will be moving to the former 3rd Ward headquarters.

4 Must-Haves for Flexible Workspaces

The 9/11 Museum Opened This Week

Somber photos capture the space in its entirety.

Madison Square Garden hasn’t paid property taxes in 30 years

A special request granted to no other property in New York City, exceptions were made for the Dolan family’s For-Profit Business

Friday’s Commercial Space Round-up

Each Friday, we bring you 5 relevant articles through the week related to Commercial Space, Retail Space and Office Space in NYC. May 12th-16th, here is what we found:

Storefront, the Airbnb for retail spaces, raises $7.3 million dollars in its most recent round of funding

Over are the days of a paltry pantry; new office space trend yields kitchen spaces that are something to talk about

Is co-working a viable resource for Attorneys?

New deals in lower Manhattan will set the commercial office availability at 11.6%, lower than Midtown’s 11.8%.

When Wall Street moved to Midtown – Moving from Silicon Valley to San Fran Proper


Friday Roundup: Top 5 Real Estate Articles of the Week

It’s Friday! Time for a roundup of our top 5 favorite articles from this week in Real Estate, Business, Entrepreneurship and Events.

Real estate boom bites nonprofits.

Tech firms eat up space, pushing rents higher and leaving groups scrambling.

Hiring as an Art

Words from Barbara Corcoran who attributes to her past hiring mistakes to her new mastery. Barbara has recently published a book titled Shark Tales.

How to Create Big Success From Small Talk

Do you struggle with small talk? Here, Inc. columnists share how to make little words create big opportunities.

New York City Trophy Building Rents Are Back

“Pricing and velocity at the top of the market have reached their strongest levels since 2008,” said Peter Riguardi, president of JLL’s New York tri-state operations.

Discovering the Modern Workspace

“The white-collar people slipped quietly into modern society,” C. Wright Mills writes in “White Collar” (1951), his classic sociology text, as if he were describing a race of wan termites. Nikil Saval’s excellent new book, “Cubed: A Secret History of the Workplace,” was inspired by Mills’s book, and it’s a fresh and intellectually omnivorous extension of its themes.

Friday Roundup: Real Estate

This will be our first “Real Estate Roundup”; a tradition celebrated on Fridays to gather some of the most relevant news in the New York Commercial Real Estate Market.

Developers are finding that old bricks make appealing new haunts for trendy tenants — so long as stunning expanses of glass are involved. – New York Post

Mayor de Blasio Signs Legislation to Alter The New York City Building Code in Relation to Carbon Monoxide Detectors and Submission of The Executive Budget – NYC.GOV

Unemployment Rate at Lowest Since 2008 as Hiring Jumps — New York Times

Chinese now top list of overseas buyers in Manhattan; Firms going above and beyond to accommodate clients from the People’s Republic — The Real Deal

“Medium Meltdown — Grape” by Desire Obtain Cherish on display in the lobby of 1001 Sixth Avenue. (One of our 7 locations) — Bloomberg

Space Invaders: The biggest shared space providers in NYC

Shared office space providers are gobbling up space in Manhattan at an unprecedented scale. The Real Deal took a look at five of the biggest players in this emerging business, analyzing their business models, their overall footprint and the rents they pay.

1) Regus- Total NYC space: More than 1.6 million square feet

Regus CEO Mark Dixon and 104 West 40th Street

Regus CEO Mark Dixon and 104 West 40th Street

Headquartered in Luxembourg, Regus has over 1,500 worldwide locations, and is rapidly expanding in Manhattan neighborhoods such as Soho, Lower Manhattan and Midtown. In July 2013, the company took nearly 30,000 square feet at David Tawfik’s 104 West 40th Street. In May 2013, it inked a 32,000-square-foot deal at Edward Minskoff’s 101 Sixth Avenue. It also took 40,000 square feet at Brookfield Office Properties’ Brookfield Place in February 2013.

The average size of a lease inked by Regus is about 31,000 square feet, and the company pays an average rent in the low-$50s per square foot, according to CompStak data (Note: the average rent and lease sizes are weighted averages of only those deals represented in CompStak’s database — they do not include all of Regus’ deals)

Regus is trying different tactics to get brokers comfortable with its business model. In July 2013, the company signed a deal with residential brokerage Oxford Property Group that allows Oxford agents access to its 38 business centers in Manhattan and allows them use of Regus’ business lounges and cafes, exclusive discounts on business-related products, meeting rooms, day offices and video communications.

Regus does its deals through its national accounts group, said Mark Ravesloot, a vice-chairman at CBRE who is one of six brokers at the firm that work on Regus’ account in the city. The national accounts group reaches out to local brokers in each major market. Moving forward, Regus is eyeing spaces in the outer boroughs, he added, saying that their scale gave them a distinct advantage in the market. “They understand how to do their due diligence very quickly, from a construction standpoint and from a layout standpoint.”

2) WeWork – Total NYC space: More than 650,000 square feet (estimated)

Adam Neumann and 25 Broadway

Adam Neumann and 25 Broadway

Founded in 2010, WeWork is currently the most aggressive player in the shared office market, sources said. In January, the company signed a deal to take 115,000 square feet at 113-133 West 18th Street. The same month the firm also took 63,300 square feet at Himmel + Meringoff Properties’ 401 Park Avenue South. And in September, it inked an 86,000-square-foot lease at the Cunard Lines Building at 25 Broadway, as TRD reported.

The company is also in talks to take half a million square feet at the Brooklyn Navy Yard and is close to snagging all 300,000 square feet at Rudin Management’s 110 Wall Street, according to previous news reports.

WeWork is “very bullish on Lower Manhattan as well as other neighborhoods that serve as centers for innovative and creative companies,” Ben Kessler, the company’s director of marketing, said in a statement. Kessler wouldn’t comment on the company’s total square footage in New York City and declined to elaborate on how WeWork’s relationships with landlords had changed over time.

WeWork’s average transaction size is close to 69,000 square feet, according to CompStak data, and it pays an average rent in the low-$40s per square foot. As of January 2013, the New York-based WeWork had raised over $20 million from private investors, including Joel Schreiber, owner of Manhattan real estate investment firm Waterbridge Capital.

3. Corporate Suites- Total NYC space: More than 230,000 square feet (estimated)
Corporate Suites’ seven locations include 641 Lexington Avenue near Grand Central and 22 Cortlandt Street in the Financial District.

4. Virgo Business Centers- Total NYC space: 180,000 square feet

Arnold Fisher and 1345 Avenue of the Americas

Arnold Fisher and 1345 Avenue of the Americas

In November, Virgo took 40,791 square feet at Fisher Brothers’ 1345 Avenue of the Americas, as TRD reported. The deal was Virgo’s sixth in Manhattan since its inception in 1998 and its first on the West Side. The company also occupies a 20,000-square-foot space in the Empire State Building and a 40,000-square-foot space at 575 Lexington Avenue.

“The growth has obviously been big,” Virgo CEO Sarah Klein said of the shared-office sector in November. “Otherwise we would not have been expanding.”

5. Jay Suites- Total NYC space: Over 150,000 square feet
In November, Jay Suites, founded in 2009 by brothers Juda and Jack Srour – both were fresh out of high school at the time — took a nearly 28,000-square-foot space at 31 West 34th Street, as TRD reported.

The deal brought the company’s total Manhattan footprint to north of 150,000 square feet. Its other locations include 1441 Broadway, 369 Lexington Avenue, and 30 Broad Street. Jay Suites is in talks to acquire further spaces of between 20,000 and 30,000 square feet in the Columbus Circle and Union Square markets, Juda Srour told TRD. The company and is also mulling developing its own shared-office-space building on Downtown Brooklyn’s Willoughby Street.

Each neighborhood has its characteristic tenants, Srour added. “Downtown you get traders. Midtown East is the finance guys and the lawyers. And in Midtown South and Times Square, you have the tech companies.”

Jay Suites aims to compete on price, Srour said, and can undercut the competition by up to 30 percent because the company uses its own contractors to build out a space. He was very direct about how the company went about choosing its locations. “We really look at where Regus is located, and we try to open next door,” he said, adding that he estimated up to 40 percent of its clients were poached from the Luxembourg-based giant.

Local Deals Startup Living Social Closes NYC Office Opting for Temporary Space

GroupOn rival Living Social is closing its luxury furnished offices in New York, reports The Next Web, asking employees, including those in advertising and marketing, to work remotely. The Living Social offices are currently at 101 Fifth Ave. and reportedly takes up more than 60,000 feet of Manhattan office space rental—the building’s entire fifth floor.

The daily deals company made the decision to close its Seattle office last month, asking those employees to work remotely as well. In New York, however, employees who cannot work from home will be offered office space in an unreported area somewhere in the vicinity.

A number of New York-based employees are facing layoffs, including Living Social’s events team, which created local special events like beach days and river tubing in over 30 markets across the country. The layoffs are expected to affect approximately 30 full-time workers. A number of part-time workers on the events team will also be let go, but Living Social would not verify the number that would be affected. The company will continue to offer local events, but instead will take each happening on tour to various markets.

Internet giant Amazon has invested heavily in Living Social, reportedly to the tune of $175 million. The startup employs 4,000 workers, of which more than half are in the United States. The company recently announced that it would be expanding its Tucson-area flagship customer-care call center by 50 workers.

Bloomberg Continues to Push for Midtown East Rezoning

New York City Mayor Michael Bloomberg, in a recent weekly radio address, once again called for the city to rezone Midtown East to allow for new development of more modern office space. Allowing new construction in the area would help relieve traffic congestion around Grand Central Station and would help the neighborhood develop a competitive edge with other growing parts of Manhattan, especially in the availability of Midtown office space, he said. recently reported Bloomberg’s push to rezone the area. Currently no new office buildings can be built in Midtown East. If Bloomberg gets his way, the rezoning would allow a limited amount of modern office space development. New office space in New York, especially in Midtown, continues to be difficult to find.

Supporters of the rezoning plan point out that the costs will be picked up by developers, and not the city’s taxpayers. Bloomberg says it will bring more businesses, and more jobs, to the area and will help to relieve the commuter traffic at Grand Central.

The mayor is continuing to try to bolster the city’s economy by making it attractive to new business. He is spear-heading an effort to turn the Big Apple into a tech hub, and several companies, including Silicon Valley-based Google, have created an East-Coast presence in the city. The interest in growing the tech sector in New York City is part of Bloomberg’s strategy to diversify the city’s economy, which is currently primarily tied to Wall Street.



Arizona Digital Advertising Agency chooses Chelsea as Site for New York Office

myThings, the Arizona-based digital advertising agency for brands such as Adidas, Wal-Mart, Disney, Microsoft, and Best Buy, recently leased office space in Manhattan to create a presence in New York City. The new Lower West Side location is first expansion from the company’s Scottsdale office.

CNBC reports that in the first quarter of 2013, myThings acquired more than 80 new tier 1 clients for their custom, data-driven advertising services. The company stated in a press release that it experienced an 800 percent growth in revenues and anticipates a six-fold rise in demand over the next year.

myThings CEO said that the New York move was the logical next step in the company’s quest to become an international leader in data-driven communication. The new office will be advancing the myThings’ strategic plan to deliver cross-tunnel, data-driven ad solutions for tier 1 brands and agencies. It will focus on both the U.S. and emerging markets.

The eight-year-old company works with Facebook and other platforms to create algorithms related to targeted advertising. They customize advertising campaigns for each segment of their clients’ target audiences. It also operates proprietary bidder integration with 14 ad exchanges, including a direct seat on the Facebook exchange.

The company is not alone in creating a New York presence. Google, Facebook, and Microsoft announced earlier this summer plans to beef up the numbers of employees in New York. The tech industry is creating a market for virtual office space in New York as well.

Rapidly Expanding Boutique Gyms Flexing Muscle in New York Office Space Market

The market for specialized gyms is exploding, and the rapid growth is leading their corporate offices to look for additional office space to rent in Manhattan.

The recently reported that several rapidly expanding concept gyms have expanded their corporate offices in New York. For one owner, finding the perfect space took an entire year. SoulCycle, a cycling studio that has grown from one location to 17 in the last seven years, recently located its offices to a former jewelry factory in Lower Manhattan. Its 85 employees take up two floors totaling 20,000 square feet. Their offices include a photo studio, a training area with cycles, and a stretching and workout area for instructors.

SoulCycle competitor Flywheel Sports is expanding its presence in the New York office space market by quadrupling its space on the Upper West side. The company’s owner says they have grown from one studio to 24 in just three-and-a-half years.

Another specialized fitness center, Tough Mudder, recently leased 35,000 square feet in a Brooklyn office building. The company, founded in 2009 in Southern Florida, provides challenging obstacle-course races, is rapidly expanding. The company will consolidate eight smaller offices into the space. Its seven-year lease includes an option to double its space over the next two to three years.

An industry analyst said that people are trading their gym memberships or adding specialized boot camps and cycling studio memberships to their fitness routine.

Tech Startups Moving into Manhattan with Subleased Space

The New York Times reports that startup tech companies are adding to the sublet office market with temporary office space in Manhattan. The article gives the example of the Soho space rental by Scholastic that has been subleased to Foursquare. Foursquare, in turn, sublet space to app designer Fueled, which subleases seats to tech entrepreneurs who are working on hitting the big time.

Burgeoning tech firms like subletting, The Times reports, because rent is usually a little cheaper and the contract length is shorter. Sublets also have a smaller deposit and are already built out, offering high-speed internet, conference rooms and more. If their product doesn’t make it past the development stage, it’s easy for the startup to shutter its doors.

An analyst at Studley, the commercial real estate firm, told The Times that flexibility is the key for tech startups, since they don’t know if they will be acquired or receive critical startup funding. The problem is that they could be left homeless if the tenant who is subletting goes bankrupt.

A Studley report found that a third of all tech companies that signed a lease in Manhattan during the first quarter of 2013 entered into a sub-leasing arrangement. Many of these companies are adding to the pool of virtual offices in New York City by subletting to solo consultants and entrepreneurs. The average length of a sublease contract is four years.

Even established companies like online news source Buzzfeed recently signed a two-year sublease with Tiffany at the jewelry company’s new corporate headquarters across from MadisonSquarePark.



Tentative Rental Agreement May Herald Rise of 3 World Trade Center

More office space rental in the Financial District may be up for grabs after media-buying company GroupM reportedly reached a tentative agreement to move to 3 World Trade Center. According to a recent article in the Wall Street Journal, the company has signed a letter of intent with developer Larry Silverstein.

GroupM would lease 515,000 square feet in the third of the four towers expected to be built at the 16-acre site. The third tower is expected to be home to 2.5 million square feet of prime New York office space. Currently it is planned to have eight floors, but that could change if more tenants come on board.

Silverstein’s 72-story 4 World Trade Center is near completion and half leased. Real estate analysts believe he needed the GroupM agreement to secure the bank funding for 2 World Trade Center and 3 World Trade Center. If Silverman signs a tenant for at least 400,000 square feet and raises $300 million in additional funds, the city and state will chip in a $600 million subsidy package to help finance the third tower’s construction.

One World Trade Center, which is being built by the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey, is currently under construction and expected to open in 2015. More than half of its 3 million square feet of office space has been leased, with Condė Nast as the anchor tenant. The publishing company signed a lease agreement for a million square feet of office space in 2011.

Study Finds that Office Space Demand is on the Rise in New York City

A new study found demand for office space in the United States is up in 60 out of 82 metro areas, including New York according to an article in the Denver iJournal. The study, conducted by real estate provider Cassidy Turley, found that office space occupancy is rebounding nicely from the recession. The findings explain why Manhattan office space rentals continue to be some of the most premium real estate in the nation.

The study, which was conducted in the second quarter of 2013, found that more than 15.1 million square feet of U.S. office space was absorbed in March through June. That’s up over 5 million square feet in the first quarter of 2013. Vacancy rates were lower, too, down to 15.3 percent from the 17.2 percent peak at the height of the recession.

The study found that most companies are continuing to be mindful of office space efficiency. In fact, researchers found most of the increase was created by business growth. The biggest demand for office space is at the top and low end of the market, a Cassidy Turley spokesperson said.

In fact, construction of new office space is still 30 percent below what it is normally, the study found, which is beginning to make new office space hard to find and rents for it skyrocketing.

The top market in terms of demand continues to be office space in New York, with 1.7 million square feet of absorption. The city was third in year-over-year rental appreciation, following Salt Lake City and Denver, at 9 percent.

New Tower in Meatpacking District to Open in 2016

A 12-floor building with a combination of retail and restaurant space is scheduled to begin construction soon at Ninth Avenue and West 15th Street, according to a recent article on The glass building will add approximately 115,000 feet of New York office space and conference rooms in Manhattan.

The first three floors of the new glass building will be dedicated to retail, and the fourth floor will be home to a variety of restaurants. The 172,000 square foot building was designed by architects Kohn Pederson Fox. Its rippling design was inspired by the waves of the nearby Hudson River. Plans also include a roof deck and two terraces.

Newmark Grubb Knight Frank will manage the leasing for both office and retail tenants. The project is scheduled to break ground in 2014 and open for tenants in January 2016. It will have 270 feet of storefront, with 100 feet along Ninth Avenue and 170 feet down West 15th.

The space is currently occupied by Prince Lumber Co, which will develop the project. It will relocate to West 47th Street in Hell’s Kitchen. A new building is currently under construction to house the company’s 40 employees. Prince Lumber bought the site in January for $10.6 million. The owner of the 90-year-old company insisted on staying in Manhattan.

According to the New York Post, the new building is the last of the remaining development sites in the Meatpacking District. It lies outside of the area’s historic-designated boundaries.



Proposed NYC Standards Designed to Make Buildings More Resilient

Proposed NYC standards designed to make buildings more resilient

In the wake of hurricane Sandy, the City of New York recently accepted proposals for building standards that would make buildings better equipped to cause less damage and bounce back more quickly after another weather-related disaster.

A recent article on summarized the June 13, 2013 press conference that announced the 33 proposals suggested by the Building Resiliency Task Force, a group of 200 builders, architects, landlords, city officials and attorneys Mayor Bloomberg created after last year’s hurricane.

The panel looked at ways for buildings in New York, especially vital areas like office space in the Financial District, to not only become more resilient but create less debris. The demand for virtual offices in NYC during the aftermath of Sandy skyrocketed because of the lack of habitable office space, and debris cleanup has cost the city billions of dollars.

Some of the proposed new building standards that would specifically affect office space include providing power failure backup and ensuring that drinking water would be available in lobbies and other public areas.

The new standards focused on resiliency to provide fewer interruptions in worldwide financial services. Limiting damage, according to the task force, is essential to limiting the number of lives lost in the next disaster. Strengthening building standards would save billions of dollars in the future, according to one task force member.

The New York Times reported that debris removal from Hurricane Sandy cost more than twice what it would have in other parts of the country. The Army Corps of Engineers, which spearheaded the removal, said the increased cost was due, in part, because of the logistical issues removing large amounts of debris from a major urban area.

Pop-Up Hotel Repurposes Manhattan Office Space Without Rebuilding

Open floors of Manhattan office space have the potential to become much-needed hotel rooms with a Danish architectural firm’s Pop-Up Hotel concept. Architects from Pink Cloud developed a pre-fabricated solution that requires no build-out or permanent changes to building interiors. The idea was developed as an idea to simply repurpose older office buildings in the Midtown area.

New York had a record number of tourists in 2012, which has created a shortage of hotel rooms for the city’s guests. Pink Cloud hopes to remedy that problem with color-coded pre-fab panels and more to create everything from luxury rooms to hostel-like bunks for the budget-conscious traveler. The rooms are designed with modular furniture.

The firm didn’t forget amenities for the hotel guests, either. The pop-up hotel concept includes on-site dining, lounge areas, entertainment venues, and recreational facilities. The components arrive by truck to Manhattan and fit in standard-size elevators. They can be easily erected or taken down and moved to another location. The design allows the space to be converted back into offices and conference rooms in NYC in a matter of days.

Pop-Up Hotel designers won a $10,000 first-place prize for the concept at the Radical innovation in Hospitality contest held at the Hospitality Design Expo recently in Las Vegas.

Similar models have implemented storage containers and even trucks to create short-term living space. The bedrooms, complete with showers, can also be used to provide emergency shelter. Other designs focus on creating temporary workspace or even short-term space for retail establishments.


Madison Avenue Office Buildings Sell at All-Time High Prices

Some of the biggest news to hit Madison Avenue recently was the $1.4 billion that the families of Chinese and Brazilian real estate developers spent for a 40 percent share of the General Motors Building. The sale resulted in the property becoming worth $3.4 billion – the most valuable office space for rent in the world.

The stake was purchased by the families of Zhang Xin, the founder of Beijing developer Soho China, and Brazilian property magnate Moise Safra. They formed a partnership named Sungate Trust to buy the share of the 50-floor building from Goldman Sachs United States Real Estate Opportunities Fund, which invests for countries of Qatar and Kuwait, and Meraas Capital, a Dubai-based investment firm.

The General Motors Building fills the block between 58th and 59th streets, and Madison and Fifth avenues. It is home to approximately 2 million square feet of office space. Its ground-floor retail space is leased by an Apple store.

The other 60 percent of the building is owned by Boston Properties. Both the Wall Street Journal and Bloomberg report that the real estate firm is not planning to sell its stake.

Madison Avenue and other parts of Manhattan are becoming attractive for investors looking for high yield opportunities. Shortly before the General Motors Building purchase, another sale affected the office space on Madison Avenue. Crown Acquisitions and Highgate Holdings recently finalized a deal to purchase 650 Madison Ave. from the Carlisle Group for $1.3 billion.


Facebook to Double its New York Office Space

Facebook recently announced that it is doubling its office space in New York City. The social network giant, which is also expanding its Silicon Valley headquarters, is scouting out another 160,000 square feet of New York office space in the heart of Midtown Manhattan.

Real estate sources say that Facebook is eyeing the seventh and eighth floors of 770 Broadway, a 15-story building that takes up the entire block between 8th and 9th streets. Retailer J. Crew is currently headquartered in the building.  The space had been previously rented by Nielsen. The media company recently moved to Lower Manhattan.

The expansion is expected to double Facebook’s New York office space. Although Facebook offices some engineers and other tech employees in New York, the majority of its employees in the Big Apple are marketing and sales staff.

Several large tech firms, like Google, Yahoo and Microsoft, are creating more of a presence in New York City. The California companies are also eager to tap talent that does not want to move away from the East Coast. The mayor’s office has made attracting high tech companies to New York a top economic development priority.

Midtown Manhattan has earned the nickname “Silicon Alley” over the last few years with the influx of tech companies snapping up office space in New York. Yahoo and Microsoft recently inked leases outside of Midtown, where office space is at a premium. Yahoo is moving to the former New York Times location on 43rd Street, while Microsoft is moving its East Coast hub to Times Square.

Yahoo Buys Tumblr, Increasing its Visibility in New York City

Yahoo recently announced that it is purchasing New York-based Turmblr, Inc. for a cool $1.1 billion. The blogging network will continue to host its more than 1 million blogs, and founder David Karp is expected to stay at the helm.

Yahoo CEO Marissa Mayer is banking that the hip Tumblr will rub off on the aging Yahoo in a bid to challenge Google and Facebook in the social networking arena. The display advertising markets in this sector is an estimated $17.7 billion.

Tumblr has become the hippest online venue for people to display their photography, artwork and writing online. The company is located in New York’s Flatiron district, home to many new technology startups that are snapping up office space in New York.

Some of the office’s decor includes the original red-brick walls of the building, giving it a hip, urban ambiance. It is also noted for its quirky, off-beat wall art.

The Tumblr New York office space features many of the amenities that are found in the digs of successful Silicon Valley startups. Dogs are welcome in workspaces. Fun is encouraged as part of the workplace culture, which includes a game room and a high-tech beer tap. Tumblr’s mascot, a Pomeranian named Tommy, also works on employee morale.

Karp, 26, founded Tumblr in 2007. The social networking site was started based on Karp’s interest in tumbleblogs, short-form blogs. He introduced Tumblr after no established blogging site created a platform for the blog form. Tumblr is just one of several high-profile technology companies with office space in New York.

One World Trade Center Spire Completion Symbolizes Comeback of Lower Manhattan

Recently construction workers erected a 408-foot spire on top of One World Trade Center, which makes the new building the tallest in the western hemisphere and the third-tallest building in the world.

The placement of the spire symbolically marked the comeback of the city, as well as the country, of the 9/11 terror attacks in 2001 that destroyed the two towers of the World Trade Center. The new building is built near of the former buildings’ site and features 104 stories of prime office space in New York City.

New Yorkers were glad to see the 67-ton spire now atop the building. At night it will be lit, serving as a beacon for miles around, as well as a remembrance to the tragedy that killed more than 3,000 Americans. People stopped in the street and cheered as the spire was raised.

The spire is made up of 19 sections, including three communications rings. It brings the building to a height of 1,776 feet – the year the United States declared its independence. It has function as well as form. The spire is an antenna for a broadcast facility that will be housed in the building.

Construction still continues on One World Trade Center. It is expected to open sometime in 2014. The rebuild will eventually consist of seven buildings to provide office space in New York.

Google Donates NYC Office Space to Cornell Applied Sciences Program

Another salvo has been fired in New York’s battle to rival Silicon Valley in their creation of an East Coast tech hub. This week, Google announced that it is loaning 22,000 square feet of its New York City office space to Cornell University until the school opens its new applied sciences campus.

Cornell is building its new campus on Roosevelt Island. The applied sciences curriculum will focus on economic development and entrepreneurship with the goal to get more of the faculty and students’ best new technology ideas to market. New York University is also beefing up its sciences program, building a campus and business incubator in Brooklyn. The new facility is a partnership between Cornell and Technion-Israel Institute of Technology.

New York City Mayor Michael Bloomberg is spear-heading an effort to turn the Big Apple into a tech hub. He recently cited a number of tech startups that are hiring or expanding their office space in New York. The interest in growing the tech sector in New York City is part of Bloomberg’s strategy to diversify the city’s economy, which is currently primarily tied to Wall Street.

Google worked with the mayor on the donation to Cornell. According to an article in Forbes, The donated space is estimated to be worth $10 million.

Midtown East Prepares for New Development with Rezoning Plan

Midtown East – officially defined as the area between East 39th and 57th street between 2nd and 5th Avenue – is one of Manhattan’s most active business districts, encompassing Madison Avenue, the iconic shops of Fifth Avenue, Grand Central Terminal; and being just a few short streets from Times Square, the United Nations, and Rockefeller Center.  This year, it is being reviewed by the New York City Planning Commission as they hope to set a future for continued and sustainable development in the area.

According to a report by The Real Deal, Planning Commission Amanda Burden announced last week that the board would begin the public review process within the coming weeks to establish regulations for the renovation and development of buildings in the district. While Midtown East is already one of the most active New York City office space markets with thousands of square feet in office space available, the rezoning plan hopes to introduce new, more modern office space desired by technology-based firms now entering the New York City market.

One of the key focuses of the plan is energy efficiency as commercial buildings are remodeled and new developments are planned. The Planning commission has proposed a requirement for new commercial buildings to be more the 15% than the current city-wide building regulation standards.

In addition to energy, developers will be allowed to build taller buildings with more, larger floors, by paying $250 per square foot for ‘air rights’. The funds from this regulation would go towards public improvement projects including new transit projects. Places of worship are also asking to be included in the new regulations so that they can benefit from air rights.

This news comes as Midtown Manhattan office space demand has held steady and slowly increased as the economic recovery continues and sustains. Midtown East hopes to introduce new, more modern buildings to attract the attention of companies that have currently established themselves in Chelsea and Midtown South, which has seen a great amount of growth within the past two years with vacancies at all-time lows.

The Advantages of Having Your Own Space

A common scene in most families – teenagers demand their own rooms from parents, and young adults move out into their own apartments, citing the need for their own space to be able to have privacy and an environment more conducive to productivity. But the need for your own space – a calm environment that you can call your own – isn’t just limited to kids. As companies grow and become bigger and more successful, they too need to consider the need for a space to all their own.

Employees who work from home can attest that it’s not the paradise it sounds like – distractions abound from children, spouses, deliverymen and from the home itself, it can be hard to focus in on work without a dedicated area to call your own. Besides the obvious distractions, there are many downsides to working from home for start-ups and entrepreneurs to consider.

A virtual office in New York City or another major local business district can help give you a professional appearance at a low cost, but what about when it’s time to meet with your clients? For many start-ups who use virtual offices, they must rent conference rooms by the hour and are limited in their ability to reserve conference rooms at the time and location they need – and the cost of an hourly conference room can add up quickly when used several times per month. Having a dedicated office of your own eliminated time constraints, and may be more cost-effective if you meet with clients on a regular basis.

A dedicated room in your home may help you focus on your own work – but the limitation of space offers many disadvantages, particularly when it comes to hiring. It is significantly harder to attract talent and provide a great workplace for them when limited by space and resources, and the lack of available space and resources, combined with the environment of a ‘home office’ can cause decisions based on a lack of space, rather then hiring the talent needed for continued business success. A executive suite in NYC with dedicated desks, high-speed internet and corporate amenities provides a better environment for both attracting and retaining talent – giving you a dedicated, peaceful space to be creative and accomplish your business goals.

Office Space Demand Improves with Employment Outlook

The first quarter of 2013 has been filled with indicators of a recovering, growing economy – with the stock indexes reaching new highs, and employment numbers seeing continued growth, particularly in the New York City area. The demand and asking rent for office space in New York City, as well as other major cities such as San Francisco, Houston and San Jose; is up in the first quarter of 2013, as a result of increased hiring and growth among small businesses.

A recent report by Yahoo News! explained that the office vacancy rate fell only slightly during the first quarter of 2013 nationwide, but growth in areas that are concentrated with technical services such as San Francisco and New York saw a much more pronounced decrease in vacancies, as well as pronounced increase in the average rent for office space.

Nationwide, the average effective rent grew at a rate of only 0.7% to $28.66 per square foot – but follows a quarter of 0.8% and has not declined in several months, a positive economic indicator. While still below 2008 highs before the recession, the slow but steady growth is a sign that the economy is still moving forward.

Phoenix, Las Vegas and Detriot – some of the cities impacted hardest by the recession and housing bubble collapse – have seen extremely high office space vacancy, a troubling sign for the local economy. San Francisco and New York – both of which have become the leading home for companies providing technical services such as software development, internet marketing, social networking and website design – have seen a constantly declining vacancy rate over the same period.

While growth in demand for office space may seem lackluster, it’s important to note that many companies choose to use virtual offices in New York City, San Francisco and other locations – using an office space part-time while still maintaining their business presence. Hiring is also seen by economic analysts as a lagging indicator of economic recovery – the hiring follows a few weeks or months after a strong economic surge, and a pronounced increase in hiring should be within the coming months.


World Trade Center One Offers A New View

One of the most iconic New York City experiences for visitors and residents alike is getting a great view of the city, taking in the size and majesty of America’s busiest, most populous city. Most of the visitors looking for a great view head to the top of 30 Rockefeller Center in the heart of Midtown at 47th-50th Streets on Avenue of the Americas – drawing an estimated 2.5 million visitors each year. The iconic Empire State Building on 34th Street and 5th Avenue drawing millions more.

World Trade Center One plans to offer more then just a plethora of class A financial district office space. According to a recent report from the New York Times, The Port Authority of New York and New Jersey is expected to approve a multi-million, 15-year contract with Legends Hospitality Management to operate an observation deck at New York City’s tallest building, which could generate hundreds of millions in revenue for the Port Authority over the next 15 years. Set for completion late this year, World Trade Center One is hoping to draw visitors that would otherwise head north to Top of the Rock or the Empire State Building.

The World Trade Center’s observation deck just barely edges out the height of the deck at the Empire State Building and is only second in the country to Chicago’s Sears/Willis Tower. The hundreds of millions in revenue expected will help offset the tower’s cost of more then $3 billion to complete.

WTC One plans to offer more then just a great view – once visitors take a dedicated elevator to the 102nd floor of the 1,776 foot tower, they will be greeted with a presentation storying the history of the tower’s design and construction after the September 11th attacks before opening to reveal the Manhattan skyline. A gift shop and restaurant, as well as an area for private parties, add to the experience of visiting one of New York’s newest icons.

Morgan Stanley Concentrates Office Space in NYC

Morgan Stanley, one of the world’s largest investment and financial firms, has announced a shift in its real estate and locations – focusing on growing their NYC office space location and consolidating other offices into its premier location in the Financial District at 1 New York Plaza. This comes after the iconic building sustained heavy damage during Hurricane Sandy. Now back at full operation after repairs from the damage, Morgan Stanley hopes to expand its space at Manhattan’s southernmost skyscraper which looks out over Battery Park.

Like many other multinational firms, Morgan Stanley has always had major operations within New York City, but in the past spread out its ventures to attract new talent and have redundancies in case of emergencies – such as the September 11th attacks or Hurricane Sandy. Its most notable operation outside of New York City is across the river at 34 Exchange Place in Jersey City, part of the Harborside Financial Center, with neighbors such as Charles Schwab and Dow Jones. Many of these sites were developed after September 11th to provide support and recovery, and Exchange Place continues to be home to many financial firms.

But Morgan Stanley, who also has operations in Brooklyn and Princeton, New Jersey; is looking to consolidate to save on office space rental costs and bring its focus back to the Financial District. In a report from Bloomberg, Morgan Stanley filed a notice with the New Jersey state department on its decision to close its Princeton location which is home to 95 employees. CEO James Gorman has emphasized the needs to cut costs while retaining talent and improving returns on equity. The staff of the Princeton, New Jersey location – which is located 50 miles southwest of New York City, but is home to many New York City commuters via the Northeast Corridor rail line – will be offered positions at other Morgan Stanley locations such as 1 New York Plaza or at its Philadelphia offices.

Tech Startups in NYC Drive Office Space Growth

New York City already has an established presence in technology – with Google now running major operations out of Chelsea, and many other startups and established companies focusing their expansion on Union Square, the Lower East Side, Flatiron, and other neighborhoods south of the traditional office space in Midtown Manhattan that firms in other sectors typically seek.

This area – referred to as ‘Midtown South’, encompassing the area between Soho to the south and 28th Street to the north – has seen rents increase by over 70% in the past decade with a large portion of that growth coming within the last three years, according to a recent report from Forbes. In the past two years, B-grade office space has reached almost $60 per square foot – outpacing the traditional home of technology companies, Silicon Valley, which currently has a market average of $46 per square foot for the same class office space.

Why do so many technology firms prefer Midtown South – as more office space for rent in New York City’s other neighborhoods has become available, particularly in Midtown East, Times Square, and the Financial District – which now has fully recovered from the effects of Hurricane Sandy and offers plenty of space available as well as lower rents?

The short answer is the culture and neighbors these companies gain from renting an office in Chelsea, Union Square or Flatiron. Many companies in Midtown ‘North’ are focused in advertising, marketing, financials, accounting, or legal services – and the Financial District is primarily focused on finance, although many marketing firms with a focus in digital advertising have taken residence there recently.  But Midtown ‘South’ attracts technology firms, which in turn, attracts other tech ventures – companies that desire to work together, collaborate and rub shoulders.  For many of these companies, coworking is a better option than a private, furnished office – allowing them to share ideas freely between companies – but many still prefer a private, furnished Manhattan office.

Williamsburg’s Proposal To Transform Office Space Market

Brooklyn’s revival in the past decade has been unprecedented, as more and more people move to New York’s largest, most populous borough that’s becoming known for being more than just Manhattan’s neighborhood – developing a culture of its own with a food and music scene unmatched by many other cities and becoming a home to everyone from financial professionals to artists and musicians. It’s becoming more then just a home to Manhattan-bound commuters – it’s gaining a business presence of its own as many small companies look across the rivers and bridges for lower rents in Jersey City, Queens and Brooklyn.

Office space in New York City has always been focused on Midtown Manhattan and the Financial District – but as new, younger companies have emerged looking for space in Soho, Chelsea and Flatiron; they have also begun to look to Brooklyn due to its extensive transportation system and young workforce with educational backgrounds in computer science, marketing and software development. As residential development has seen great increases in Williamsburg, Greenpoint and Bushwick; office space hasn’t been a priority for these neighborhoods.

A proposal by Two Trees Management Company hopes to change that, according to a report from DNAinfo. The proposal plans to transform the former Domino Sugar Plant Site – directly across the Williamsburg Bridge from Manhattan – into 631,000 square feet of prime waterfront office space, attempting to attract both high-end companies and lucrative, quickly growing startups to the neighborhood.

The plan for this new, prime office space is still in its earliest discussions – as government officials and residents debate the pros and cons of the new development. Some residents claim the office space would change Williamsburg’s residential and creative focus, while others claim a class A office space for companies is necessary to change Williamsburg from a commuter neighborhood into a city all its own. The goal is to keep businesses in Brooklyn, instead of having them move across the river into Manhattan or to operate out of their homes while using a Manhattan virtual office address for business. Time will tell if the development gets approved and is successful, but it’s an interesting development for one of NYC’s fastest growing neighborhoods.

East River Blueway Concept Designed to Prevent Flooding

Immediately following the effects of Hurricane Sandy, politicians and citizens alike began looking at possible ways to reduce the damage of future hurricanes, particularly to minimize the flooding damage which effected Lower Manhattan in the days following Sandy, cutting off power and disabling subway lines for over a week. The storm’s damage displaced residents and cost millions in lost economic activity.

WXY Architecture + Urban Design has proposed a plan that will turn Lower Manhattan and Brooklyn’s coastlines of the east river into not only a green area that accommodates both pedestrians and traffic, turning the gritty desolete areas belong the Brooklyn Bridge and FDR drive into an area for citizens and tourists to enjoy.

Known as a “Blueway”, the redesigned areas would feature a variety of landscapes and plants to bring increased biodiversity as well as prevent issues of flooding on the banks of the East River. Sandy soil and marsh-like conditions help to slow and control the flow of high waters onto the coast, and can withstand hurricane-like conditions. A series of tidal pools serve as an ideal location for visitors to wet their feet without being subject to undertow currents.

So, will trees, marshes and sand be joining office spaces in Lower Manhattan? Manhattan officials have already pledged $3.5 million to the project which will take several years to complete. The lead designer of the project noted “the social side of infrastructure is becoming more and more urgent as our infrastructure gets more dilapidated and the climate becomes more erratic”. WXY hopes to strike and move forward with it’s plan while the thoughts of Sandy still linger on the minds of some New York City residents – it’s certainly a project to watch throughout the year.


Samsung taps NYC’s talent with new office

New York City is widely considered as one of the most creative cities worldwide – a mecca not only for the performing arts with world class musicians, dancers and renowned art galleries. It’s creativity spills over into the business world – only behind the Bay Area. With a plethora of office space for small businesses available in New York City, in the middle of one of the most productive corridors with highly educated workers in the labor force, NYC has become a new hotspot for startups,  creating new products and revolutionizing communications.

Samsung is the latest company to look to New York City for help in advancing their products and building their business. They’ve invested in a new office space in the trendy Chelsea neighborhood of Manhattan, according to the latest reports. It’s called the Samsung Accelerator – with it’s own website - calling it a space “devoted to entrepreneurs who want to help [Samsung] develop products and services that can become the connective tissue between our family of devices”. The open office, sharing space with other startups in the neighborhood, will accomidate 40 to 50 people. Samsung is operating a similar incubator in Palo Alto, California.

Samsung hopes it’s efforts will help it keep it’s position as the worldwide leader in smartphone devices and help it build it’s U.S. audience where it is behind the maker of the iconic iPhone, Apple. Samsung spends about 6% of it’s budget on research and development, compared to 4% for Apple.

The Chelsea location joins a growing list of technology firms operating in Chelsea, Flatiron, and Union Square. Google is Chelsea’s most notable tenant along with many quickly growing small businesses. The firms range from software development to using the internet as a marketing tool and are a major driver of employment growth in the city.

Attorneys in New Jersey now have Virtual Office Option

Many businesses use virtual office as an alternative to maintaining traditional office space. For many firms, having a physical office just isn’t necessary – this is particularly true for sole practicioners and consultants, who are constantly on the road; and able to carry out the functions of their job from home.

Marketers, accountants and other professionals have had the ability for years to use a virtual office as their business address, while conducting the majority of their business from a home office. However, attorneys in the state of New Jersey were not allowed that luxury, due to outdated restrictions set by the state’s supreme court that required legal professionals to maintain a physical location. Fortunately, a recent ruling by the state’s Supreme Court has relaxed those restrictions, making it possible for attorneys in New Jersey to use a virtual office for their business. 

This decision comes after years of debate between the courts, attorneys and the ethics commission, which debated the legality of a virtual office for attorneys, claiming they needed to have a ‘bona fide’ office and time-sharing arrangements were not acceptable. The largest argument for virtual office has been the cost – a virtual office package with phone, mail, and office space usage is usually between $200 and $600 per month; where traditional office space rentals start around $1,000 per month and rise to double, triple, or more depending on the location and the amount of space needed.

That figure is just rent alone – not including the cost of staff for a physical office. With a virtual office, a receptionist handles many clients, including the attorneys, and is included with the cost of the virtual office package.

Virtual office services in New York City have been used by attorneys in New York for years. Philadelphia, Washington D.C., San Francisco and other major cities see a high demand for virtual office services from legal professionals. And with this new ruling, New Jersey – a state with an incredibly robust legal market – will join that group.



NYC Parks Throw “Snow Day” For Residents

Although some areas of Long Island and Connecticut were pounded by Winter Storm Luna and left under a foot of snow, the effect was much milder in Manhattan – where several inches of fluffy powder didn’t cause much trouble for those traveling to their office space in New York City . Instead, Manhattan was treated to a winter wonderland – with the Parks Department lending some help to make the winter fun experience complete.

“At first, it started out as a giant mountain of snow”, said James Lederer-Michaels to the Central NY news network of Syracuse . “Then, we just made a giant hole, and then some walls, and other kids helped.” James is one of many city residents – both young and old – that descended on the city’s parks to enjoy the best snow of the season, embracing the crisp winter air for snowball fights, sledding and games in the snow. Winter Storm Luna was  the first major snow acclimation of 2013. For those trying to keep warm, the Department of Parks and Recreation provided free hot chocolate to parents, children and parkgoers. They reported little to no damage in the parks due to the storm – stray branches cleaned quickly. Within city limits, the MTA subways operated on a normal schedule. Some LIRR and MetroNorth services experienced delays which were quickly resolved by hard-working teams – after handling Hurricane Sandy, a bit of snow wasn’t a challenge for the transit teams.

Temperatures are expected to rise in time for the work week, and spring is fast approaching. But for the next few weeks, winter fun is still a priority – right outside the Corporate Suites office space center at 275 Madison Avenue, city residents and visitors are still enjoying the ice skating in Bryant Park, and further north, Central Park still has plenty of scenic winter views, waiting to be enjoyed.


Green Energy Planned for Midtown’s Javitis Center

New York City has been making big moves in terms of making the Big Apple greener, through various environmental projects ranging from recycling to clean air, and particularly in clean energy from wind and solar sources. The newest development is the installation of a massive green roof at the Javtis Center in Midtown Manhattan, home to some of the areas biggest conventions and events.

The Javtis Center’s plans, as outlined in a recent report , span 292,000 square feet. Upgrades include replacement of the building’s roof and curtain wall as well as upgrades to the electrical system that will reduce energy useage and cost by a quarter, as well as improving the experience for convention center guests. The project is certified to meet LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design) Silver status, and will be the second largest green roof project in the United States, only behind the Ford Motor Company’s River Rouge Plant.

“Green” refers to more then just energy savings – grasses planted on the rooftops will decrease stormwater runoff, preventing 6.8 million gallons of wasted stormwater per year. The grass on the roof also absorbs sunlight, greatly decreasing cooling costs during the summer months, and can be seen from adjoining high-rises, making for excellent views for the neighbors.

The Javtis Center is one of the top attractions in New York City, providing a meeting room for rent  capable of seating thousands of attendees. It’s most common use is conventions, ranging for everything from cartoons to new cars. Over 2.5 million people visit the convention center every year in Midtown Manhattan, generating great revenues for hotels, eateries and more in the area. Javtis Center, through this project and others, will make the experience of New York City more green – promoting a public image of the city that’s focused on environmental improvements.

Toronto Adds More Office Space, Passing NYC in Space Available

New York City office space is usually one of the hottest comodities on the market – everyone wants to work and run a business in a city that’s as busy, with as many customers, a talented labor force and dozens of opportunities for growth, like Manhattan. But even with new buildings opening throughout the Big Apple – including World Trade Center One and Hudson Yards – it’s about to be passed in terms of office space volumes by a city to the north.

According to a recent report by Bloomberg News, Toronto will add more prime office space then any other city in the Americas by 2014, fueled by low borrowing costs and high demand. Traditionally Toronto has been at the core of the Canadian financial industry, much the way NYC is the core of the US financial industry, with firms such as Royal Bank of Canada as well as Deloitte & Touche LLC occupying vast amounts of space in Downtown Toronto. Toronto’s central location and high population – with over 50 residential towers being built within the past decade, an extremely educated labor market and developed downtown core – makes it an ideal place for both Canadian and multi-national firms to call home. One of the reasons for the growth in office space is demand from firms such as Google, who’s Canadian team operates in Toronto and is looking to expand even further in the city.

In 2012, Toronto’s space available only grew 100,000 sq. ft. and is operating at a vacancy rate of 5.1%, near historic lows. For comparison, the New York City office space vacancy rate is about 7%, with over 900,000 sq. feet of space being added this year, mostly attributable to the opening of World Trade Center One in the Financial District.

While New York City still leads the Americas as the leading center of commerce, Toronto appears to be growing consistently, and is posed to remain one of the premier business cities worldwide.

Push to Renovate Midtown Landmarks Underway

A long anticipated zoning proposal will be going before the New York City Council within the coming weeks, shaking up some of the most active, most historic parts of Midtown Manhattan – the area and the historic buildings around Grand Central Terminal. The Historical Districts Council has identified buildings that they feel should be exempted from redevelopment or reconstruction in the neighborhood, if the area does see a change in zoning.

The “Midtown East” rezoning plan, supported by the Bloomberg Administration and commerce associations, aims to redevelop older buildings to increase floor space and ceiling heights. The rezoning plan would almost double the amount of triple-A NYC office space available in Midtown East by allowing buildings to raise ceilings and widen their footprint. Proponents of the plan claim it’s a necessary measure so that office spaces can be changed to suit demand – the open floorplan favored by many companies requires more space, and technical infrastructure requires higher ceilings. The rezoning plan would allow these buildings to be renovated or updated to meet the office space needs of today’s companies.

But the need for offices for lease in New York City shouldn’t mean giving up critical pieces of the city’s history. “The blend of new and old is what keeps New York vital and unique. That principle should be a starting point for revitalizing this significant area, not an afterthought as it is presented.” is the argument of Andrea Goldwyn, leader of the NY Landmarks Conservancy. Some of the buildings that they seek to protect include the Graybar Building, The Lexington Hotel and the Union Carbide building.

Many other areas of Manhattan have seen incredibly growth in terms of office space available – with the opening of World Trade Center One, and the new development of the Hudson Yards project. But, advocates argue that “new office product is needed in Midtown Manhattan” – replacing the old with the new. Ideally, both sides will come to an agreement which preserves the city’s glorious history while providing modern working spaces.



Google+ Creates ‘Virtual Office’ On Demand

Connecting with coworkers beyond the office is not a new concept – one that dates back far before the advent of social networking. Connections between employees of the same organization have never been strictly based in the office – with discussions about business taking place over dinner, at a sporting event, or the phone. Many employees are friends, both on Facebook and in-person.

Google+ is taking this concept one step further with the introduction of what it refers to as a virtual office service, which allows employees to connect with each other through the popular social networking platform. This news comes from Google’s enterprise division, who focus on developing Google products for business, such as Google Drive for Business.

Most social networks – LinkedIn, Facebook, and Google+ – have personal information such as employment and personal information such as contact information. Google+’s virtual office concept makes it easier to find your coworkers on Google+ by labeling with their title within the organization, making it easy to identify the right decision makers when having conversations over Google+. The labels for each person are only visible to employees within the organization, so they can make sure they’re posting to the right person – a good feature to have with so many common names that can be mistaken. Employees can then share files, or participate in video conferences, using the Google+ Hangout feature.

Of course, the term “virtual office” in this instance, is abit misleading. “Virtual office” usually refers to address services at a location, phone reception and mail delivery to a promiment Manhattan business address, giving a professional address to freelancers, small teams, and virtual teams. New York City virtual office services don’t focus as much on teams working together, as simply providing the physical address. Google+’s service does provide an interesting new approach to sharing information and connecting with coworkers virtually – and it will be interesting to see if it becomes an accepted medium of business communication in the coming months.

New York Enters 2013 with New Green Energy Projects

As part of both a push by the federal government and the state government of New York, new wind power generation areas may be developed off the coast of Long Island. The Obama administration is considering the development of new offshore wind power project about 11 nautical miles south of Long Beach, according to a recent report by Bloomberg. 

Offshore wind power development is nothing new – with projects in both New England and the Mid Atlantic currently being constructed. But for New York, the generation of wind power is one of many green energy projects by the state. New York City in particular has made a recent push to limit coal power generation to reduce air pollution and keep skyscrapers cleaner, and new office space in New York City contains green energy construction materials, energy efficient lighting and other design components designed to not only save electricity and reduce long-term costs, but to minimize environmental impact.

The wind farm would join two others currently under construction, one in Delaware and one in Massachusetts  The Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, part of the U.S. Interior Department, grants approval and permitting for construction of off-shore wind farms. The agency issued a request for competing interest in the lease area, which is about 130 square miles. If no private contractors submit bids on the project, the New York Power Authority can be granted a lease on a non-competitive basis.

The project would generate 350 to 700 megawatts of power for New York City and communities of Long Island, enough to power tens of thousands of homes each year. The Long Island Power Authority and Consolidated Edison Co. both support the project and will work with the New York Power Authority or the chosen private contractor to deliver the power to homes.


NYC Office Space Availability Rises

Office Space in New York City is now more available than ever, with the highest availability in 19-years, according to a recent report by Bloomberg news.

Ending 2012, top-quality office space availability in Manhattan moved to 14.5% for the last quarter of 2012, up from 12.3% in the 3rd quarter. That’s not to say this office space in Manhattan is vacant – the report, compiled by brokerage Studley Inc.; defines ‘availability’ as empty floor space zoned for commercial usage, plus executive suites and furnished offices that are slated to become available for lease in the next twelve months.

The majority of available office space in Manhattan is in the downtown Financial District. Midtown Manhattan has seen an increase in space available, but new developments affecting financial district office space means that much of the growth and availability is located downtown in America’s 3rd largest business district.

Some businesses in the financial district are delaying decisions due to economic and environmental circumstances. After Hurricane Sandy in late October, many buildings in the financial district were not usable due to power outages, flood waters and damages to building infrastructure. As a result, many firms are still recovering from the damage and disruption to businesses. Smaller firms, particularly those in web and computer related industries, were aggressive leasers of office space in the financial district during 2012; but demand has been supressed due to storm-related damage and recovery.

Economic circumstances, such as the recent election, United States budget discussions, new regulations affecting the financial industry and economic conditions in Europe have affected the decision of some financial firms, causing them to delay leasing decisions until the economic environment is more stable.

Finally, perhaps the biggest factor in the rise of availability in downtown and financial district office space is the opening of the new World Trade Center and World Financial Center buildings. 4 World Trade Center contains 2.3 million square feet of office space, with 1 million square feet currently available for rent. The World Financial Center has 3.3 million square feet either available or becoming available due to the expiration of major bank leases.

With space available, landlords in the area are optimistic that space will be leased in 2013 as economic conditions become more stable and the city of New York makes full recovery from the damage of Hurricane Sandy. The opening of 1 World Trade Center will also boost traffic to the financial district and bring in new tenants not only from the financial industry, but technology, marketing, and government based firms.




NYC Hits Tourism Record in 2012

They say there’s no place like New York City, and tourists agree. On one of the busiest days for tourism of the year – New Year’s Eve, where tens of thousands descent upon not only the iconic ball drop in Times Square but in bars, concert halls and other venues throughout Manhattan and Brooklyn; New York City reported that they had attracted a record 52 million tourists. This number represents an all-time high, and a 2% increase over 2011.

Mayor Michael Bloomberg set a goal of 55 million visitors and $70 billion in economic impact from tourism by 2015. The city has spent significant resources in promoting tourism, with marketing offices throughout the world and targeted marketing campaigns. This year, tourism and hospitality created an economic impact of almost $56 billion  and visitors spent $37 billion. Tourism and hospitality provided almost 360,000 jobs this year, up 25% from 2000. The city aimed to improve it’s tourism and hospitality industry to gain additional revenue and become less reliant on traditional revenue streams such as the presence of the financial industry.

17 new hotels were opened in the city this year, bringing the city’s total number of hotel rooms to almost 92,000. Despite so many available rooms, hotel occupancy was almost 90% throughout the city during the year, with of course, peak periods during holidays such as Christmas and New Year’s Eve. From hotel tax revenue alone, the city collected over $500 million.

New York City has always been associated with business – Manhattan offices of marketing, finance and accounting firms in Midtown and the Financial District now being joined by the rising tech industry throughout Manhattan and Brooklyn. With the focus on business, it’s easy to forget all the exciting things to see and do – the Rangers and Knicks at Madison Square Garden, the beauty of Central Park, the excitement of Times Square, theaters, music venues and more! For both residents and visitors, there’s no place quite like NYC.

Rent Virtual Office Space

Go beyond renting just a virtual office address in New York City – you have access to corporate professional temporary office and meeting space, and when you are ready, the ability to rent a full-time office.

NYC Retail Rents Among World’s Highest

New York City is well known for it’s shopping, with landmark locations of almost ever major retailer, particularly fashion retailers, in the city. People come from around the world, particularly in the Christmas season, to visit some of the largest, most luxurious retail establishments in the world.

The shopping districts in the city are many and varied, from busy, extravagant flagship stores of Times Square – which the landmark Toys R Us location contains an indoor ferris wheel – to Fifth Avenue, known for luxury. Stores like Saks Fifth Ave, Lord And Taylor and Macy’s set their flagship locations in Midtown Center, along 7th and 5th Avenues, with tens of thousands of square feet in floor space – and windows with stunning displays lining the heavily-traveled streets of Midtown Manhattan. Further south, botique retailers line the avenues and streets of Soho and the Meatpacking district; and Brooklyn has emerged in it’s own right as an retail hotbed, with local businesses and national chains alike carving a stake into neighborhoods like Willamsburg and the Atlantic Yards / Barclays Center.

With all this activity – from travelers coming from accross the country and accross the globe, along with affluent residents both in the city itself and suburbs – makes it no surprise that New York City is a premier retail district. But just how strong the demand is may be surprising.

In a recent report from CBRE Group, New York City is only second to Hong Kong for the highest retail rents in the world. Compared to Hong Kong, New York City seems like a bargain: Hong Kong retailers, on average, pay approximately $4,300 per square foot, per year for retail space. New York City’s retailers pay on average $2,900 per square foot, per year for retail space.

Like any city, demand and price are stronger in some areas rather then others. The managing director of CBRE Group’s Retail Services Division, Anthony Buono, noted “We are continuing to see strong demand and price velocity on the very best, most active retailer corridors in gateway cities…..Particularly in Manhattan, where every brand must be located in order to claim a ‘global’ identity.” Retail, much like financial services and marketing, sees a New York City office location as critical to maintaining and establishing global legitimacy and identity. The highest impact corridors in New York include Fifth Avenue, Madison Avenue, Times Square and Soho/Meatpacking, per the CBRE report. Other international cities noted for their strong retail demand in the report include Tokyo, London, Paris and Moscow.

With Christmas less then a week away, we are sure these retailers will see returns on their investments as shoppers descend upon Manhattan to complete their last-minute shopping!


New York City Now the Second Largest Technology Market

A recent report from New York City Public Radio reports that New York City is now the second largest market for technology and internet based firms, only behind California’s iconic Silicon Valley. In 2012 alone, more than 40 technology ventures have been acquired or launched in New York. This, combined with an advertising and funding push from the city itself, has made it one of the premier markets for everything ranging from application development to Search Engine Optimization and Internet Marketing firms.

New York’s emergence as a leading market for the technology sector is hardly an overnight event. Since 1995, the city has been sponsoring events and programs that connect technology entrepreneurs with venture capitalists and larger firms. After the dot-com ‘bubble’ of the late 90′s and early 2000s, the city’s tech industry began it’s major resurgence and growth.

2003 marked the landmark year where ‘Silicon Alley’ took off and began constant growth, with firms like, MediaMind and DoubleClick launching and establishing themselves in Manhattan. In 2009, over $1.4 billion in venture capital transactions related to technology firms. Until recently, Boston was the second-largest market for technology firms behind Silicon Valley. Boston and New York share similar characteristics – hotbeds of financial activity and strong educational institutions nearby. However, the recent surge in technology activity in New York City – in part fueled by funding for incubators and small business incentives from the city and state’s government – has helped push New York City over the top and into the #2 spot.

The trend of technology companies seems to move against the typical NYC office space trend. ‘Traditional’ companies – those in finance, accounting, marketing, advertising and consulting, typically choose to headquarter themselves and run operations out of Midtown Manhattan and the Financial District – the traditional business districts. While some technology firms have founded their ventures in neighbors typically not known for being business hotbeds. One example is Google’s New York City corporate office at 9th Avenue and W. 15th St., in the heart of Chelsea. The term ‘Silicon Alley’ is widely used, referring to clusters of tech companies centered in Flatiron, SoHo, and Tribeca along the Broadway Corridor. Today, the Silicon Alley is still a dominant area for technology firms, but Midtown’s business districts such as Times Square and Bryant Park have seen increases in the number of technology firms operating in the area. The Financial District, as well as the Brooklyn neighborhood DUMBO are also seeing a rise in technology firms.

New York City is long established as one of the world’s business capitals, the financial hub of the world, the epicenter of journalism and media. Now, joining those ranks, is the technology industry, leading the city into the future and helping create new jobs and bolster an already outstanding economy.


Financial District Office Space – Still Recovering

According to the New York Times, “there is now more vacant office space in Lower Manhattan than in many cities.” More than a month after superstorm Hurricane Sandy, many buildings have still not been reoccupied by former tenants. While the majority of buildings are now operational, several have encountered repair delays and have had issues with telecommunications services.

Substantial progress has been made in terms of restoring power and pumping salt water from buildings. Office space in New York City that was under feet of salty water from the East and Hudson rivers is now dry, and some buildings have been able to make a recovery. One major success was a building at 120 Wall Street, a 600,000 square foot, 34-story building near the East River that is home to many nonprofits, was able to reopen after Thanksgiving.

According to  Jones Lang LaSalle, a real estate consultancy that has been tracking recovery operations in Lower Manhattan, 49 of 183 office buildings in the world’s third largest business district which closed because of mechanical failure as of November 26th, that number now revised to about half of that figure. The City of New York’s buildings department quoted that only 9 buildings in Lower Manhattan were unsafe to reoccupy, and Consolidated Edison says the grid was restored to 100% of the city by November 15th.

A surprising setback, after power was restored and buildings declared safe, has been a lack of telephone and internet services at some locations. Verizon Communications claimed that it’s copper wire network, which provides internet and telephone to the financial district, had been compromised by salt water damage. Newer, more advanced fiber optic networks received less damage, but are still inactive due to server damage. Verizon is in the process of replacing the former copper-wire network with advanced fiber optic cables that are less prone to damage. While few buildings remain without heat or power, many are still without telephone and internet services. Verizon’s current timetable quotes a January 1st repair date, but officials at the company are working as fast as they can, regardless of deadline. For those who have been displaced from their office space, even a few more weeks feels like years.

Corporate Suites has been fortunate enough to have power restored to it’s financial district office space location at 22 Cortlandt St. and has been providing temporary recovery offices for businesses in New York City. We look forward to seeing the Financial District reach 100% recovery, and be filled with not only employees, but people enjoying the eateries and entertainment in the district.



Rockefeller Center’s Iconic Tree Lights Up Tonight

A few blocks from our newest NYC virtual office and office space location at 1180 Avenue of the Americas, one of New York’s most storied Christmas traditions will return this evening, as the Rockefeller Center Christmas Tree will be lit this evening at 9 PM tonight, November 28th.

The lighting of the Rockefeller Center Christmas Tree, like many New York City ns, has evolved from a small event into a blockbuster entertainment event, broadcast on  NBC 4 and watched around the globe via the internet. Thousands from both the New York City metro area and internationally will be lining 47-50th streets, 5th and 6th Avenues to watch New York’s largest Christmas Tree light up and add to the already brilliant Midtown Manhattan sky at night. The tree is far from the only attraction – the Radio City Rockettes will be performing, and ice skaters performing on the Rockefeller Ice Rink. Crowds are expected for musical performances by popular musical acts such as Rod Steward, Tony Bennett, Cee Lo Green, Mariah Carey and Billy Crystal.

But, the event wasn’t always so big. It started in 1931 when workers building Rockefeller Center put up a small 20 foot tree, decorated with simple strings of berries, paper garland and a few tin cans and tin foil blasting caps. There was no tree put up in 1932, but the tree returned in 1933, during the Depression. Since then, it’s been a New York City Christmas icon, and the celebration grows every year!

The first tree is in stark contrast to this year’s tree. A eight-foot Norway Spruce has been selected as this year’s tree, from Mount Olive, New Jersey – about an hour from Manhattan. The owner, Joe Balku, lost power and many other trees on his property during Hurricane Sandy, but the 80-foot tree, which is 50 feet in diameter and weighs 10 tons, was unmoved by the storm. The decorations have come a long way as well – long gone are the days of tin foil and paper garland. This year’s tree constants 30,000 energy-efficient LED lights, attached and powered by 5 miles of wiring; and is supported by 4 guide wires. The star topping the tree is a 9.5 foot Swarovski star that weighs 550 pounds. After the tree is taken down, is is used for lumber by Habitat for Humanity, mulch for the Boy Scouts of America, and the largest portion of the stump is given to the US Equestrian Team in New Jersey to be used as a jumping obstacle. The tree will be lit from 5:30 to 11:30 PM daily, and all day Christmas Day; and will be turned off on January 7th.

For those in attendance, the most popular subway stop is 47-50th St. Rockefeller Center station on the B/D/M/F lines, but it is also easily accessible from other stations including the 5th/53rd stop on the M/E or south at 5th/59th St. on the Q/N/R. If you’re coming from an office space in New York that’s near Grand Central Station, like our center at 275 Madison Avenue, you can take the 6 from Grand Central to 51st/Lexington; or walk and enjoy the crisp winter air! We hope you get to see this iconic New York landmark and enjoy the spirit of Christmas in New York City.




Smart Phone Booths Prove to be a Smart Move for NYC

New York City is one of the world’s most advanced, connected cities in the world. A walk through Manhattan will reveal commuters, business professionals, students and artists with the latest in smartphones to help them stay connected with the fast pace of city life.

With smartphones so prevalent, it may seem surprising to even think about payphones or phone booths – a technology that is quickly going the way of the typewriter and telephone operators. However, during Hurricane Sandy, many New Yorkers without electricity to charge their mobile devices relied on payphones to make calls and check on family and friends. Phonebooths provide a vital source of communication during times of disaster, particularly if cell-phone towers are out of service.

Phonebooths in New York City are getting an upgrade from coin-operated landline phones to Internet-enabled hotspots with community information, directions to landmarks and local retailers, and emergency assistance. The large, touch-screen displays are similar to a smartphone screen, and are used not only to make outgoing calls and receive information in times of emergency, but provide helpful information on local retailers, the subway system and maps of the city.

Some questions remain about the physical durablity and safety the new, hi-tech booth. Tom Touchet, CEO of City 24×7, the company leading the project – which works with Cisco to provide the network technology which powers the LG Flat Panel displays – attested to their durablity, noting that they have been installed in other high-traffic areas such as Newark, New Jersey without sustaining damage. The booths were operational in areas with power during the hurricane, providing a vital form of communication – displaying emergency information from City Hall.

City 24×7′s current plan is to install 250 “Smart Phone Booths” across all five boroughs of New York City, including high density areas such as Times Square, Grand Central Station and World Trade Center. They also plan to expand to other major cities including Miami, Los Angeles and Boston.

While New York City offices might still rely on landline connections, it has become clear that the future will be dominanted by smartphones. The innovation seem in these new smart phone booths will not only help travelers and residents navigate the city and find a bite to eat, but have already proven useful in emergency situations, including Hurricane Sandy and during a police incident in Times Square.




Financial District Office Space Update

In the days after Hurricane Sandy, business came to a halt in Lower Manhattan due to flooded subway lines and power outages from Chelsea down to the piers. Utility crews, transportation workers and city staff have worked around the clock to restore power and subway service to most of Manhattan, although lingering problems still exist. For example, the PATH service connecting Jersey City, Newark, Hoboken, and the World Trade Center reminds under repair due to water damage. The MTA has restored service to many of it’s lines, but several lines remain inaccessible  including the R train between Cortlandt St. and Jay St – Metrotech in Brooklyn. A full map of the current subway operations is available from the MTA as of November 6th, and will be continuous updated as service is restored.

According to the New York Post, approximately 10% of office space in the financial district is currently closed due to flood damage and electrical issues. Peter Riguardi, CEO of Jones Lang LaSalle, estimated between 10 and 15 million square feet of office space is currently not available for use. One notable property is 55 Water St., with over 3.8 million square feet of office space, the city’s largest office tower, which sustained substantial water damage. 400 tradespeople are working around the clock to get the building operational once more, pumping out between 32 and 52 million gallons of ocean water from the first three levels of the building.

However, a week following the hurricane, it is notable that progress is being made. Subway service is being progressively restored, more buildings have power, and more people are getting back to work in an area that looked like a ghost town after the hurricane’s landfall.

We are fortunate to say that our location at 22 Cortlandt St. is operating and excited to welcome our tenants back. And while the hurricane has proven disruptive, the Financial District recovered from a much greater tragedy and came back stronger then before. We hope all our clients are safe after this historic storm, and are thankful to be part of such a resilient city.

Grand Central sees Healthy Hotel Growth

Grand Central Terminal is usually not thought of as a place to go for improving health, wellness and physical fitness. However, with the introduction of “Even”, a new hotel with a focus on health and wellness, InterContinental Hotels Group is hoping that business travelers can stay on-track with their fitness goals near the major MTA MetroNorth Hub

New York was ranked as one of the top 50 healthiest cities in the USA and has undertaken several health-based intiatives, including smoking cessation programs and restrictions on soft drink sales. Combined with the high demand for hotels in Midtown Manhattan, IHG believes that Even will be a success, and hopes to expand operations throughout the country, with the Grand Central location being the flagship property.

The hotel, to be part of a newly constructed tower near Grand Central, will contain about 200 rooms, with meeting and conference rooms as well as dedicated indoor and outdoor areas for exercise. In addition, dedicate laundry service for workout gear and nutritious dining options give guests the tools to stay healthy while traveling.

‘Even’ is not the only option for business travelers looking to stay healthy. The Fairmont Hotel in Washington, D.C. offers gym clothes and athlethic shoes to it’s guests; and the national Sheraton hotel chain has invested over $100 million in upgraded gym facilities and guest services focused on fitness.

Of course, those looking for a more traditional hotel experience have plenty of options in New York’s busiest business and tourism district, near Times Square, Bryant Park and other major landmarks. The Westin Grand Central recently opened to new guests, with a ribbon cutting cermony from Mayor Bloomberg this past Friday.

We offer several office space locations near Grand Central Station, but no matter where you’re going, we hope you stay healthy and happy in your travels!


New York City Accelerating $1 Billion in Improvements

Mayor Michael Bloomberg announced accelerated spending on capital improvement projects throughout New York City including “critical” projects such as bridges, roads, schools and libraries. The projects, at a projected cost of $1 Billion, were originally part of New York City’s four year capital plan. Originally  a capital advancement of $2 Billion was proposed by city Comptroller John Liu. Bloomberg announced the revised plan along with  Liu and City Council Speaker Christine Quinn on October 17th.

The city cited historically low interest rates for borrowing and the need for growth in employment; as well as the urgency of certain projects including removal of toxic chemicals from over 100 school buildings. Other projects include resurfacing of 300 lane-miles of roadways, street repairs, and waterfront improvements.

These improvements are expected to create approximately 8,000 jobs according to Mayor Bloomberg. While the city’s total unemployment rate is up 0.8% percentage points from the same period last year, certain industries have seen gains. Employment in the private sector for the city of New York rose 2.9% over the past twelve months according to the Department of Labor. This, combined with recovering demand for retail and office space rentals in Manhattan, has helped to keep the private sector economy thriving. However, construction jobs fell 0.6% in the past twelve months to it’s lowest point since 1998. The city’s capital improvement plan is designed to stimulate growth in that sector.

We hope your next trip through the city, for business or pleasure, goes smoother as a result of improvements to New York City’s bridges, roads and streets.


Lower Manhattan Sees Growth in both Business and Tourism

According to the Lower Manhattan business improvement district, the amount of tourism and leisure has increased dramatically, with the area seeing a continuing increase in the number of visitors each year. It is projected that TriBeCa, the Financial District and other areas south of Canal Street are the second-most visited landmarks in New York City, behind only Times Square.

It’s an exciting time for Lower Manhattan, which has had to endure a long recovery process after the 9/11 attacks. The September 11th memorial that opened last year has already been visited by thousands, and many have come to see the nearly completed One World Trade center building, which will be the tallest in Manhattan after it’s completion. The completion of the project will also bring a large amount of additional commerce into the area. This, combined with a stabilizing financial market, means that the Financial District is seeing a steady increase in the amount of both workers and visitors.

Aside from the new One World Trade Center and September 11th memorial, many tourists come to visit Zuccotti Park, where the Occupy Wall Street protests took place, as well as the New York Stock Exchange and Financial District. With these additional visitors, local eateries and entertainment venues have also seen increased business, keeping the area busy into the evening hours.

With increased tourism, not everyone is happy, however – many residents of the area who were drawn to it for the quiet streets and low traffic in the non-working hours now say that the streets and subways have begun to crowd and created noise into the evening hours. But, for better or worse, Lower Manhattan has resurged, and doesn’t plan to slow down any time soon.

Big Changes for NYC’s Yellow Cabs

Recently, there have been some interesting changes in the city’s iconic yellow taxicabs. The Taxi and Limousine Commission has approved a rate increase for cabs throughout New York. The change goes into complete effect as of September 30th, but the majority of taxis are already charging the new rates, which must be displayed on the side of the vehicle for potential riders. The increase is from 40 cents to 50 cents for each fifth of a mile or 60 seconds in slow traffic. On average, the typical total fare will increase 17% for riders.

It may be getting more expensive, but it is getting easier to catch a cab. Uber, a service that originated in San Francisco and has now expanded service to New York City, has created a smartphone application that signals a taxi to your location. A small number of taxi drivers are currently participating, but the number is expected to rapidly expand.

Currently, the application and several others like it are being reviewed by the Taxi and Limousine Commission to ensure compliance with all legal regulations. But with smartphones becoming more prevalent, it is certain that the future of hailing a cab is here, and applications like Uber will grow in popularity.

New York’s Parks End Summer with Exciting Events

New York City is often referred to as an urban jungle – with awe-inspiring skyscrapers, bustling city streets filled with yellow taxis and construction vehicles, subway stations abound. But in all of this, there is some peace and greenery to be found in the beautiful parks in Manhattan.

The most noted, most visited urban park in the United States is Central Park. Aside from the beautiful views and urban oasis it provides, there is a constant series of events going on within the park. Wrapping up this week was the Central Park Summerstage concert series featuring everything from comedy and classical to dance music and hip-hop. Starting this past Tuesday is the Central Park film festival, running until Friday, August 24th. Admission is free and it’s a great chance to watch movies and enjoy the beautiful summer weather.

A few blocks south at 42nd St and 5th Avenue, Bryant Park has just ended their summer film festival, occurring every Monday, presented by HBO. The final film shown was Indiana Jones’ Raiders of the Lost Ark. “It’s a great experience – sitting out of the lawn and watching a movie. It’s different, it’s fun and it’s one of the really exciting things that you can do in New York that make it such an interesting place to live.” noted Lucien Vonwehren, a business consultant who works from our furnished executive suites at 275 Madison Avenue, near Bryant Park “It’s great whether you’re young or old, with friends or your family – It’s something everyone can enjoy.”

There’s more to enjoy at our city’s parks going into the autumn and winter. For more information on events in parks throughout New York City, visit

The Subway Shuffle

The New York Times had an excellent video and article recently about the challenges facing subway riders in New York City. With office space available near major MTA subways stations such as Grand Central Terminal in Midtown and Fulton St. Station in the Financial District, many of our customers rely on the subway system to get them where they need to go every day. New York’s subway is the largest rapid-transit system in the US. Only Tokyo, Moscow, Beijing and a few others see a higher ridership. It is estimated that 5.3 million people use the New York City subway on a typical weekday.

Every day, many of these riders make the “subway shuffle”. This delicate dance of commuters happens at many subway stations, but the New York Times chooses to focus on the N – Q – R platform at 34th St. at Herald Square. One train arrives, and commuters must bolt across the platform, sometimes in a vain attempt to make a connection. Other times, a train will be waiting at the station – the same train arrives across the platform, and is gone before the original train has even departed.

In a city that is moving faster than any other, these seconds and minutes matter to New York City’s commuters and residents. It can be the difference between being on time for an important meeting, and having to use the excuse “the train was late”. And more outside the city deal with delays from NJ Transit and LIRR service. Not to mention, the foot and motor vehicle traffic isn’t exactly light in Midtown at Midday. Everyone has a shuffle to make – but we hope you make it to your office safe, sound and on time no matter how you’re getting there.

NYU Plans to Expand

Plans to expand New York University have been approved by a City Council board last week, passing a modified version of the NYU Core expansion plan. In a nearly-unanimous vote, council members gave the okay to a series of new zoning permits and amendments that allows the university to greatly expand its real estate in the Greenwich Village section of Lower Manhattan.

Seven new buildings will serve as office space, apartments and dormitories for the university. They will be placed in addition to two current apartment complexes, Washington Square Village and Silver Towers, south of Washington Square Park, which house 40% of the university’s full time faculty members.

Some opposition arose, as many residents in the nearby areas expressed displeasure with the noise, dirt, and inconvenience associated with the new construction. Facility members and area residents expressed concerns of the new buildings affecting the Village’s low rise, charming nature and harm to the environment by adding bulky structures and increasing traffic in the area. The university contends that it needs additional space for its 50,000 students and 17,500 employees as the university sees increasing enrollment.

The footprint for the project was reduced 26% from its original proposal. Work on the project is slated to begin in 2014 and will provide additional construction employment opportunities as well as full-time positions with the university, according to John Sexton, the university’s president.

Flatiron District – Manhattan; Silicon Valley East?

The Flatiron District of Manhattan, surrounded by historic areas such as Madison Avenue, Union Square and Greenwich Village; has seen a major boom as more and more technology companies, both big and small, set up operations in this Manhattan neighborhood.

Formerly known as the “Toy District” for it’s various toy shops, and then the “Photo District” due to the large number of photography studios, Flatiron is now seeing a shift torwards advertising, media, computer and technology-related companies. The growth has been rising rapidly after a downswing during the dot-com bubble of the early 2000s.

Recently, a 20-story office tower near the Union Square area sold for $140 million. The 14,000 square foot office and retail space will be available for lease in early 2014. But, that’s not the only area of Manhattan seeing a technology boom – Facebook is currently looking north to Times Square and considering a lease there.

Why are tech companies choosing Manhattan? Talented employees from Princeton, NYU, Rutgers, UConn, Columbia, NJIT, and so many other world class educational institutions with top-ranking computer science programs. Ease of access, with three massive airports and the US’ most extensive rapid transit system. All of it makes Manhattan a perfect place to do business.

Corporate Suites has had the privilege of working with several information technology companies in the area – ranging from temporary office space in Financial District, to virtual office mailing service and phone answering services, providing coders and programmers who work from home to maintain a professional business address and presence without the cost and commitment of a full time office. And we look forward to working with many more as Silcon Alley expands!